MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

VJ-1638

VJ1638E-M-01
 General Table of Contents
1 Safety Instruction
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2.2.1 Operation Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2.2.2 Errors with Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission. . . . . . . . . 2-31
2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
2.3.2 Media Feed Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
2.3.3 Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
2.3.4 Noise Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
2.3.5 Online Function Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
2.3.6 Other Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance . . . . 2-61
3 Parts Replacement
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2 Removing Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
General Table of Contents
VJ1638E-M-01
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.2.9 Removing Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R （lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires). . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3.3.4 Replacing Cover R Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3.3.5 Replacing Cover L Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.4 Replacing Board Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3.4.1 Opening Board box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC Cable
Assy 3-46
3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy. . . . . . . 3-49
P.1
 General Table of Contents VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） . . . . 3-50 3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} . . 3-52
3.6 Replacing Y Rail section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3.4.11 Replacing SODIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
3.4.13 Replacing Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
3.4.15 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy 3-
58 3.6.5 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110
3.4.16 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy. . . . . . . . 3-59 3.6.6 Replacing CR Return Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111
3.4.17 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy. . . . . . . 3-60 3.6.7 Replacing T Fence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
3.4.18 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
3.4.19 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 3.6.9 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . 3-116
3.4.20 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-117
3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
3.4.23 Replacing JUNC_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 3.6.13 Replacing Pressure Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134

3.5 Replacing X Rail Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 3.7.2 Replacing Carriage Lock Solenoid, . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley 3.7.3 Replacing CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy . . . . . . . . 3-137
3-75 3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78 3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81 3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82 3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy . 3- 3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy
84 （Removing Bracket) 3-144
3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86 3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor relay 3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
Assy 3-91 3.7.11 Replacing Connector Solenoid Head. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-150
3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay 3.7.12 Replacing Print Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-152
Assy 3-92 3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-158
3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94 3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-160

General Table of Contents P.2

 General Table of Contents
3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-161
3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-163
3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-169
3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-170
3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-170
3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-171
3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-172
3.8.4 Replacing Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-173
3.8.5 Replacing Cap Head Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-175
3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-177
3.8.7 Replacing Wiper Solenoid Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-179
3.8.8 Replacing Pump motor Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-180
3.8.9 Replacing Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-182
3.8.10 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
3.8.11 Replacing Wiper Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-186
3.9 Replacing IH section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-187
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-187
3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-190
3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-191
3.9.4 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-193
3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy . . . . . . . . 3-194
3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy. 3-195
3.10 Replacing Leg Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-201
3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
Switch 3-201
3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-203
3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) . . . . . . . . . . 3-204
3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-204
3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-205
General Table of Contents
VJ1638E-M-01
3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-206
3.12.4 Replacing Scroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-207
3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy. . . . . . . . . . 3-210
3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor
3-217
3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy. . 3-
220
3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) . 3-223
3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-223
3.13.2 Replacing FW Control Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-227
3.13.3 Replacing FW DC Switch Cable Assy、 5V/24V Power
Board 3-228
3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable Assy、
AC Inlet 3-230
3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover . . . . . 3-233
3.13.6 Replacing Winder Flange Assy and Roller . . . . . . . 3-234
3.13.7 Replacing Flange (Return) Assy and Roller. . . . . . . 3-236
3.13.8 Replacing Feeding Center Gear Assy . . . . . . . . . . . 3-237
3.13.9 Replacing Winder Motor Gear Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-238
3.13.10Replacing ROLL Motor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-239
3.13.11Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding Sensor
（Feed unit side） 3-240
3.13.12Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling Sensor
（ROLL Unit side） 3-243
3.13.13Replacing F_Sensor cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-246
3.13.14Replacing F_Motor cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-247
3.13.15Replacing W_Sensor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-248
3.13.16Replacing W_Motor cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-249
3.13.17Replacing F_SW Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-250
3.13.18Replacing W_SW Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-252
3.13.19Replacing FSW Board Assy、 WSW Board Assy . . 3-254
P.3
 General Table of Contents
4 Adjustment
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.2 Adjustment Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software . . . 4-5
4.3.1 Parameter Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.2 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.3 Required Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.3.5 Editing Media Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4.3.7 Updating main firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
4.3.14 Sending Authorization code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
4.3.17 Initializing activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
4.3.18 Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
4.3.19 Terminating Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.4.1 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . 4-51
4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . 4-53
General Table of Contents
VJ1638E-M-01
4.6.1 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
4.6.2 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
4.8 Head Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
4.10 Cutter position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
5 Self-Diagnosis Mode
5.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.2 Starting Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.5 Inspection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.1 Memory Size Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5.2 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.5.4 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.5.5 Encoder Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5.5.6 Fan Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.5.7 Record Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
P.4
 General Table of Contents
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5.5.9 Spectro Vue Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.5.10 Time Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5.6 Ink Charging Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5.7 Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
5.7.8 Test Printing Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
5.7.9 Longstore Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5.8 Cleaning Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
5.9 Sample Printing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
5.10 Parameter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
5.11 Servo Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
5.12 Endurance Running Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
General Table of Contents
VJ1638E-M-01
5.12.5 Head Lock Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
5.12.6 Wiper Endurance menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu. . . . . . . . 5-94
5.12.8 General Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
5.13 Paper Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
5.14 ExControl Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
5.14.1 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
5.14.2 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
5.14.3 Heater Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
5.15 Paper Initial Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6.3.3 Cleaning Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6.3.4 Counter Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6.3.5 Paper Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.2 Periodical Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
P.5
 General Table of Contents VJ1638E-M-01

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 9.4.1 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement . . . . . . 7-4
9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
7.3 Part Life Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
10 Appendix
7.4 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.4.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 10.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 10.2 Maintenance Part List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

7.6 Transportation of Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2 Part Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2.1 Front Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2.2 Rear Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.2.3 Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8.3 Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

8.3.1 Operating Status Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3.2 Switching Operating Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

9 Specifications
9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

9.2 Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.3 Interface Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

9.4 Options/Supplies List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

General Table of Contents P.6

 Important Notice 　 VJ1638E-M-01

Important Notice Warranty Limitations

1. For Users in Europe 1. MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. warrants part repair or replacement as a sole measure only if a
failure is found in the system or in the materials and workmanship of the product the seller
Important: produced.
This is a Class A product approved for industrial environ- However, if the cause of failure is uncertain, decide the action after due mutual consultation.
ments. In a domestic environment this product may cause
radio interference in which case you may be required to take 2. The warranty shall not apply to any direct or indirect loss, or compensation for the loss due to the
adequate measures. product that has been subject to misuse, neglect, or improper alternation.

3. The warranty period is described in the warranty certificate.

2. For Users in the United States
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

3. Trademark Mentioned in this Manual

• MUTOH, ValueJet, VJ-1638 are registered trademarks or product names of MUTOH
INDUSTRIES LTD.
• Windows95, Windows98, Windows98SE, Windows NT4.0, Windows2000, Windows XP,
Windows Vista and MS-DOS are registered trademarks or product names of Microsoft
Corporation.
• Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
• Other company and product names may be registered trademarks or product names.

• No part of this product or publication may be reproduced, copied, or transmitted

in any form or by any means, except for personal use, without the permission of
MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD.
• The product and the contents of this publication may be changed without prior
notification.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. has made the best efforts to keep this publication
free from error, but if you find any uncertainties or misprints, please call us or the
shop where you bought this equipment.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. shall not be liable for any damages or troubles
resulting from the use of this equipment or this manual.

P.1
 About this Manual 　 VJ1638E-M-01

About this Manual 3. Manual Notation

The following symbols are used in this manual for easier understanding of the information.
1. Purpose and Target Readers
This manual explains preparations needed before maintaining and checking operations for Symbol Meaning
MUTOH Full Color Ink Jet Printer (VJ-1638).
Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury
This manual is prepared for the maintenance personnel of this printer. WARNING
Before using this printer, fully understand the contents and directions in this manual.
Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or damage
CAUTION to your equipment
2. Manual Configuration
Section Contents Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of the
1 Safety Instructions Explains types of warnings, cautions and warnings labeled on the printer NOTE product
for the both operators of the printer and maintenance personnel.
2 Troubleshooting Explains troubles that may occur when using the printer and how to solve Indicates useful tips for operating or understanding the equipment
them. T IP
3 Parts Replacement Explains the procedures of replacement and removal of the service parts
of the printer. Indicates reference pages in this manual
4 Adjustment Explains the adjusting procedures of the printer parts.
5 Self-Diagnostic Mode Explains the self-diagnostic functions of the printer. 4. Establishment Date of This Document
6 Maintenance Mode 2 Explains the maintenance mode2 of the printer. This document was established on 10 February, 2012.
7 Maintenance Explains daily maintenance of the printer.
5. Firmware version covered by this document
8 Product Overview Explains the features, part names, and functions of the printer.
Firmware version:2.01
9 Specifications Explains the specifications of the printer.
10 Appendix Explains the maintenance information and the exploded views for this
printer.

Use the built-in self-diagnostic program to locate a defective part and adjust/check during
maintenance.

P.2
 VJ1638E-M-01

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

00 - - - new - - -
01 - All Header,Footer VJ1638E-M-00 → VJ1638E-M-01 - - -
01 Change Request 2 2.2.3 Modify Error messages. P.2-17 - -
E079 Err Commu.
→ E079 Err Board Commu.
E186 Err Head Cable 1
→ E186Err Head Temp.1
E187 Err Head Cable 2
→ E187 Err Head Temp.2
01 Cacography 3 3.4.3 Deleted step 7. P.3-42 - -
01 Added 3 3.4.10 Added blowing directions. P.3-52 - -
01 Change Request 3 3.4.12 Modified the procedures. P.3-54 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.5.8 Modified the illustration of thermistor. P.3-88 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.6.2 Hex wrench (3mm) P.3-101 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.6.12 Modified step 12. P.3-123 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.7.12 Modified the illustration of TIP. P.3-152 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.7.11 Added the replacing procedures. P.3-150 - -
01 Cacography 3 3.7.16 Modified the procedures. P.3-163 - -
01 Added 3 3.7.17 Added the procedures of replacing Cutter spring. P.3-169 - -
01 Change Request 3 3.8.2 Modified the procedures. P.3-171 - -
01 Change Request 3 3.8.3 （VJ1638E-M-00） Deleted the replacing procedure. - - -
01 Change Request 4 - Added usage of MSA. P.4-5 - -
01 F/W Ver. Up 5 5.1 1.00 → 2.01 P.5-3 - -
01 Change Request 5 5.10.2 Added “Processing (Data analysis)”. P.5-77 - -
01 Added 10 CR （Cursor） Removed C-111 and C-112 from the P.10-7 - -
maintenance parts.
01 Added 10 CR （Cursor） Cutter Cap, Cutter Spring P.10-7 - -
01 Cacography 10 CR （Head base） Removed C-75 from the maintenance parts. P.10-8 - -

P.2-3
 VJ1638E-M-01

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

01 Added 10 Maintenance Added Periodical maintenance kit. P.10-10 - -
Removed Flushing Sponge from Maintenance
parts.
Changed the configurations of the Flushing
frame.
01 Cacography 10 Cartridge R Removed E-119 and E-208 from maintenance P.10-11 - -
parts.
01 Cacography Exploded CR (Cursor） Removed C-111,C-112 from Maintenance P.Ex-17 - -
View parts.
01 Added Exploded CR （Cursor） Added Cutter cap and Cutter spring. P.Ex-17 - -
View
01 Cacography Exploded Maintenance Added Periodical maintenance kit. P.Ex-21 - -
View Removed Flushing Sponge from Maintenance
parts.
Changed the configurations of the Flushing
frame.
Added Wiper S Assy.
01 Cacography Exploded Cartridge R Removed E-119 from Maintenance parts. P.Ex-22 - -
View
01 Cacography Exploded Cartrdige L Removed E-208 from Maintenance parts. P.Ex-18 - -
View
01 Maintenance Exploded Leg ・ Accesory A maintenance parts “Waste fluid bottle” was P.Ex-30 - -
parts are changed View changed to a new one.
01 Added folding - - - P.Ex-39 - -
directions

P.2-4
 VJ1638E-M-01

1 Safety Instruction
1.1 Introduction .................................................................. 1- 2

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings .............................. 1- 2

1.3 Warning Labels............................................................. 1- 3

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels .............................. 1-3

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels................. 1-3

P.1-1
 1.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

1.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the installation of this printer, the warning terms that operators need to
know, the caution items and warning labels on the main unit.

WARNING

Make sure to follow all instructions and warnings on this manual when installing,
operating, or maintaining the equipment.

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings

Safety terms in this manual and the contents of warning labels attached to the
printer are categorized into the following five types depending on the degree of risk
(or the scale of the accident).
Make sure to understand the meaning of the following warning terms, and follow the
instruction in this manual

Safety terms Details

Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury.
WARNING
Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or
CAUTION damage to the whole or each part of the product.

Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of

NOTE the product.

P.1-2
 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1638E-M-01

1.3 Warning Labels No. Types of Warning Labels

This section explains the handling of warning label, pasting location and types. 1
Warning labels are attached to parts of the printer that need special caution.
Understand the locations and the descriptions of the danger associated with each label
before operating the printer.

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels

Make sure to note the following when handling the warning labels. 2
CAUTION
ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ
NOTE ٟ⋥ធᯏ᪾ߦㅍ㘑ᯏ߿ⓨ⺞ⵝ⟎ߩ㘑ࠍᒰߡ
‫ߢ޿ߥޓ‬ਅߐ޿‫ޕ‬
ٟ૞↹ਛߪࡈࡠࡦ࠻ࠞࡃ࡯ࠍ㐿ߌߥ޿ߢ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬
ٟDo not give a direct wind from a fan or
‫ޓ‬air conditioner to the machine.
ٟDo not open the front cover while
‫ޓ‬printing.
̪㘑ߦࠃࠅࡋ࠶࠼ࡁ࠭࡞ౝߩࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹ ‫ޔߚ߹ޓ‬૞↹ਛߪ㐿ญㇱ߆ࠄᚻࠍ౉ࠇߚ ‫ޓ‬Moreover. Do not touch the media while
̪A wind may dry the ink in the head
• Make sure that all warning labels can be recognized.If the text or illustrations ‫࠼࠶ࡋࠅޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߦߥߞߚࠅ‫ࠢࡦࠗޔ‬
‫ߩޓ‬ฯ಴ߦᓇ㗀ࠍਈ߃‫ޔ‬ḩ⿷ߥශሼ⚿ᨐ߇
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠇ⸅ߦ⚕↪ࠅޓ‬
‫ޓ‬ᕁࠊߧࠤࠟࠍߒߚࠅ‫⦟ޔ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ
‫߇ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬
‫ޓ‬nozzles causing clogging that affects
‫ޓ‬ink jetting,and you will not be able to
‫ޓ‬printing.
‫ޓ‬Good printing result might not be
‫ޓ‬obtained.
cannot be seen clearly, clean or replace the label.
‫ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫ޓ‬obtain satisfactory printing results.
̪㐳ᤨ㑆૞↹ࠍⴕࠊߥ޿ᤨߪ‫ࠍ⚕↪ޔ‬ᄖ ̪Please remove the media and hold the
ٟ㐳ᦼ㑆ࡊ࡝ࡦ࠲ࠍ૶↪ߒߥ޿႐วߪ‫ޔ‬ ‫⁁ࡊ࠶ࠕࠍ࡯ࡃ࡟࠼࡞࡯ࡎߒޓ‬ᘒߦߒߡ ٟNormal cleaning should be done once
‫ޓ‬lever up when not using for a long time.
‫ޓ‬ㅳߦ৻ᐲࡁ࡯ࡑ࡞ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕߞߡ ‫ޓ‬a week if the printer is not used for a
• When cleaning warning labels, use a cloth with water or neutral detergent. Do not
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫ޓ‬Due to the environment conditions,
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫⦟ޓ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ߇ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ ‫ޓ‬long period.
‫ޓ‬media float and wrinkle might happen
̪ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕࠊߕߦ᡼⟎ߔࠆߣ‫ޔ‬ ‫ޕߔ߹ࠅޓ‬ ̪If the printer is left without cleaning,the ‫ޓ‬that does not obtain the good result.
use a solvent or gasoline. ‫࡞࠭ࡁ࠼࠶ࡋޓ‬ౝߢࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹ࠅࡋ࠶࠼
‫ޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߣߥࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬
ٟࡅ࡯࠲࡯ߩ᷷ᐲ⸳ቯߦࠃࠅ‫ࡄ࡯ࡍޔ‬㧙
‫⚕↪ޔࡦ࠹࡜ࡊޔ࠼ࠗࠟޓ‬᛼߃ࡊ࡟࡯࠻
‫ޓ‬ink will be hardened inside the head
‫ޓ‬nozzle, and may cause the head ٟPaper guides,platen and paper holding
‫ޓ‬trouble. 
‫ޓ‬plate will become hot due to the heater

• If a warning label is damaged, lost, or cannot be recognized, replace the label.

‫߇ޓ‬㜞᷷ߣߥࠆߚ߼‫ޔ‬Ἣ்ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇
‫ޓ‬temperature setting.
‫ޕߔ߹ࠅ޽ޓ‬
‫ޓ‬Beware of being burned.

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels 3

The locations of warning labels are shown in the following figure. CAUTION
ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ
ٟSharp Edges
3 2 1 ‫ޓ‬Do not touch steel belt.
4 ̪You may be injured.
5
ٟࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻ߪ┵߇㍈ߊውߞߡ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠄ⸅ߢߩߔ߹޿ޓ‬
̪ߌ߇ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬

ࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻

4
4

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels P.1-3

 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1638E-M-01

No. Types of Warning Labels

5

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels P.1-4

 VJ1638E-M-01

2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction .................................................................. 2- 2

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages....................... 2- 7

2.2.1 Operation Status ................................................. 2-7

2.2.2 Errors with Message ......................................... 2-10

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot ................................... 2-17

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission ........ 2-31

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages............... 2- 34

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems................................. 2-34

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems ....................................... 2-41

2.3.3 Printing Problems.............................................. 2-43

2.3.4 Noise Problems................................................. 2-55

2.3.5 Online Function Problems................................. 2-58

2.3.6 Other Problems ................................................. 2-59

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance 2-61

P.2-1
 2.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

2.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on possible causes of machine errors/damage and recovery actions.
If the machine is malfunctioning and an error message is displayed on Operation panel, refer to"2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages" p.2-7. If the machine is malfunctioning but no error
messages are displayed, refer to"2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages" p.2-34If cause of errors/damage and recovery actions are not found in this chapter, or the machine cannot restore
to normal status, please contact the distributor you purchased the product from or our customer support center.

Table 2-1 Error type

No. Trouble Contents Reference

1 When the message is displayed Trouble with an error message displayed on Operation panel when the "2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages" p.2-7
printer is malfunctioning.

2 When the message is not displayed Trouble without an error message displayed on Operation panel even when "2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages"
the printer is malfunctioning. p.2-34

Table 2-2 When the message is displayed

Message type Contents Reference

Operation status Cover open "2.2.1 Operation Status" p.2-7

Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or R)

Set media
End of Roll
No media
Error with message Undefined Media "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-10

Media Slant
Ink NearEnd
Ink End
NoCartridges
Broken Chip
S/C Color Err
S/C Ink Err

P.2-2
 2.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-2 When the message is displayed(Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Error with message S/C Code Err "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-10

S/C Read Err

Media cut Err
Full wasteInk Tank
Check Life [Head ]
Check Life [Pump]
Check Life [CR Motor]
Check Life [PF Motor]
Smart/C End
Smart/C Low
Error requiring restart E016 Error (CPU errors) [00] - [33] "2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot" p.2-17

E016 Errors (Mechanical errors) [065] - [152]

Errors while Transfer failed ******. "2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission" p.2-31
transmitting/receiving
Boot transfer failed ******.
data

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed

Message type Contents Reference

Initial Operation Printer cannot be turned on "2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages" p.2-34
Problems
LCD display malfunction
Initial ink charge does not start
Initial ink charge started, but ink does not reach Head
Ink does not come out even after initial ink charge is completed
The printer does not operate after turned on.
The printer does not stop operation even when Front cover or
Maintenance cover is opened.
Initial Operation After the printer is turned on, "Initializing" is displayed and the printer "2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages" p.2-34
Problems resets

） Loading media does not start the initial operation

P.2-3
 2.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed(Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Initial Operation The printer does not operate even when Front cover or Maintenance "2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages" p.2-34
Problems cover is closed.
(Continued)
The printer does not recognize the installed ink cartridges
Nothing can be input from Operation panel
Printing does not start even after receiving data.
Media Feed Problems Media slips during media initialization or printing. "2.3.2 Media Feed Problems" p.2-41

Media skews or meanders during media initialization or printing.

Media wrinkles during media initialization or printing.
Media tears during media initialization or printing.
Media size is not correctly detected after media initialization.
LCD display malfunction
Printing Problems The printer does not print continuously. "2.3.3 Printing Problems" p.2-43

After printing, the printer feeds an extra amount of media.

Nozzles are clogged during printing
Cleaning does not mend the clogged nozzles or skewed ink discharge.
Cannot print at all, a specific color is missing
The page is printed all black.
The page is printed blocky.
Images are printed unevenly.
Lines in the CR direction look split.
White or black lines appear on printed media
The printed borders are blurred.
There are unwanted dots (satellites).
Characters with jagged edges are printed.

P.2-4
 2.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed(Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Printing Problems Lines are printed blurry (messy printing result) "2.3.3 Printing Problems" p.2-43

（Continued) Mixed color lines are not overlapped.

The printed results are uneven. (Vertical direction against the printer
unit)
The printed results are uneven. (Horizontal direction against the printer
unit)
Noise Problems Abnormal noise is heard when media is sucked "2.3.4 Noise Problems" p.2-55

Abnormal noise is heard during waiting time

Abnormal noise is heard while Head is moving laterally
Abnormal noise is heard when feeding media
Online Function Other functions do not work correctly "2.3.5 Online Function Problems" p.2-58
Problems

Data or printing is garbled

Part of the data is not printed (missing)
Other Problems The printer hangs up "2.3.6 Other Problems" p.2-59

The power is shut down during printing

Ink cartridges cannot be inserted
Ink spills out of Waste fluid tank
Ink spills out of Flushing box
Ink spills around X rail
Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance does not start up "2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance" p.2-61
MUTOH Service
Assistance
"Transfer failed (Data timeout)" is displayed during transfer.
"Main F/W data is invalid" is displayed during firmware transfer.
"No compatibility between main F/W data and printer" is displayed
during firmware transfer.

P.2-5
 2.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed(Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Problems in Using "F/W version downgrade is not available" is displayed during firmware "2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance" p.2-61
MUTOH Service transfer.
Assistance

（Continued) "Heater controller F/W data is invalid" is displayed during Heater

controller firmware transfer.
"No compatibility between Heater controller F/W data and printer is
displayed during Heater controller firmware transfer.

P.2-6
 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages

This section describes the messages displayed in normal operation and upon an error occurrence as well as how to correct the error. The available messages are as follows.

2.2.1 Operation Status 　

This section describes the message contents, check items, and recovery actions for normal operation.

Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Cover open Front cover is open. 1. Is Switch board pressing the sensor Fix Switch board so that it presses the "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
while Front cover is closed? sensor.

2. Is Switch board installed facing down? Reinstall it correctly.

3. Is Cover sensor wobbly? Tighten the screw on Cover sensor .

4. Are the cables of F cover R sensor and Securely connect the cable to connector.
F cover L sensor securely connected? Check if the interlock cable is securely
connected to MAIN board
5. Are F cover R sensor and F cover L Replace F cover R sensor and F cover L
sensor damaged? sensor .
6. Check the operation of Front cover Replace Front cover sensor if it is not "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
sensor in “Sen : Cover” in the self- working properly. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
diagnosis function.
7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
p.3-54

2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 1. Is Maintenance cover sensor wobbly? Tighten the screw on Maintenance cover "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy"
Open open. sensor . p.3-29

2. Check if the sensor is in the closed status Adjust the location of the sensor so that the
Either L or R is
when Maintenance cover is closed. sensor is in the closed status when
indicated in [*].
Maintenance cover is closed.
3. Check if the mounting direction of the If the sensor’s open side is not facing the rear
sensor is inverted. side of the printer, reinstall the sensor.

2.2.1 Operation Status P.2-7

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 4. Is the cable of Maintenance cover sensor Securely connect the cable. "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy"
Open open. securely connected? p.3-29
Either L or R is
5. Is Maintenance cover sensor damaged? Replace Maintenance cover sensor .
indicated in [*].

(Continued)
6. Is Maintenance cover damaged? Replace Maintenance cover. -
7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
p.3-54

3 Set media Media holding lever is 1. Does Pressurizing lever move smoothly? Lubricate pressure cam. "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding" p.7-7
raised.

　 2. Is the sensor portion of Lever sensor Clean the sensor portion with a cotton swab, "3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and
dirty? etc. Lever sensor cable Assy" p.3-84

3. Is Lever sensor securely installed? Adjust the mounting position of Lever sensor
.
4. Is the cable of Lever sensor securely Securely connect Lever sensor cable.
connected?
5. Check the operation of Lever sensor in Replace Lever sensor if it is not working "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
“Sen 7: Lever” in the self-diagnosis properly. "3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and
function. Lever sensor cable Assy" p.3-84

6. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
p.3-54

4 End of Roll Media has run out. 1. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
under Paper guide R securely p.3-54
connected?
2. Check if there is paper in “Sen : Rear” in If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
the self-diagnosis function. loaded, check the item 5.

　 3. Paper rear sensor may need adjustment Adjust Paper rear sensor . "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
or it may be damaged. Adjustment" p.4-68
If the same error continues to be displayed, "3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-82
replace Paper rear sensor .
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
p.3-54

2.2.1 Operation Status P.2-8

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

5 No media Media is not loaded. 1. Check if there is paper in “Sen. : Rear” in If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
the self-diagnosis function. loaded, replace Paper rear sensor . Adjustment" p.4-68

"3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-82

2. Does the media in use have low Instruct the user that media with low -
reflectance? reflectance cannot be used.
3. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
under Paper guide R securely p.3-54
connected?
4. Paper rear sensor may need adjustment Adjust P_REAR sensor. "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
or it may be damaged. Adjustment" p.4-68
If the same error continues to be displayed,
replace P_REAR sensor. "3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-82

5. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
p.3-54

2.2.1 Operation Status P.2-9

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.2.2 Errors with Message

This section describes the contents of errors with messages as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These messages are displayed when an abnormal condition occurs while the printer is running.
Upon an occurrence of an error with message, the printer stops its operation at the same time.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes. After that, the printer will restart its operation.

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media detection Media detection has 1. Is the media loaded outside the printing Instruct the user how to load media. Operation Manual
error failed. range (not placed in the center or the width is
smaller than the minimum width)?
2. Is Paper edge sensor securely installed? Install Paper edge sensor correctly. "3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE
Sensor" p.3-160

3. Is Platen non-reflective tape damaged? Replace Platen non-reflective tape. "3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-
Reflecting Tape" p.3-94

4. Are there taint or any foreign substances on Remove any taint or foreign substances. Operation Manual
the surface of Platen and Paper edge
sensor?
5. Is Paper edge sensor damaged? Remove any taint or foreign substances. "3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE
Sensor" p.3-160

6. Is the cable of Paper edge sensor placed on Securely connect it to CR board connector "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Head securely connected? Assy" p.3-140

7. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it to MAIN board connector "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
under Paper guide R securely connected? Assy" p.3-54

　 8. Check the sensitivity of the sensor in “Sen : • Replace Paper edge sensor . "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
EdgeAD” in the self-diagnosis function. Adjustment" p.4-68
"3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE
Sensor" p.3-160

9. Does the media in use have low • Instruct the user that media with low -
reflectance? reflectance cannot be used.
10. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? • Correctly plug the CR_FFC again. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

11. CR_FFC may be damaged. • Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
119

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-10

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media detection Media detection has 12. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
error failed. Assy" p.3-140
(Continued)

　 13. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2 Media skew error Media is running 1. Reload media and check whether the same If the error is due to the way the user loads the -
obliquely. error occurs. media, instruct the user how to load media
properly.

2. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in
“Test6: Fan” – “Fan1: Vacuum Fan” in the
self-diagnosis function?
3. Is the pressure suitably adjusted for the
media?
Check the connection of the connectors of the "5.5.6 Fan Menu" p.5-18
following MAIN board assemblies. Replace
Suction FAN or the cable that is not working
properly.
Adjust the pressure so that there is no skew, -
horizontal banding, or mark left by pressurizing
rollers.

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-11

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 [*******] Ink End Ink has run out. Printing 1. Check the ink in the ink cartridge. Replace the ink cartridge when there is no ink. -
*Up to seven colors operation stops
are indicated immediately. If there is sufficient amount of ink, refer to the
simultaneously in [*] check item 2.
by K,C,M, and Y
when no ink is
2. Check the ink cartridge with no ink in “Sen. : Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
detected.
Ink END KCMY” in the self-diagnosis than three minutes to see if the same error is still
When there is no
function to see if the ink cartridge displayed displayed.
ink in any of Sub
is the same one with the error.
tanks, [ALL] is
If the same error continues to be displayed, refer
displayed.
to the check item 3.

3. Check the connection of the connectors of Correctly plug the following connectors again "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
Sub tank control relay cable. board Assy" p.3-65
JUNCTION Board "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
*Check the connection of the connectors on MAINBoard Assy" p.3-54
the path. "3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board
If the same error continues to be displayed even Assy" p.3-190
after inserting the above connectors again, Sub
tank control relay cable or the cables on the path
may be damaged. Replace it.

If the same error continues to be displayed after

4. Is there ink leakage or bleeding around the
connection area of Ink tube?
5. Has the ink cartridge been left removed?
6. Check if Solenoid is functioning normally in Two-way Solenoid may be damaged.
“Ctrl : Test”- “Test: Sensor" - "Sen.:
TankValve" in the self-diagnosis function.
replacing it, refer to the check item 4.
Check the connection of Ink tube. -
Replace GB connector. -
"5.14.2 Sensor Menu" p.5-99
"3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、
If the same error continues to be displayed after TANK_H/L Cable Assy" p.3-195
replacing it, MAIN board may be damaged.
Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
board Assy" p.3-65

7. HEATER JUNCTION board may be

Replace HEATER JUNCTION board.
damaged.

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-12

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 [*******] Ink cartridge is not 1. Are Ink cartridges used dedicated ink Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink -
No cartridge inserted. cartridges? cartridges.
*Up to seven colors
are indicated
2. Is the message displayed after turning off the When the message is displayed: Refer to the -
simultaneously in [*]
printer and turning it back on? check item 3 for action.
by K,C,M and Y
when no ink is
detected.
When there is no
ink in any of Sub
tanks, [ALL] is
displayed.
3. Check if there are ink cartridges in ”Sen.:Ink Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
NOT ” in the self-diagnosis function to see if than three minutes to see if the same error is still
the ink cartridge displayed is the same one displayed. "3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid
with the error. • If the same error continues to be Assy" p.3-191
displayed, adjust the mounting position of
Ink bag control cable.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after adjustment, check the
connection.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after checking the connection,
Ink bag control cable may be damaged.
Replace it.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after replacing it, refer to the
check item 4.
4. Check the connection of the connector of Ink Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
sensor cable. JUNCTION Board board Assy" p.3-65
MAIN Board "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
5. JUNCTION board may be damaged.
Assy" p.3-54
If the same error continues to be displayed even "3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board
after inserting the above connectors again, Ink Assy" p.3-190
sensor cable or the cables on the path may be
damaged. Replace it.

If the same error continues to be displayed after

replacing it, MAIN board may be damaged.
Replace it.
Replace JUNCTION board .

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-13

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

5 S/C Color Err A dedicated S/C card 1. Check if the message is displayed after When the message is displayed: Refer to the Operation Manual
S/C Read Err may be malfunction. turning off the printer and turning it back on. check item 2.
S/C Ink Err
S/CCode Err
2. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are Replace with the dedicated Smart chip cards.
Broken Chip
used.
3. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are
broken or the chip portion is damaged.
4. Check if ink ID is correctly recognized in the "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
self-diagnosis function.
6 Full wasteInkTank Waste fluid bottle is full. 1. Check if Waste fluid bottle is full. Dispose of waste fluid. -

2. Check the connection of the connector of Correctly insert the following connectors again. "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
Waste fluid level switch. board Assy" p.3-65
JUNCTION board ,
Connector on the Waste fluid bottle side.
3. Waste fluid level switch may be damaged. Replace Waste fluid level switch. "3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid
Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch"
4. Check JUNCTION board .
If the same error continues to be displayed after p.3-201
replacing Waste fluid level switch: "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
JUNCTION board may be damaged. board Assy" p.3-65
Replace it.
7 Life Times [Head] The operational life of Check the condition of Head. Replace Print Head as necessary. Clear the "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
Print head has almost counter after replacing it. p.3-152
expired. "6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-14

8 Life Times [Pump] The operational life of Check the condition of Pump. Replace Pump as necessary. Clear the counter "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
Pump has almost after replacing it. Assy" p.3-177
expired. "6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-14

9 Life Times [CR The operational life of Check the condition of CR motor. Replace CR motor as necessary. Clear the "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
Motor] CR motor has almost counter after replacing it. 101
expired. "6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-14

10 Life Times [PF The operational life of Check the condition of PF motor. Replace PF motor as necessary. Clear the "3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"
Motor] PF motor has almost counter after replacing it. p.3-78
expired. "6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-14

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-14

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

11 Media cut error Even though cutting 1. Does media dust accumulate in cutter Remove accumulated media dust along groove. Operation Manual
operation is performed, groove?
media is not cut off.
2. Is cutter cap securely installed? Reinstall cutter cap securely. Operation Manual

3. Check cutter sliding up/down operation. • When it does not rise: ―

Refer to action in check item No. 4.
4. When setting cutter, lower cutter with finger
and check that cutter rises to upper end only • When it rises:
by spring force. Refer to action in check item No. 5.

5. When setting cutter after removing cutter • When it lowers: ー

spring, does cutter lower to lower end by its Cutter spring may be defective. Replace
own weight? cutter spring referring to exploded views.
• When it does not lower:
Cutter may be defective. Replace cutter.
6. Check if solenoid goes up/down from "Life: - -
Cutter" of self-diagnosis function. • OK:
a) Goes up/down: Operation Manual
Cutter has reached the end of life or be
Check the position where cutter goes down to damaged. Replace cutter with new one.
cutter groove. • NG: "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Adjust cutter holder position. 119
b) Does not go up/down: Connector may be poorly connected.
Check the connection of following connectors.
7. CR_FFC may be broken, solenoid may be If solenoid goes up/down, replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
defective, or each board may be defective. 119

a) Replace CR_FFC with new one.

b) Replace solenoid with new one. (Check by If solenoid goes up/down, replace solenoid .
connecting connectors directly)
c) Replace CR board . After replacement, adjust sensor reflection "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
amount from "Sen: Edge AD" of "Test: Sensor" of Assy" p.3-140
self-diagnosis function.
d) Replace MAIN board . Before replacing MAIN board, back up "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
parameters and recover to new MAIN board . Assy" p.3-54
Then start operation check.
12 Smart/C End Smart/C is End. - - -
13 Smart/C Low Smart/C is Low. - - -

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-15

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
• The square bracket pair in an error message indicates the applicable ink color.
• If no ink and no cartridge occur at the same time, no cartridge message has priority to be displayed.

2.2.2 Errors with Message P.2-16

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot

This section describes the contents of reboot-requiring errors as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These errors are issued when any of the following critical problems occur.

• Obstacle that prevents the machine's operation

• Damage of electric circuits (Boards, Motors, Sensors)
• Abnormal operation of control programs
When any of the above conditions occur, the machine follows the steps shown below before stopping its operation.

1. Turn OFF the driving system power automatically.

2. Flash all lamps on Operation panel and generate intermittent audible alarm.
3. Display the applicable error message on the LCD.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes and restarting the machine.

(1) CPU system serious error

　

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E016 Interrupt Interruption exception 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
［00］ error: peripherals. •
An anomaly is detected
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even • Replace MAIN board .
during interruption "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
when there is no problem, turn off the printer
process. Assy" p.3-54
and turn it back on a few times to check.
2 E016 Command border 3. Check if the firmware is the latest one.
TLB Modif exception/TLB
［01］ exception (load or 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
command fetch) error: 5. MAIN board may be damaged.
An anomaly is detected
in command border.
Or TLB exception is
detected while loading
data or fetching data.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-17

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E016 TLB-L/I Data border exception/ 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
［02］ TLB exception error peripherals.
4 E016 TLB-S Data border exception/ 2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even • Replace MAIN board .
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
［03］ TLB exception (store) when there is no problem, turn off the printer Assy" p.3-54
error: and turn it back on a few times to check.
An anomaly is detected 3. Check if the firmware is the latest one.
in data border.
Or TLB exception is 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
detected while storing 5. MAIN board may be damaged.
data.
5 E016 AddErr-L/I Address exception error
［04］ (load or command
fetch):
Address error is
detected while loading
or fetching command.
6 E016 AddErr-S Address exception error
［05］ (store):
An address error is
detected while
escaping.
7 E016 Pass exception error
BusErr-I (command fetch):
［06］ Address error is
detected while loading
or storing command.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-18

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

8 E016 Bus exception error 1. Check the serial number of the printer. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer Operation Manual
BusErr-L ／ S (load or store): "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
2. MAIN board may be damaged.
［07］ Bus error is detected • Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-54
while loading or storing
command.
9 E016 System call exception
SystemCall error:
［08］ An anomaly is detected
in system call.
10 E016 Break point exception
BreakPoint error:
［09］ An anomaly is detected
in break point.
11 E016 Reserved command
Reserved exception error:
［10］ An anomaly is detected
in reserved command.
12 E016 Coprocessor disabled
Copro exception error:
［11］ An anomaly is detected
in coprocessor .

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-19

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

13 E016 Arithmetic overflow 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
Overflow exception error: peripherals.
［12］ Overflow is detected.
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even
14 E016 Arithmetic overflow when there is no problem, turn off the printer
Trap exception error: and turn it back on a few times to check.
［13］ Overflow is detected. 3. Check the serial number of the printer.
15 E016 Floating decimal point 4. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board .
Floating exception error: "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
［15］ An anomaly is detected Assy" p.3-54
in floating decimal point.
16 E016 Watch exception error:
Watch An anomaly is detected
[23] in Watch.
17 E016 Watchdog time-out
WatchDog exception error:
［32］ A time-out is detected in
Watchdog.
18 E016 Abort error:
Abort Err Abort is detected.
［33］
19 E016 EXC error (undefined)
Exception　Err other than the above
［XX］ has occured.
E016 XX stands for a number.
Abort Err
［33］
20 E016 Flash ROM The content of flash The contents of flash ROM may be destroyed. • Replace MAIN board .
[35] ROM may be destroyed.

NOTE
For the PC settings, refer to your PC's operation manual.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-20

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Mechanical Serious Errors

　

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E 065Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check if the is paper jam around Grid Roller. • Remove paper jam.
PF motor in PF motor (X-axis)
2. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in
during printer operation. Check the connection of the following connectors
the self-diagnosis function.
Displayed when there is of MAIN board . "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-19
E 067Err a big difference between 3. Set the endurance time to more than 50
2 times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis • PF motor cable connector
PF encoder motor command value "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
and feedback from function to see if any errors related to PF Assy" p.3-54
• PF_ENC connector:
encoder. motor such as “PF motor error” occurs.
• Connector that is connecting PF motor
4. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” – "5.12 Endurance Running
and PF motor relay
Menu" p.5-87
“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis
function.
"5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-17
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
5. Check if DC42V is correctly supplied from
If Main power board is damaged, replace it.
Power board , using the tester.

"3.4.2 Replacing Power Board

Assy" p.3-41

6. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder . "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder"

7. Check if PF encoder scale is installed facing p.3-73
the correct direction. • Install PF encoder scale properly. "3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear
8. Check if PF encoder scale is dirty or misted Sensor" p.3-82
over. "4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt
• Adjust PF belt tension.
9. Check if the tension of PF belt is appropriate. Tension Adjustment" p.4-53
"3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"
10. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF motor .
p.3-78
• Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
11. MAIN board may be damaged.
Assy" p.3-54

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-21

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E069 Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-19
PF Timeout in media feed amount the self-diagnosis function. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
(X-axis) during printer Check the connection of the following connectors Assy" p.3-54
2. Set the endurance time to more than 50
operation. of MAIN board .
times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis
Displayed when Grid • PF motor cable connector "5.12 Endurance Running
function to see if any errors related to PF
roller has not reached • PF_ENC connector: Menu" p.5-87
motor such as “PF motor error” occurs.
the designated position.
3. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” – • Connector that is connecting PF
"5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-17
“Test: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis motor and PF motor relay
function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
4. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder . "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder"
• If Main power board is damaged, replace p.3-73
5. PF encoder may be damaged.
it. "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
6. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace PF motor . Assy" p.3-41
• Replace MAIN board . "3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"
p.3-78

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-22

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 E071 Err An overload condition is 1. Is the weight of the media used within the • Explain the user about the recommended "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-19
PF Current detected in PF motor (X- recommended weight? media weight.
axis) during printer • Remove paper jam, check if Media holder "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
2. Is there paper jam around Grid roller?
5　 E073 Err operation. and Print head are damaged, and check if Assy" p.3-54
PF2 Current the same error occurs.
Check the connection of the following connectors "5.12 Endurance Running
of MAIN board . Menu" p.5-87
• PF motor cable connector
3. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-17
the self-diagnosis function. • PF_ENC connector
"3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder"
• Connector that is connecting PF p.3-73
4. Set the endurance time to more than 50 motor and PF motor relay
times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis
"3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
function to see if any errors related to PF
motor such as “PF motor error” occurs. Assy" p.3-41

5. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” – "3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"

“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis p.3-78
function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
6. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder .
7. PF encoder may be damaged.
• If Main power board is damaged, replace
it.
8. MAIN board may be damaged.
• Replace PF motor .

• Replace MAIN board .

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-23

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

6 E066 Err An anomaly is detected 1.
CR Motor in CR motor (Y-axis)
during printer operation.
2.
7　 E068 Err CR Displayed when there is 3.
Encoder a big difference between
motor command value
and feedback from
encoder. 4.
Check if there is paper jam around Grid • After removing any foreign substances "3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder
Roller or any foreign substances around the and checking if the printer itself is not Assy" p.3-142
range of CR movement. damaged, check if the same error still "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-19
occurs. "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
Check the error record in “Test: Record” in
• Check if T fence is placed between CR 113
the self-diagnosis function.
encoders. If not, reassemble CR encoder
Move Carriage from side to side while the
correctly. If T fence is damaged, replace
printer is turned off and see if there is it. "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding" p.7-7
anywhere Carriage does not move smoothly.
• Clean and lubricate CR rail roller guide.
Set the endurance time to more than 50 • Check the connection of the following
times in “Life: CR Motor” in the self-diagnosis connectors.
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
function to see if any errors related to PF
Assy" p.3-54
motor such as “CR motor error” occurs. MAIN board :
"5.12 Endurance Running
• CR motor connector Menu" p.5-87
• CR_FFC connector
CR board : "4.4 Steel Belt Tension
• CR_FFC connector Adjustment" p.4-49
• Check the connection to CR motor is
appropriate. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
119
• Check if the tensions of CR speed
reduction belt and Steel belt are
"3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
appropriate.
101
Replace the following parts:
• T fence "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
• CR encoder 119
• CR_FFC
"3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
• CR motor 101
• CR board
• MAIN board

8　 E070 Err CR A timeout is detected in 5.
Timeout the Head shift amount
(Y-axis) during printer
operation.
Displayed when
Carriage has not
reached the designated
position.
Check if T fence is dirty or twisted.
• When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
with a dry cloth. 113
• When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with
mild detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
• When it is too dirty and the adhered
substance cannot be removed: Replace T
fence.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-24

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　8 E070 Err A timeout is detected in 6. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check: Test” – When NG: "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-17
CR Timeout the Head shift amount “Test: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis a) Check the cable connection at the following "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
(Y-axis) during printer function. places. 101
(Continuted) operation. • Mover Carriage to see if the values on the • CR board connector "3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder
Displayed when panel increases/decreases as follows. b) Replace the following parts. Assy" p.3-142
Carriage has not • CR encoder "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
reached the designated 119
• CW direction: Increase • T fence
position. "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
• CCW direction: Decrease • CR motor : Assy" p.3-140
• CR_FFC
• CR board
7. Check the connection of Cover sensor and Make sure to connect it securely. "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
Maintenance Cover Sensor. When the cables are disconnecting, replace it. Assy" p.3-29
"3.3.4 Replacing Cover R Cable
Assy" p.3-34
"3.3.5 Replacing Cover L Cable
Assy" p.3-35

8. Carriage lock solenoid may be damaged. When Carriage lock solenoid is malfunctioning, -
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is replace it.
locked and “OFF” is displayed when
Carriage is moved in “Sen.: CR Origin” in the
self-diagnosis function.)
9. Check the connection of HEATER RELAY Replace HEATER RELAY board . "3.4.4 Replacing HEATER
board. RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
10. HEATER RELAY board may be damaged.
11. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

9　 E072 Err An overload condition is

CR Current detected in CR motor
(Y-axis) during printer
10 E074 Err operation.
CR2 Current
11 E092 Err
CR Overload

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-25

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 E081 Err CR_HP cannot be 1. Check CR origin sensor in “Sen.: CR Origin” Check connection of CR origin sensor cable "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
CR Origin detected. in the self-diagnosis function. connector.
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is
locked and “OFF” is displayed when
Carriage is moved.)
2. CR origin sensor may be damaged. Replace it. "3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin
Sensor" p.3-115

3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace it. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

13 E076 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8 Replacing Heater,
Pre heat in Pre heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor" p.3-86
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base" p.3-
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged. 39
board.
"3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board and Board Assy" p.3-42
HEATER CONT board .
4. Replace Heater.
14 E077 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8 Replacing Heater,
Platen heat in Platen heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor" p.3-86
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base" p.3-
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged. 39
board.
"3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board and Board Assy" p.3-42
HEATER CONT board .
4. Replace Heater.
15 E078 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8 Replacing Heater,
After Heat in After heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor" p.3-86
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base" p.3-
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged. 39
board.
"3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board and Board Assy" p.3-42
HEATER CONT board .
4. Replace Heater.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-26

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

16 E079 Err An anomaly is detected • Communication cable may be 1. Check the connection between MAIN board "5.5.2 Version Menu" p.5-11
Commu. in the serial malfunctioning.< and HEATER CONTROL board . "4.3 Working with MUTOH
communication between • Firmware on HEATER CONTROL board Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
2. Check the connection between HEATER
MAIN Board and may be malfunctioning. JUNCTION board and HEATER CONTROL
HEATER CONTROL • MAIN board may be malfunctioning. "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
board .
Board during printer Board Assy" p.3-42
• HEATER CONTROL board may be 3. Check the version of the firmware and install
operation. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
malfunctioning. the latest firmware. Assy" p.3-54
• HEATER JUNCTION board may be "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
malfunctioning. 4. Replace HEATER CONTROL board or
board Assy" p.3-65
MAIN board .
5. Replace HEATER JUNCTION board.

17 E082 Err An anomaly is detected Wiper sensor and MAIN board may be 1. Replace Wiper unit . "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
Wiper Sns. in Wiper sensor. malfunctioning. Assy" p.3-177
2. Replace MAIN board .
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

18 E090 Err An anormaly is detected 1. Check input voltage(Heater). Replace HEATER CONTROL board . "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
HeaterVolt. in Heater Volts. Board Assy" p.3-42
2. HEATER CONTROL board may be
malfunction.

19 E093 Err Control An anormaly is detected the version of H_CONT F/W might not be the Check the F/W version, and install the latest "5.5.2 Version Menu" p.5-11
Ver. in H_Cont F/W. latest. version.
20 E097 Err An anomaly is detected - Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
NVRAM. in NVRAM. Assy" p.3-54

21 E134 ～ E139、 Subtank status shows 1. Subtank LO sensor or Hi sensor may be 1. Replace Subtank Assy. "3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、
E156、E157 that H sensor is malfunctioning. TANK_H/L Cable Assy" p.3-195
2. Replace 2 way solenoid.
Err detected and Lo sensor
2. 2 way solenoid may be malfunction. "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
SubTank （） is not detected. 3. Replace JUNCTION board.
One of the letters 3. JUNCTION board may be malfunctioning. board Assy" p.3-65
from KkCｃMmYy
is displayed in the
parentheses.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-27

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

22 E140Err An anomaly is detected 1. Pre Thermistor connector may be 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector "3.5.8 Replacing Heater,
Pre heat Th. in Pre Thermistor. malfunctioning. securely. Thermistor" p.3-86
2. Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. Replace Thermistor. "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. Replace HEATER CONT board . Board Assy" p.3-42
malfunctioning.
23 E141Err An anomaly is detected 1. Platen Thermistor connector may be 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector
Platen heat Th. in Platen Thermistor. malfunctioning. securely.
2. Platen Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. Replace Thermistor.
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. Replace HEATER CONT board .
malfunctioning.
24 E142Err An anomaly is detected 1. After Thermistor connector may be 1. After Thermistor connector may be
After heat Th. in After Thermistor. malfunctioning. malfunctioning.
2. After Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. After Thermistor may be disconnecting.
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. HEATER CONT board may be
malfunctioning. malfunctioning.
25 E144 Err Failure is detected 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial WR during serial be damaged. still occurs.< 119
communication writing
2. Check the connection of CR FFC.
between MAIN board
and CR board . 3. Replace CR FFC. "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140
2. CR board may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board .
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
3. MAIN board may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-54

26 E145 Err Failure is detected

Serial RD during serial
communication reading
between MAIN board
and CR board .

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-28

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

27 E146Err An anomaly is detected 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial AD Cable1 in Serial communication be damaged. still occurs.< 119
between MAIN board
2. Check the connection of CR FFC.
and CR board .
3. Replace CR FFC. "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140
2. CR board may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board .
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
3. MAIN board may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-54

28 E147Err This indicates that AD

Serial AD Cable2 cable 2 is disconnected
between MAIN board
and CR board via serial
communication.

29 E148 Err A data read in by serial 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial Comp communication between be damaged. still occurs 119
MAIN board and CR
2. Check the connection of CR FFC.
board is different from
the required one. 3. Replace CR FFC.
2. CR board may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board .
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
3. MAIN board may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-140
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

30 E152 Err The power-supply from 1. The fuse of CR board may be blown. 1. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
CR Base Fuse the printer to Assy" p.3-140
Colorimeter may be
disconnected.
31 E176~E179 Err An anomaly is detected 1. Subtank Hi sensor may be malfunction. 1. Replace Subtank Assy. "3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、
Subtank Hi（） in Subtank Hi Sensor. TANK_H/L Cable Assy" p.3-195
2. 2 way solenoid may be malfunction. 2. Replace 2 way solenoid.
"3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid
One of the letters 3. JUNCTION board may be malfunction. 3. Replace JUNCTION board . Assy" p.3-191
from KkCｃMmYy "3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
is displayed in the board Assy" p.3-65
parentheses.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-29

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

32 E 186 Err Head FFC or Head 1. Check the connection of Head FFC on CR Insert Head FFC into Connector again. "3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC"
Head Cable1 thermistor of Head 1 is board and Print head. p.3-158
malfunctioning. • Is Head FFC inserted obliquely? "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

33 E 187 Err Head FFC or Head 2. Is Head FFC disconnected? Replace Head FFC. "3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC"
Head Cable2 thermistor of Head 2 is p.3-158
malfunctioning.
3. 3. Head thermistor may be malfunctioning. Replace Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

34 E 188 Err This indicates that Head 1. Head FFC may be malfunction. 1. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
Head Heat 1 driver is malfunctioning. 2. Replace CR_FFC. p.3-152
2. CR FFC may be malfunction.
3. Replace Print head.
3. Print head may be malfunction.
35 E 189 Err
Head Heat 2
36 E 190 Err This indicates that Head The temperature of Head transistor 1 of MAIN 1. 1. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
H Trans Th.1 transistor 1 is board may be abnormal, or the sensor of Assy" p.3-54
2. 2. Check the connection of CR_FFC and
malfunctioning. Thermistor 1 may be malfunctioning.
Head FFC. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
37 E 191 Err This indicates that Head The temperature of Head transistor 2 of MAIN 3. 3. Replace Print head. p.3-152
H Trans Th.2 transistor 2 is board may be abnormal, or the sensor of
malfunctioning. Thermistor 2 may be malfunctioning.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-30

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission

This section describes the error messages displayed when sending backup parameters and firmware using dedicated online software, as well as their recovery actions.
　

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Transfer failed Firmware data format is Check if the transferred firmware was the correct After checking, reinstall the firmware. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Data format error wrong. file. Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
2 Transfer failed The cancel button on - Retransfer the firmware.
Aborted by the the computer is clicked.
HOST
3 Transfer failed A communication time- Check the connection between the printer and After solving the problem, retransfer the
Data timeout out is detected. computer. firmware.
4 Transfer failed File checksum error is - 1. Retransfer the firmware.
Check-sum error detected.
2. If this does not solve the problem, check if
the transferred firmware was the correct file.
5 Transfer failed Received wrong-sized Check if the program file is correct. After checking, retransfer the data.
Wrong size data.
xxxxxxxx
6 Transfer failed Incompatible firmware is Check if the program file is correct. After checking, reinstall the firmware. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Incompatible F/W detected. Service Assistance Software" p.4-5

7 Transfer failed ROM erase error is Board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Flash erase error detected. Assy" p.3-54

8 Transfer failed ROM writing error is Board may be damaged.

Flash write error detected.
9 Transfer failed ROM comparing error is Board may be damaged.
Flash compare detected.
error
10 Transfer failed FROM with unknown This should not normally happen.
Unknown Flash size written method is FROM may be damaged.
detected.
11 Internal Error No memory area is This should not normally happen. • Replace SODIMM.
Memory Exhausted available. SODIMM may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board .

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-31

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 Transfer failed Block reply timeout is Check the connection between HEATER • Reconnect HEATER CONTROL board "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
Block replay detected during system CONTROL board and MAIN board . and MAIN board . Board Assy" p.3-42
timeout code transfer. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
CONTROL board and MAIN board .
Assy" p.3-54
• Replace HEATER CONTROL board.
• Replace MAIN board .

13 Transfer failed Received invalid value

Block replay error by block reply during
xx system code transfer.
14 Transfer failed Final reply timeout is
Final reply timeout detected during system
code transfer.
15 Transfer failed Received invalid value
Final reply error xx by final reply during
system code transfer.
16 Boot Transfer failed Opening sequence of • Check the connection between HEATER • Reconnect HEATER CONTROL board "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
Opening seq. failed boot code transfer CONTROL board and MAIN board . and MAIN board . Board Assy" p.3-42
failed. • Check if the green LED is on HEATER Or replace the cable connecting HEATER
CONTROL board is on. CONTROL board and MAIN board .
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
• Check if the red LED is on HEATER • If the green LED is still off after turning on
the power, replace HEATER CONTROL Assy" p.3-54
CONTROL board is blinking.
board .
• If the red LED is blinking and there is no "4.3 Working with MUTOH
problem on the connection between Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
HEATER CONTROL board and MAIN
board , reinstall the firmware.

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-32

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

17 Boot Transfer failed AA did not reply to the Check the connection between HEATER CONT • Reconnect HEATER CONT board and "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
55-AA Timeout boot code transfer board and MAIN board . MAIN board . Board Assy" p.3-42
procedure 55. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
CONT board and MAIN board .
Assy" p.3-54
• Replace HEATER CONT board .
18 Boot Transfer failed xx replied to the boot • Replace MAIN board .
55-AA reply error xx code transfer procedure
55.
19 Boot Transfer failed Error (xx) replied to the
End code xx end of boot code
transfer.
20 Boot Transfer failed An echo of the boot
Echo timeout code transfer procedure
did not reply.
21 Boot Transfer failed An invalid error (xx) of
Echo error xx boot code transfer
procedure replied.
22 Internal error Parameter writing failed. This should not normally happen. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Parameter save FROM may be damaged. Assy" p.3-54
error
23 Transfer failed Received wrong year SODIMM or MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace SODIMM. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Wrong year xxxx data. (xxxx). • Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-54
24 Transfer failed Received wrong month
Wrong month xx data. (xx).
25 Transfer failed Received wrong date
Wrong day xx data. (xx).
26 Transfer failed Received wrong time
Wrong hour xx data. (xx).
27 Transfer failed Received wrong minute
Wrong min xx data. (xx).
28 Transfer not ready Transfer is not available. Check if the LED display on Operation panel is in Press an arbitrary button on Operation panel to "4.3 Working with MUTOH
standby state in Board manager mode. set the panel display in the standby state, and Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
then reinstall.

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-33

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages

This section describes the symptoms of errors without an error message as well as the check items and recovery actions.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems

　

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Printer cannot be turned on
1. Are the cables between Inlet and Power board and Connect Power cable securely. "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Power board and MAIN board securely connected? Assy" p.3-41
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
2. Is Power cable damaged?
Assy" p.3-54
If it is damaged, replace it.
3. Is the fuse blown? Replace Fuse. "3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet" p.3-
57

4. Is Panel FFC cut or shorted out? Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit" p.3-
26
5. Panel unit may be damaged. Replace Panel unit .
6. Inlet may be damaged. Replace Inlet . "3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet" p.3-
57

7. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Assy" p.3-41

8. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2 LCD display malfunction 1. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • Panel FFC Assy" p.3-54
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
2. Panel FFC may be damaged. Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit" p.3-

3. Is LCD monitor of Panel unit damaged? Replace Panel unit . 26

4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

5. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Assy" p.3-41

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-34

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Initial ink charge does not
start
1. Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • MAIN board connector "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
while Maintenance cover is closed? Check the connectors of HEATER Assy" p.3-29
RELAY board .
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open" p.2-7
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is
broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of
Maintenance cover sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
2. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front • Adjust the mounting position of Cover "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
cover is closed? sensor. " Mainte. Cover[*] Open" p.2-7
• Replace Cover sensor.

　 3. Is “Lever up” displayed on LCD monitor while Media set Check if Lever sensor is correctly operating in "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
lever is lowered? “Check: Test” - “Sen.: Sensor” – “Test: Lever” in
the self-diagnosis function.
4. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • MAIN board : Assy" p.3-54
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? • Panel unit
5. Check the connection of MAIN board connector. • MAIN board connector "3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor
Check the connectors of HEATER and Lever sensor cable Assy" p.3-84
RELAY board .
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is
broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of
Maintenance cover sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
6. HEATER RELAY board may be damaged. Replace HEATER RELAY board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
p.5-77

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-35

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
3 Initial ink charge does not
start
(Continued)
4 Initial ink charge started, but
ink does not reach Head
5 Ink does not come out even
after initial ink charge is
completed
　
2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
7. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-
while specific ink bags are securely inserted? “[KCMY] Ink END” is displayed to take 10
• Ink detection in “Sen.: Ink END” appropriate measures.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
• After adjustment and replacement,
p.5-77
perform Initial ink charge in “Check:
InkCharg” – “InkCharge: Normal” in the
self-diagnosis function.
8. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in • Follow the same procedure as when "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-
“Sen.: INK ID” in the self-diagnosis function, while “[KCMY] Not Original” is displayed to take 10
specified ink bags are securely inserted? appropriate measures.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
• After adjustment and replacement,
p.5-77
perform Initial ink charge in “Check:
InkCharg” – “InkCharge: Normal” in the
self-diagnosis function.
9. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
• After replacement, perform Initial ink Assy" p.3-54
charge in “Check: InkCharg” – "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
“InkCharge: Normal” in the self-diagnosis
function.
1. Is Maintenance Assy damaged, or is Tube • If Tube is disconnected, connect it again. "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
disconnected from Maintenance Assy ? • Replace Maintenance Assy . Assy" p.3-177
2. Is two-way Solenoid damaged, or is Tube disconnected • Replace two-way Solenoid . "3.8 Replacing Maintenance
from Maintenance Assy ? • Connect Pump motor connector securely. Section" p.3-170
3. Is Tube at Ink supply area disconnected? "3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid
• Replace Solenoid head. Assy" p.3-191
4. Is Pump motor connector securely connected?
• Replace Print head.
5. Solenoid head may be damaged.
"3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid
6. Replace Print head. Head Assy" p.3-147
"3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152
1. Is Capping position appropriate? • Once the ink flow is confirmed, perform "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
initial charge again.
2. Are Solenoid head , Ink tube, and joint screws loose? • Check Solenoid head "3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid
Is ink bleeding? • Remove Side covers (L and R) and Head Assy" p.3-147
Is O-ring properly mounted? Cartridge cover and check Ink tube and "3.3 Replacing Cover
joint screws of SUS pipe.
Peripherals" p.3-26
P.2-36
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Ink does not come out even 3. Is there air leakage at the sealed part of Solenoid head • Replace Solenoid head and see if the "3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid
after initial ink charge is ? cleaning operation makes the ink flow. Head Assy" p.3-147
completed • When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
（Continued） ink charge again.

4. Is Ink tube in Maintenance Assy folded? • Replace Maintenance Assy and see if
the cleaning operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
5. Is Wiper operating properly? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN
(Check On/OFF in “Check: Test” – “Test: Sensor” – board again.
“Sen.: Wiper” in the self-diagnosis function. • Replace Wiper solenoid.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-177

6. Is Pump working during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
board again. Assy" p.3-54
• Replace Pump. "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-177

7. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air • Replace the damaged Ink tube and check "3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
leakage? if the cleaning operation makes the ink 123
flow.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
8. Check the following points and connections and of Head Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC"
FFCs on the CR board side and the head side. p.3-158
• Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

9. Is Head FFC disconnected? Replace Head FFC. "3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC"
p.3-158
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-37

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Ink does not come out even
after initial ink charge is
completed
（Continued）
10. Is Print head damaged? Replace Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152
11. Is CR board damaged? Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

12. Check the connections of CR_FFC connector areas on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
the CR board side and MAIN board side Assy" p.3-140
• Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? • CR FFC
• HeadFFC
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

13. Is CR_FFC broken? Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

119

14. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

6 • The printer does not 1. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front • Check the connectors of MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
operate after turned cover is closed? • Adjust the mounting position of Front Assy" p.3-54
on. Does Front cover sensor correctly operate in “Test: cover sensor. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
• The printer does not Sensor” – “Sen.: Cover” in the self-diagnosis function? • Replace Front cover sensor . " Cover open" p.2-7
stop operation even • Securely connect HEATER RELAY board
when Front cover or .
Maintenance cover is
opened.
• After the printer is
turned on, "Initializing"
is displayed and the
printer resets
• Loading media does
not start the initial
operation
• The printer does not
operate even when
Front cover or
Maintenance cover is
closed.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-38

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
　6 • The printer does not 2.
operate after turned
on.
• The printer does not
stop operation even
when Front cover or
Maintenance cover is
opened.
• After the printer is
3.
turned on, "Initializing"
is displayed and the
printer resets • Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
• Loading media does 4.
not start the initial
operation
• The printer does not
operate even when
Front cover or 5.
Maintenance cover is
closed. （Continued)
6.
7.
8.
2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • Check MAIN board connector. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
while Maintenance cover is closed? • Maintenance cover sensor R Assy" p.3-54
Does Maintenance cover sensor correctly operate in • Maintenance cover sensor L
“Sen.: M. CoverL” – “Sen.: M. CoverR” in the self- • Adjust the mounting position of
diagnosis function? " Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
Maintenance cover sensor.
R)" p.2-2
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor .
"3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
Assy" p.3-29
Check the connection of Panel FFC connector areas on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • Panel FFC Assy" p.3-54
Is “Set media”displayed on LCD with pressure arm • Check Lever Sensor board connector. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
lowered? • Replace Lever sensor . Assy" p.3-54
"3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor
and Lever sensor cable Assy" p.3-84
Does Paper rear sensor correctly detect in “Test: • Check P_REAR Sensor connector . "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-13
Sensor” – “Sen.: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function • Replace Paper rear sensor . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear
Sensor" p.3-82
Is DC cable between Power board and MAIN board • Reconnect DC cable . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
correctly connected? • Replace DC cable . Assy" p.3-41
MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Assy" p.3-41
P.2-39
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
7 The printer does not
recognize the installed ink
cartridges
8 Nothing can be input from
Operation panel
9 Printing does not start even
after receiving data.
2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-
while specific ink bags are securely inserted? “[KCMY] Ink END” is displayed to take 10
• Ink detection in “Sen.: Ink END” appropriate measures.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
• Cartridge detection in “Sen.: Ink NOT KCMY” p.5-77
2. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in • Follow the same procedure as when Error "2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-
“Ctrl: Sensor” – “Sen. : etc” – “ [KCMY] Ink ID” in the self- concerning “S/C” is displayed to take 10
diagnosis function, while specified ink bags are securely appropriate measures.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
inserted?
p.5-77
1. Is Operation panel cover damaged or defaced? Replace Operation panel cover. -
2. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Check the connection of the following "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. connectors. Assy" p.3-54
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
• Panel FFC
• Panel FFC may be disconnected
Replace Panel FFC.
3. Panel unit may be damaged. Replace Panel unit . "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit" p.3-
26
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
- - "2.3.5 Online Function
Problems" p.2-58
P.2-40
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
2.3.2 Media Feed Problems
No. Symptom
1 Media slips during media
initialization or printing.
2 Media skews or meanders
during media initialization or
printing.
3 Media wrinkles during media
initialization or printing.
4 Media tears during media
initialization or printing.
5 Media size is not correctly
detected after media
initialization.
2.3.2 Media Feed Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-10 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Media Feed problems
Check item Action Reference
1. When using roll media, are Flanges correctly attached? • Correctly insert Flanges into the media Operation Manual
tube of roll media. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
2. Does Paper rear sensor correctly detect in “Test:
Sensor” – “Sen.: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function? • Check the connection of the following Assy" p.3-54
connectors. "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
• MAIN board :
Assy" p.3-140
• CR board :
"3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear
• Replace Paper rear sensor .
Sensor" p.3-82
3. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Fan” in • Check the connection of the connectors of -
the self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board assemblies.
• Suction FAN relay :
4. Is Heater temperature set correctly? Instruct the user that if the temperature is not set
properly, media gets wrinkled or curled.
5. Are you using media whose edges are curled up? Instruct the users to use the recommended Operation Manual
media and how to use Media holder.
6. Are the thickness of the loaded media and the value If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered
displayed on Panel the same? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
7. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure
lever is raised?
8. Is Paper guide greatly distorted, scratched, or containing • If there are any foreign substances such "3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide
any foreign substances? as pieces of paper on Paper guide, R (Upper)" p.3-22
remove them.
• Replace Paper guide.
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R
（lower)" p.3-23
Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH? Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, Operation Manual
and check again.
If the media used is not recommended by
MUTOH, Paper sensor may have a reading miss
and may not be able to recognize media.
P.2-41
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
6 LCD display malfunction
7 Initial ink charge does not
start
8 Initial ink charge started, but
ink does not reach Head
2.3.2 Media Feed Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-10 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Media Feed problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Insert the following connectors again to see if "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. Panel FFC was inserted obliquely. Assy" p.3-54
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? Panel FFC.
2. Panel FFC may be damaged. Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit" p.3-
3. Is LCD monitor of Panel unit damaged? Replace Panel unit . 26
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
5. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Assy" p.3-41
1. Is "Maintenance cover open" displayed on LCD monitor • Check the connectors of MAIN board "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
while Maintenance cover is closed? and connectors of HEATER RELAY Assy" p.3-29
board .
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is
R)" p.2-2
broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of
Maintenance cover sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
2. Is "Cover open" displayed on LCD monitor while Front • Adjust the mounting position of Cover "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
cover is closed? sensor. " Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
• Replace Cover sensor. R)" p.2-2
1. Is Maintenance damaged, or is Tube disconnected • If Tube is disconnected, connect it again. "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
from Maintenance ? • Replace Maintenance Assy . Assy" p.3-177
2. Is two-way Solenoid damaged, or is Tube disconnected • Replace two-way Solenoid. "3.8 Replacing Maintenance
from Maintenance ? • Connect Pump motor connector securely. Section" p.3-170
3. Is Tube at Ink supply area disconnected? • Replace Solenoid head. "3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid
• Replace Print head. Assy" p.3-191
4. Is Pump motor connector securely connected?
5. Solenoid head may be damaged.
6. Replace Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid
Head Assy" p.3-147
"3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152
P.2-42
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
2.3.3 Printing Problems
No. Symptom
1 The printer does not print
continuously.
2 After printing, the printer
feeds an extra amount of
media.
3 Nozzles are clogged during
printing
4 Cleaning does not mend the
clogged nozzles or skewed
ink discharge.
2.3.3 Printing Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems
Check item Action Reference
1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
1. Ask the user if he/she is performing daily maintenance. If not, instruct him/her to perform daily Operation Manual
maintenance.
2. Is ink accumulated in Flushing box?
Replace Flushing box.
3. Is cleaning sufficiently done? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
4. Is ink adhered on Wiper ? • After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper Operation Manual
with the attached Cleaning stick, perform
5. Check if Wiper correctly operates in “Sen.: Wiper” in the
cleaning twice in a row. "3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy"
self-diagnosis function.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace p.3-172
it with a new one.
6. Is Ink tube filled with ink? Perform Little charge. Operation Manual
7. Print out Nozzle check pattern in “Test : Adjustment” – If Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-
“Adj : NozzleChk” in the self-diagnosis function. to the check item 4 for action. 65
8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
board again. Assy" p.3-54
• Replace Pump.
• Replace MAIN board . "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-177
P.2-43
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　3 Nozzles are clogged during 9. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it "3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy"
printing correctly. p.3-172

　4 Cleaning does not mend the 10. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
clogged nozzles or skewed registered rank? p.5-77
ink discharge.
(Continued)
11. Is ink adhered on Print head surface or inside nozzles? Follow the procedure below to perform Head
cleaning.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update: Head p.5-77
Rank”.

3. Check the printing status again.

12. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning
operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
13. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head.
"3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
123
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
"3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

14. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board

Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-140
15. MAIN board may be damaged.
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-44

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 Cannot print at all 1. Check power supply voltage (DC42V). Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
A specific color is missing Assy" p.3-41

2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

119

4. Are Solenoid head , Ink tube, and joint screws loose? • Replace Solenoid head and see if the "3.7.4 Removing Carriage
Is O-ring properly mounted? cleaning operation makes the ink flow. Cover" p.3-138
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
"3.3 Replacing Cover
Peripherals" p.3-26

5. Is there air leakage at the sealed part of Solenoid head? • Replace Solenoid head and see if the
cleaning operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
6. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning
leakage? operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
7. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when
while specific cartridges are securely inserted?< “[KCMY] Ink NOT” is displayed to take
• Ink detection in “ Ink END” appropriate measures.
• Cartridge detection in “ Ink NOT” • After adjustment and replacement,
perform Initial ink charge in “Update1:
Head Rank” in the self-diagnosis function.
8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN
board again.
• Replace Maintenance Assy .
• Replace MAIN board .
"3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid
Head Assy" p.3-147
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
"3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
123
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
"2.2.2 Errors with Message" p.2-
10
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
p.5-77
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-177

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-45

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Cannot print at all 9. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
A specific color is missing side and the Print head side. p.3-152
(Continued) • Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

10. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

11. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board

Assy" p.3-140

12. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

6 The page is printed all black. 1. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
side and the Print head side. p.3-152
• Is Head FFC inserted obliquely? "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

119

4. Head FFC may be damaged. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

5. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

6. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board

Assy" p.3-140

7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-46

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky.
8 Images are printed unevenly. 3.
9 Lines in the CR direction look
split.
10 White or black lines appear on
printed media
1. Ask the user of he/she is performing maintenance.
2. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of
operating conditions?
Did you print immediately after initial ink charge?
If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
replenishment is complete, the following results Printer" p.9-5
may occur. Operation Manual
If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink
replenishment is complete, the following results
may occur.
• Printed lines become blurred.
• White lines appear in the printed
media.
In such cases, perform cleaning two to three
times before printing, and then check the printing
result.
If there is no improvement in the print result even
after performing cleaning, leave the plotter
unused for an hour or more.

4. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than "5.13 Paper Feed Menu" p.5-97
500mm to adjust.
5. Is Print head adjusted correctly? When replacing Print head, adjust it using the "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
self-diagnosis function (Excluding the input of
Head rank.)

6. Are the nozzles of Print head clogged? Perform cleaning. "2.3.3 Printing Problems" p.2-43
If the nozzles are still detached, refer to the items
3 and 4 in 9.3.3.
7. Is a recommended print mode used? If the mode was set to Banner mode, instruct the Operation Manual
user that it is not guaranteed
8. Have the effects been changed? Operation Manual

9. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board assemblies. Assy" p.3-54
• Suction FAN relay
10. Is the sealing material firmly fixed at the specified Reinstall it to the specified position.
position?

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-47

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 11. If roll media is used, does Roll media holder rotate Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11 Replacing Roll media
(Continued) smoothly? . holder Assy" p.3-203
Replace Roll media holder .

8 Images are printed unevenly. 12. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt
(Continued) specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-53

9 Lines in the CR direction look 13. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance "5.12.9 Endurance Running
split.(Continued) in the self-diagnosis function. Replace Check Menu" p.5-96
14. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper?
Wiper unit if it does not operate properly. Operation Manual
• After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
with the attached Poly-knit wiper, perform
Assy" p.3-177
cleaning twice in a row.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace
it with a new one.
10 White or black lines appear on 15. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it "3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy"
printed media(Continued) correctly. p.3-172

16. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence.

• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or
damaged, replace it. "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
113

17. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
18. Is Pump motor rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Is ink discharged? board again. Assy" p.3-54
• Replace MaintenanceAssy . "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-177

19. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
operation makes the ink flow. 123
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
20. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
registered rank? p.5-77

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-48

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 21. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head "5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68
(Continued) nozzles? cleaning.

1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.9: HeadWash"

in the self-diagnosis function. "5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head p.5-77
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
8 Images are printed unevenly. 22. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
(Continued) p.3-152

9 Lines in the CR direction look 23. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board
split. Assy" p.3-140
(Continued)
10 White or black lines appear on 24. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
printed media Assy" p.3-54
(Continued)
11 The printed borders are 1. Does cleaning remedy the situation? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
blurred.
2. Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH? Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, Operation Manual
and check again.
3. Is Heater temperature set correctly? Set it to correctly. Operation Manual
4. Is Print head correctly adjusted? Perform the same adjustment as when changing "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
Print head.
5. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
119

6. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

7. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board . "3.7.6 Replacing CR board

Assy" p.3-140

8. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-49

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
(satellites). operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
Lines are printed blurry
(messy printing result)

2. Is there sufficient amount of ink left in the ink cartridges? Replace with the new ink cartridge. Operation Manual

3. Perform cleaning three times in a row. Print again. Operation Manual

4. Is the PG height compensation value set too Adjust the head height. "4.8 Head Height Adjustment"
large? p.4-66
Is PG set too high?
5. Head rank may be malfunctioning. Check Head rank in the self-diagnosis function. "(2) Head Rank" p.5-78

6. Is Print head adjusted correctly? Perform the same adjustment as when changing "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
Print head.
7. Perform test printing.< Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer to
the check item 6.
8. Did you print immediately after initial ink charge? After the initial ink charge, wait for more than six Operation Manual
hours before printing.
Print quality cannot be guaranteed until ink
charge is stabilized.
9. Check if CR encoder and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting "3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder
other. positions of CR encoder and T fence. Assy" p.3-142
• If the situation is not improved after
adjustment, replace CR board and T
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
fence.
Assy" p.3-140

"3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-

113

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-50

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 10. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance "5.12 Endurance Running
(satellites). in the self-diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-87
11. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper?
Lines are printed blurry Replace Wiper unit if it does not operate Operation Manual
(messy printing result) properly.
"3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy"
(Continued) • Damp the attached Cleaning wiper
p.3-172
cleaning cloth with the specialized
cleaning fluid and wipe off the surface of
Cleaning wiper.
After wiping off the surface of Cleaning
wiper, perform cleaning twice in a row.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace
it with a new one.
12. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? • Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, "3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy"
and fix it correctly. p.3-172

13. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "(2) Head Rank" p.5-78
registered rank?
14. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
board again. Assy" p.3-54
• Replace Pump. "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board . Assy" p.3-177

15. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
operation makes the ink flow. 123
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
ink charge again.
16. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head
nozzles? cleaning.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head "(2) Head Rank" p.5-78
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
17. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
p.3-152

18. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-51

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

13 Mixed color lines are not 1. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
overlapped. registered rank? p.5-77

2. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust Head alignment and Head height. "4.8 Head Height Adjustment"
Is there a problem with Head height adjustment? p.4-66
"4.7 Head Accuracy
Adjustment" p.4-54

3. Is there a problem with CW adjustment? Perform CW Alignment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment

Menu" p.5-45

4. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment.

5. Check if CR encoder and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting "3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder
other. positions of CR encoder and T fence. Assy" p.3-142
• If the situation is not improved after
adjustment, replace CR board and T
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
fence.
Assy" p.3-140

"3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-

113

2.3.3 Printing Problems P.2-52

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
14 The printed results are
uneven. (Vertical direction
against the printer unit)
15 The printed results are
uneven. (Horizontal direction
against the printer unit)
16 The printed results are
uneven. (Vertical direction
against the printer unit)
2.3.3 Printing Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
2. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence. "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or 113
damaged, replace it.
3. The internal processing of MAIN board may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and -
faulty. then check the operation again.
1. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of -
self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board assemblies.
• Suction FAN relay
2. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor . "3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"
p.3-78
3. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-53
4. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? • Adjust the mounting position of Roll media "3.11 Replacing Roll media
holder . holder Assy" p.3-203
• Replace Roll media holder .
5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
2. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than Operation Manual
500mm to adjust.
3. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor . "3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy"
p.3-78
4. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-53
5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
P.2-53
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
16 The printed results are
uneven. (Vertical direction
against the printer unit)
（Continued)
17 The printed results are
uneven. (Horizontal direction
against the printer unit)
2.3.3 Printing Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)
Check item Action Reference
6. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
pealed off? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
7. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?< Clean the area other than the painted portion of
Or does any part of Grid roller rumble when rotated? Grid roller.
8. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11 Replacing Roll media
. holder Assy" p.3-203
Replace Roll media holder .
Change the media.
1. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust the head alignment. "4.7 Head Accuracy
Adjustment" p.4-54
2. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu" p.5-45
3. Is T fence dirty? Clean T fence. "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or damaged, 113
replace it.
4. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
registered rank? p.5-77
5. Check if the vertical lines printed in “Adj.: NozzleChk” Replace Steel bearer. "3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare"
in the self-diagnosis function are connected, while the p.3-117
nozzle check pattern printed in “Adj.: HeadSlant”
shows it is properly adjusted.
6. Is Carriage wobbly? Replace Carriage . "3.7.16 Replacing Carriage
Assy" p.3-163
7. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
P.2-54
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
2.3.4 Noise Problems
No. Symptom
1 Abnormal noise is heard
when media is sucked
2 Abnormal noise is heard
during waiting time
2.3.4 Noise Problems
VJ1638E-M-01
Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems
Check item Action Reference
1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances Check the damage of the cable and connection "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
around the rotating fin of Suction FAN ? of the connector. Assy" p.3-54
2. Check the damage of the cable and connection of the If damaged, replace the part.
connector.
3. Suction FAN itself may be faulty. -
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board .
5. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
Assy" p.3-41
1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances Remove any contact substances or foreign -
at the area where noise is coming from? substances.
2. Is the noise coming from Board ? • If it is microvibration noise (which sounds "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board
like tinnitus) during standby, tell the user Assy" p.3-41
that it is the specification.
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
• If the above does not apply, replace the
Assy" p.3-54
following part(s):
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
• Power board
Assy" p.3-140
• MAIN board
"3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
• CR board
p.3-152
• Print head
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER
• HEATER RELAY board
RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
• HEATER CONT board
"3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT
• JUNCTION board
Board Assy" p.3-42
"3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION
board Assy" p.3-65
P.2-55
 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Abnormal noise is heard while 1. Is the noise the sound generated by ink discharging Explain the specifications. -
Head is moving laterally during printing?
2. Is the traveling surface of Cursor rail roller dirty? • Clean Cursor rail roller with a dry cloth. -
• Remove any foreign substances on
3. Does Bearing have any foreign substances on it?
Carriage bearing and Roller guide. -
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to
camp a cloth with Sumigrease spray to
apply to the surface of Roller guide.
4. Is the cause of the noise loose screw(s) on a cover? Retighten the screw(s). "3.3 Replacing Cover
Peripherals" p.3-26

5. Does Carriage portion make clattery noise when • Remove any foreign substances on -
moved from side to side? Carriage bearing and Roller guide.
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to
camp a cloth with Sumigrease spray to
apply to the surface of Roller guide.
6. Is CR_FFC making noise? • Straighten and fix it. "3.3 Replacing Cover
• If the noise is coming from between Steel Peripherals" p.3-26
bearer and Tube guide, replace Tube
guide.
7. Is the cable connected to CR board on Carriage • If it is touching, adjust the mounting "3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
touching CR board cover? position of the relevant part. 119
• If the situation is not improved after
adjustment, replace the relevant part.
8. Is the noise coming from Bearing of CR following Replace CR following movement pulley. "3.6.6 Replacing CR Return
movement pulley? Pulley" p.3-111

9. Is the noise coming from CR motor ? Replace CR motor . "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
101

2.3.4 Noise Problems P.2-56

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

4 Abnormal noise is heard 1. Is the gear jumping between speed reduction pulleys? Replace X speed reduction belt. "3.5.1 Replacing X Speed
when feeding media Check Speed reduction belt tension. Reduction Belt" p.3-70

2. Is the noise coming from PF motor ? Replace PF motor .

3. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially If there is paper dust or pieces of paper on Operation Manual
pealed off? Grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush
4. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?Or does any part of Grid
roller rumble when rotated?
5. Is PF scale dirty? Apply a damp and tightly squeezed soft cloth to -
wipe it off.
6. Is the mounting position of PF encoder correct? Install PF encoder properly. "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder"
p.3-73

2.3.4 Noise Problems P.2-57

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.3.5 Online Function Problems

　

Table 2-13 Symptoms, Check Items, And Actions for Online Function Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Other functions do not work 1. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
correctly Assy" p.3-54

2 Printing position is incorrect 2. Is there a problem with CW adjustment? Perform adjustment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu" p.5-45

3. Is there a problem with Paper edge sensor adjustment? Perform adjustment. "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
Adjustment" p.4-68

4. Is Paper edge sensor correctly connected? Connect it securely. "3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE

5. Paper edge sensor may be damaged. Replace P_Edge sensor. Sensor" p.3-160

6. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

3 Data or printing is garbled 1. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software" p.4-5

4 Part of the data is not printed 2. Check if T fence is dirty or twisted. • When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it
(missing) with a dry cloth.
• When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with
mild detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
"3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
• When it is too dirty and the adhered
113
substance cannot be removed: Replace T
fence.
3. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check: Test” – “Test: Encoder” • If NG, check the connection of the "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
in the self-diagnosis function. connector of CR board . Assy" p.3-54
• Replace T fence. "3.6.7 Replacing T Fence" p.3-
• Replace CR motor . 113
• Replace CR board "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor" p.3-
• Replace CR_FFC. 101
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140
"3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
119

4. Main board may be malfunctioned. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.5 Online Function Problems P.2-58

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.3.6 Other Problems

　

Table 2-14 Symptoms, Check Items , And Actions

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 The printer hangs up 1. The internal processing of MAIN board may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and "5.10.1 Parameter Initialization
faulty. then check the operation again. Menu" p.5-75
"5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu"
p.5-77

2. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2 The power is shut down
during printing
1. Is Power cable short circuited? Check it with a tester. -
2. Is there electrical leakage? Check if the cable film is peeling and touching -
the chassis.
3. Check power supply voltage (DC24V). Replace Power board . "3.4.2 Replacing Power Board

4. Power board may be damaged. Assy" p.3-41

3 Ink cartridges cannot be 1. Is it installed correctly? Install it correctly. Operation Manual

inserted
2. Are Ink bags used dedicated ink bags? Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink bags.

4 Ink spills out of Waste fluid 1. Check the operation of Waste fluid level switch in “Test: If Waste fluid level switch is damaged, replace it. "3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid
tank Sensor” – “Sen.: WasteTank” in the self-diagnosis Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch"
function.
p.3-201

2. Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid bottle may be Replace Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid
damaged. bottle.
5 Ink spills out of Flushing box 1. Are there any foreign substances or ink accumulated in • Remove the foreign substances. "3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box"
Flushing box? • Replace Flushing box . p.3-171

2. Flushing-box sponge may not be able to absorb ink. Replace Flushing-box sponge.

2.3.6 Other Problems P.2-59

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-14 Symptoms, Check Items , And Actions(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

6 Ink spills around X rail 1. Tubes of Flushing box or Maintenance Assy may be • Check if Tubes of Flushing box or "3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box"
disengaged. Maintenance Assy are disengaged. p.3-171
• Replace Maintenance Assy . "3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace Flushing box . Assy" p.3-177

2. Is Waste fluid tube bent? Make sure that about 160mm of Waste fluid tube -
comes out downward from Leg holder base
(exploded view A-1).
3. Is Waste fluid tube clogged? Replace Waste fluid tube. -
4. Ink tube may be disconnected Replace Ink tube. "3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube" p.3-
123

5. Sub tank or Two-way Solenoid may be damaged. Replace Sub tank or Two-way Solenoid . "3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid
Assy" p.3-191

"3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、

TANK_H/L Cable Assy" p.3-195

6. Print head, MAIN board , or CR board may be After removing Ink cartridges, check if each "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head"
damaged. Board is normal. p.3-152
"3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board
Assy" p.3-140

7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board
Assy" p.3-54

2.3.6 Other Problems P.2-60

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance

　

Table 2-15 Problems, Check Items, and Actions in Using MUTOH Service Assistance

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 MUTOH Service Assistance
does not start up
2 "Transfer failed (Data
timeout)" is displayed during
transfer.
‐ Reinstall and perform initial settings. Network administration Manual
1. Are the printer and computer correctly connected with a Yes: Proceed to (2). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
LAN cable (when directly connected, use a cross cable No: Connect the printer and computer correctly. Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
and when connected via a hub, use a straight cable)?
2. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes: Proceed to (3). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
No: From the computer’s network connection Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
settings, use the property of local area
connection to adjust the properties of TCP/IP.
The computer and printer must have the same
sub net addresses (such as 192.168.1.1/24 and
192.168.1.253, etc).
3. Does the device connected to the hub have the same IP Yes: Remove the relevant device from LAN. ‐
address as the computer or printer? No: Proceed to (4).
4. Was the printer started in Board manager mode and only Yes: Proceed to (5). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Power LED is lit? No: Start in Board manager mode. Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
If there is nothing displayed on LCD monitor,
MAIN board maybe faulty or firmware is not
installed (including a power shutdown due to
power outage during installation).
5. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes : Proceed to (6). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
No: MAIN board may be faulty. Service Assistance Software" p.4-5

6. Can the computer communicate with other devices via Yes: Connect the computer with other devices -
LAN? via LAN cable and check with ping command,
etc.
No: The computer or MAIN board may be faulty.

3 "The main F/W data is Is the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred correct? Transfer the correct firmware data again. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
incorrect." is displayed during Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
firmware transfer.
4 "The main F/W data is Does the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred match the Transfer the firmware date (*.jfl) that matches the
incompatible with the printer." printer model? printer model again.
is displayed during firmware
transfer.

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance P.2-61

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1638E-M-01

Table 2-15 Problems, Check Items, and Actions in Using MUTOH Service Assistance(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 "The F/W version cannot be Is the version of the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred Make sure that the version of the firmware data "4.3 Working with MUTOH
downgraded to the older older than that of the printer? (*.jfl) is newer than that of the printer and transfer Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
version." is displayed during it again.
firmware transfer.
6 "The heater controller F/W Is the Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred Transfer the correct Heater controller firmware
data is incorrect." is displayed correct? data (*.mfl) again.
during Heater controller
firmware transfer.
7 "The heater controller F/W Does the firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred match the Transfer Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl)
data is incompatible with the printer model? that matches the printer model again.
heater controller of the
printer." is displayed during
Heater controller firmware
transfer.

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance P.2-62

 VJ1638E-M-01

3 Parts Replacement 3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit ......................................... 3-26

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) .......... 3-27

3.1 Introduction .................................................................. 3- 6
3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy ............................ 3-29
3.2 Removing Covers......................................................... 3- 7
3.3.4 Replacing Cover R Cable Assy ........................ 3-34
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover............................ 3-8
3.3.5 Replacing Cover L Cable Assy......................... 3-35
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U ........................ 3-9
3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust Fan ..................................... 3-36
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover.................. 3-10
3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy .................. 3-38
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover........................................... 3-11
3.4 Replacing Board Base ............................................... 3- 39
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover ................................ 3-12
3.4.1 Opening Board box ........................................... 3-40
3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover .............................. 3-13
3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy ............................ 3-41
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R ........................... 3-15
3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy ........... 3-42
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L ............................ 3-16
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy........... 3-44
3.2.9 Removing Front Cover ...................................... 3-17
3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover ........................................ 3-18 Cable Assy 3-46
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) .................... 3-20 3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 .......................... 3-47
3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) .................... 3-22 3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy ....................... 3-48

3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R （lower)..................... 3-23 3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy .... 3-49
3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover ..................................... 3-24
3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） 3-50
3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals .................................... 3- 26 3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} 3-

P.3-1
 VJ1638E-M-01

52 Pulley 3-75

3.4.11 Replacing SODIMM .......................................... 3-53 3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy .................................. 3-78

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy ............................. 3-54 3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy ......................... 3-81

3.4.13 Replacing Fuse ................................................. 3-56 3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor ................................. 3-82

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet ............................................ 3-57 3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy
3-84
3.4.15 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable
Assy 3-58 3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor............................ 3-86

3.4.16 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy ...... 3-59 3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor
relay Assy 3-91
3.4.17 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy .... 3-60
3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor
3.4.18 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy..................... 3-62 relay Assy 3-92

3.4.19 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy ................... 3-63 3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape ............. 3-94

3.4.20 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy ................... 3-64 3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder .................................... 3-95

3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy ................... 3-65 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section............................................ 3- 96

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable................................ 3-67 3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt........................................... 3-96

3.4.23 Replacing JUNC_FFC....................................... 3-68 3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor ........................................ 3-101

3.5 Replacing X Rail Section ........................................... 3- 70 3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt ...................... 3-103

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt ................... 3-70 3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley ................... 3-107

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder ...................................... 3-73 3.6.5 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy ..................... 3-110

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction 3.6.6 Replacing CR Return Pulley............................ 3-111

P.3-2
 VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.7 Replacing T Fence .......................................... 3-113 3.7.11 Replacing Connector Solenoid Head .............. 3-150

3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin Sensor ........................... 3-115 3.7.12 Replacing Print Head....................................... 3-152

3.6.9 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy........ 3-116 3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC ....................................... 3-158

3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare ...................................... 3-117 3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor............................. 3-160

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC ......................................... 3-119 3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy .................. 3-161

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube ......................................... 3-123 3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy ................................. 3-163

3.6.13 Replacing Pressure Roller .............................. 3-134 3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring .................................. 3-169

3.7 Replacing Carriage Section..................................... 3- 135 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section.............................. 3- 170

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock................................. 3-135 3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover ............... 3-170

3.7.2 Replacing Carriage Lock Solenoid,................. 3-136 3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box................................... 3-171

3.7.3 Replacing CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy ....... 3-137 3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy ..................................... 3-172

3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover............................... 3-138 3.8.4 Replacing Wiper .............................................. 3-173

3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover ............................. 3-139 3.8.5 Replacing Cap Head Assy............................... 3-175

3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy ............................... 3-140 3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance Assy .......................... 3-177

3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder Assy ........................... 3-142 3.8.7 Replacing Wiper Solenoid Cable..................... 3-179

3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy 3.8.8 Replacing Pump motor Cable.......................... 3-180
（Removing Bracket) 3-144
3.8.9 Replacing Pump .............................................. 3-182
3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy ........... 3-146
3.8.10 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy ...................... 3-185
3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy ..................... 3-147

P.3-3
 VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.11 Replacing Wiper Solenoid............................... 3-186 3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF
Sensor 3-217
3.9 Replacing IH section ................................................ 3- 187
3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy .................... 3-187 3-220

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy .......................... 3-190 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option)... 3-
223
3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy...................... 3-191
3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box ...................... 3-223
3.9.4 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy ........... 3-193
3.13.2 Replacing FW Control Board Assy .................. 3-227
3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy....... 3-194
3.13.3 Replacing FW DC Switch Cable Assy、 5V/24V
3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy ... Power Board 3-228
3-195
3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable
3.10 Replacing Leg Section............................................. 3- 201 Assy、 AC Inlet 3-230

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level 3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover.. 3-233
Switch 3-201
3.13.6 Replacing Winder Flange Assy and Roller ...... 3-234
3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy ......................... 3- 203
3.13.7 Replacing Flange (Return) Assy and Roller .... 3-236
3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) .............. 3- 204
3.13.8 Replacing Feeding Center Gear Assy ............. 3-237
3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm................................... 3-204
3.13.9 Replacing Winder Motor Gear Assy ................ 3-238
3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit .................................. 3-205
3.13.10Replacing ROLL Motor Assy .......................... 3-239
3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover ............................... 3-206
3.13.11Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding
3.12.4 Replacing Scroller ........................................... 3-207 Sensor （Feed unit side） 3-240

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy .......... 3-210 3.13.12Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling
Sensor （ROLL Unit side） 3-243

P.3-4
 VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.13Replacing F_Sensor cable Assy .................... 3-246

3.13.14Replacing F_Motor cable Assy....................... 3-247

3.13.15Replacing W_Sensor Cable Assy .................. 3-248

3.13.16Replacing W_Motor cable Assy ..................... 3-249

3.13.17Replacing F_SW Cable Assy ......................... 3-250

3.13.18Replacing W_SW Cable Assy ........................ 3-252

3.13.19Replacing FSW Board Assy、 WSW Board Assy. 3-

254

P.3-5
 3.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on removal and replacement of service parts.

WARNING

• Before starting part replacement, always perform the following operations.

• Turn OFF machine power.
• Remove Power plug from outlet.
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged.
• Remove any Cable s connected to the printer.
Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.

CAUTION
Components in the printer can be disassembled only if so instructed in this manual.
Do not disassemble frame components and other components that are not
instructed to disassemble in the manual.
The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up
to 1/100mm. If disassembled inappropriately, it may not restore its normal
functionality.

NOTE
• After replacing any service parts, perform necessary lubrication and bonding the
following instructions in section "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding" p.7-7.
• The pictures and illustrations of the disassembly procedure are still under
development
The specification of the parts that are not directly related to the procedure may not
be up-to-date.

P.3-6
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2 Removing Covers No. Name

This section describes the procedures to replace Covers. 1 Panel Cover
Followings describe the list of Cover parts.
2 Maintenance CoverR

8 5 3 Maintenance CoverU_R
10 1
4 Side Maintenance CoverR
6 13 5 Side Maintenance CoverR

9 6 Maintenance CoverL
7 Maintenance CoverU_L
8 Side Top Cover L
7
9 Side Maintenace CoverL
14 10 Front Cover
11
2
12 11 Paper Guide F upper
4
3 12 Board Box
13 IHCover
14 Subtank Cover R
15 Cartridge Cover L
18 20 16 Cartridge Cover R
17 Subtank CoverL
18 Paper Guide R Upper

16 19 Paper Guide R lower

20 Top Cover

14

15

17

19

P.3-7
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover R is the same as that of Maintenance
cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1. Open Maintenance cover.

2. Lift Maintenance cover in a direction of the red arrow to remove it

No. Name
1 Maintenance cover

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover P.3-8

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover U_R is the same as that of
Maintenance cover U_L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover U_R.

1. Remove Maintenance cover.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Maintenance cover U.

No. Name
1 Maintenance cover U
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 ×
8

3. Remove Maintenance cover U in a direction of the red arrow (above figure).

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U P.3-9

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Side maintenance cover R is the same as that of Side
maintenance cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Side maintenance cover.

No. Name
1 Side maintenance cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

2. Remove Side maintenance cover in a direction of the red arrow (above figure).
3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover P.3-10

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 2. Remove IH Cover.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks Tilt Ink slot and remove IH cover.
ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1

NOTE
The procedure to remove IH cover R is the same as that of IH cover L.
Tilt Ink Slot.
The pictures used here are of IH cover R.

1. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining left and right of IH cover.

2
No. Name
1 Ink slot

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
2

No. Name
1 IH Cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover P.3-11

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover 2. Remove Side top cover in the direction of the arrow.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2

Generic - 1
＋ Driver No.2
products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Side top cover R is the same as that of Side top cover L.
The pictures used here are of Side top cover R 3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Side top cover.

No. Name
1 Side top cover
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover P.3-12

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover 3. Put the Ink slot longways.

4. Remove the screw retaining Cartridge cover.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP 2
The procedure to remove Cartridge cover R is the same as that of Cartirdge cover L.
The pictures used here are of Cartridge cover R.

No. Name
1. Remove IH Cover.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 1 Cartridge cover

2. Remove the screw retaining Cartridge cover. 2 Tapping screw M4 × 8　P tight bind

5. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover（lower）.

1
2

2 2

No. Name
1 Cartridge cover
No. Name
2 Tapping screw M4 × 8　P tight bind
1 Cartridge Cover
2 Cup screw M4 × 8

6. Remove Cartridge cover（lower）.

3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover P.3-13

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

7. Put the Inkslot sideways.

8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover（upper）.

2 2

No. Name
1 Cartridge Cover
2 Cup screw M4 × 8

9. Remove Cartridge cover（upper）.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
• Upper and lower side of Cartridge cover are the same shape, but check the
direction of the stickers so that they are installed correctly.
• Make sure that Ink tube is not nipped. If it is nipped, ink may leak.

3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover P.3-14

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Sub Tank cover .

1
2
2

No. Name
1 Sub tank Cover
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

4. Remove Sub Tank cover R.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R P.3-15

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L 4. Remove the screw retaining Sub Tank cover L.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2 1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Remove Side maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Remove IH Cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
No. Name
3. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Sub Tank cover L.
1 Subtank Cover L
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10
2
5. Remove Sub Tank cover L.
2
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Subtank Cover L
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L P.3-16

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. Before reassembling Front cover, make sure to follow the instructions below to
reassemble Front cover axis.
Name Maintenan Remarks • Front cover axis (origin side): Move to left side
ce Part No. • Front cover axis (opposite side of the origin): Move to right side
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
2 1

CAUTION
Front cover removal must be done by two or more persons.

1. Remove the screws retaining left and right side of Front cover (4 pieces each).

2
No. Name
1 Front cover axis (origin side)
2 Front cover axis (opposite side of the origin)

1
1

No. Name
1 Front cover
2 Trusco screw M4 × 6

2. Remove Front cover.

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover P.3-17

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. Do not touch T fence.
If it has dust or scratches, it may affect print quality.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the front side of Top cover.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

CAUTION
Top cover removal must be done by two or more persons.

1. Remove IH cover R. 2
1 Also remove the
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 opposite side of origin.
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Remove IH cover L. No. Name

"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
1 Tappinng screwM4 × 6　Stight cup
4. Renmove Side top cover L.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 2 Top cover

5. Open Front cover.

6. Remove the Cable of Exhaust fan from the Exaust fan extension Cable .

2
1

No. Name
1 Cable of Exhaust fan
2 Exaust fan extension Cable

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover P.3-18

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the back of Rear top cover.

No. Name
1 Top cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

9. Remove Top cover.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover P.3-19

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 2. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining Paper guide F (upper).

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

2
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper Guide F(upper), make sure to unplug Power Cable .There
may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Paper guide F (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons. No. Name
1 Paper guide F (upper)
1. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the bottom of Paper guide F (upper). 2 Cup screw M3 × 6

2 3. Lift up Media guide F (upper) in the direction of the red arrow 1.

4. Move Media guide F (upper) in the direction of the red arrow 2 and turn it over.

1
1
2

No. Name
1 Paper guide F (upper)
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) P.3-20

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove After Heater connectors (2 pieces) and After-thermistor connectors (2 pieces)

located inside of Paper guide F (upper).

No. Name
1 After Heater connectors
2 After-thermistor connector
3 Paper guide F (upper)

6. Remove Paper guide F (upper).

7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When reassembling Paper guide F (upper), make sure not to nip Cable s.
Doing so may cause disconnecting.

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) P.3-21

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. Cable is connected behind Paper guide R (upper). Pull it out carefully so that it does
not get disconnected.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
6. Remove Pre-heater connectors (2 pieces) and Pre-thermistor connectors (2 pieces)
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - located inside of Paper guide R (upper).
products

3
CAUTION
4
• Before removing Paper guide R （Upper), make sure to unplug Power Cable . 1
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
2
• Paper guide R (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons.

1. Remove media.
2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove IH cover L. No. Name

"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 1 Paper guide R（Upper)
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Paper guide R (upper). 2 Paper guide R（lower)
5. Push backward Paper guide R (upper).
3 Pre-heater connector
4 Pre-thermistor connector

2 7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1
NOTE
When reassembling Paper guide R (upper), make sure not nip Cable s.
When Cable is installed while being nipped, it may cause disconnecting.

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Paper guide R（Upper)

3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) P.3-22

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R （lower) 9. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the middle of Paper guide R (lower).
10. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the bottom of Paper guide R (lower).
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 1

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper guide R (lower), make sure to unplug Power Cable .
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Paper guide R (lower) removal must be done by two or more persons.
No. Name
1. Remove media.
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2. Remove IH cover R.
2 Paper guide R（lower)
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 11. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
NOTE
5. Remove IH cover L.
When reassembling Paper guide R (lower), make sure not nip Cable s.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
Doing so may cause disconnecting.
6. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
7. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16
8. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

NOTE
• If roll media holder overlaps screw holes, displace Roll media holder.
• If you remove screws, Paper guide R (lower) detach because of its weight.
Remove the last screw while holding Paper guide R (lower) down. Be careful not
to get injured.

3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R （lower) P.3-23

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover 6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Panel cover.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Front cover. 2

2
2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

3. Remove Side top cover R. No. Name

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
1 Panel Cover
4. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Stopper mounting plate R.
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

7. Remove Panel cover in the direction of the red arrow.

First pull top part of Panel cover and slide it in the direction of the red arrow to remove it.
1

2
2 1
2

No. Name
1 Stopper mounting plate R
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
No. Name
5. Remove Stopper mounting plate R.
1 Top part of Panel unit
2 Panel Cover

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover P.3-24

3.2 Removing Covers VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
When reassembling Panel cover, slide it after inserting the tab on a right edge of
Panel cover in the slit on Panel stay side.

No. Name
1 Slit on Panel stay side
2 Tab on the right side of Panel cover

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover P.3-25

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals

This section describes the procedures to replace cover peripherals.
1
3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit
1 3
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2
4
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Panel Unit Assy DG-42984 " 　Exploded View Cover (R)" p.Ex-27

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products No. Name
1 Panel unit

CAUTION 2 Panel unit tab

• Before replacing panel unit, make sure to unplug Power Cable . 3 Panel stay
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
4 Panel FFC
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
7. Replace Panel unit.
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. 8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure that FFC and
the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged
obliquely.

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Remove Panel cover.

"3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover" p.3-24

5. Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.

6. Release Panel unit back tabs (4 pieces) from Panel stay.

3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit P.3-26

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires)

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Panel FFCAssy DG-42994 " 　Exploded View Cover (R)" p.Ex-27
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Panel FFC 1 Panel FFC
Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as Panel FFC. 5. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

6. Remove IH cover R.
CAUTION "3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

• Before replacing panel FFC, make sure to unplug Power Cable . 7. Remove Side top cover R.
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. "3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of 8. Remove Subtank cover R.
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. 9. Remove IH cover L.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, "3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
10. Renmove Side top cover L.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
• After plugging it, make sure that FFC and the connector terminals are not
misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged obliquely. 11. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

1. Open Front cover. 12. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
13. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
3. Remove Panel cover.
"3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover" p.3-24
14. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
4. Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) P.3-27

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

15. Remove Panel FFC from clamps on the path.

16. Remove Panel FFC from MAIN board Assy.

㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㩷㪝㪝㪚

17. Replace Panel FFC.

18. Make sure that Panel FFC does not get nipped by Board box.

NOTE

Bend Penel FFC so that

it is does not get nipped
by Board box.

19. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) P.3-28

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy 5. Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover switch Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks Connection of 2

ce Part No. Solenoid
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 " 　Exploded View Cover（Front)" p.Ex-26
" 　Exploded View Cover (R)" p.Ex-27 Connection of
" 　Exploded View Cover (L)" p.Ex-28 Cover Sensor 1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2 screws. No. Name

products
1 Cover switch Assy
2 Cover R Cable Assy
NOTE
Cover switch Assy looks like the following. 6. RemoveCover switch Assy Cable from clamps.
7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

Open Close 3

(1) Maintenance Cover (R) section 1

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R. No. Name
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9
1 Cover switch Assy
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 × 12
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
4. Remove Maintenance inner cover R. 3 clamp

"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

8. Replace Cover switch Assy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
10. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-29

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Maintenance Cover (L) section 5. Remove the screws (2pieces) retaining Side Cover L.

1. Remove Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 2
1
3. Remove Maintenance cover U_L.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9

4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Pan holder.

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 2 Side Cover L

1 1 6. Remove Side Cover L.

7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the Cover stay LL.

No. Name
2
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Pan holder

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Cover stay LL

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-30

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

8. Open the left side of Cover stay LL and remove Pan holder. 10. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

2
1 1 2

No. Name No. Name

1 Pan holder 1 Cover switch Assy
2 Cover stay LL 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 × 12

11. Replacing Cover switch Assy.

NOTE
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Do not open Cover stay LL strongly. Doing so may deform it.
13. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
9. Remove Cover L Cable Assy from Cover switch Assy.

1
2

No. Name
1 Cover switch Assy
2 Cover L Cable Assy

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-31

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Front Cover section

2 1
TIP 1
The procedure to remove Cover switch Assy for Front cover is the same for both R
and L.
This section describes the procedure to replace R.

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

2. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 No. Name
3. Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover switch Assy. 1 Switch cover R
4. Remove Cable of Cover switch Assy from clamps.
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

1 6. Remove Switch cover R.

2 7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

2 3
3 1

No. Name
1 Cover switch Assy
2 Cover R Cable Assy
No. Name
3 Clamp
1 Switch cover R
5. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Switch cover R. 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 × 12
3 Square nut

8. Replace Cover switch Assy.

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-32

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
• When reassembling Cover switch Assy, make sure to place it in the appropriate
direction. Cover open error is displayed when reassembling to the opposite
direction.
• Make sure to mount separator.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

10. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-33

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R Cable Assy 12. Remove Cover R Cable Assy from MAIN Board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CoverRCable Assy DG-43034 " 　Exploded View Cover（Front)" p.Ex-26 2
1
" 　Exploded View Cover (R)" p.Ex-27

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 No. Name
2. Remove Side top cover R. 1 Cover R Cable Assy
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
2 MAIN Board Assy
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 13. Remove Cable of Cover R Cable Assy from the clamps on the path.
4. Remove Subtank cover. 14. Replace Cover R Cable Assy.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

6. Renmove Side top cover L.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

7. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

8. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

9. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

10. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
11. Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover switch Assy.
"(1) Maintenance Cover (R) section" p.3-29
"(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R Cable Assy P.3-34

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L Cable Assy 12. Remove Cover L Cable Assy from MAIN board.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 " 　Exploded View Cover（Front)" p.Ex-26 2
1
" 　Exploded View Cover (L)" p.Ex-28

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 No. Name

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 1 Cover L Cable Assy

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 2 MAIN Board
3. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 13. Remove Cable of Cover L Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove IH cover L. 14. Replace Cover L Cable Assy.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5. Renmove Side top cover L.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

6. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

7. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

8. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

9. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
10. Remove pan holder.
"(2) Maintenance Cover (L) section" p.3-30

11. Remove Cover L Cable Assy from Cover switch Assy（Front Cover sensor、
Maintenance Cover L sensor）.
"(2) Maintenance Cover (L) section" p.3-30
"(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L Cable Assy P.3-35

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust Fan 2. Open Front cover.

3. Remove Exhaust fan from Exhaust fan Cable .
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Vacuum Fan Assy DG-40311 " 　Exploded View Cover（Front)" p.Ex-26 2
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Vacuum Fan No. Name
Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as Exhaust fan. 1 Exhaust fan
2 Exhaust fan Cable
1. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Exhaust fan cover.
4. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the Exhaust fan.
1
2 2

2
2
2 2

No. Name
No. Name
1 Exhaust fan cover
1 Exhaust fan
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer 4 × 40

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust Fan P.3-36

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

5. Replace Exhaust fan.

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When installing Exhaust fan cover, make sure that the slits are facing Ventilator of
Exhaust fan cover.

Ventilator Slits

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust Fan P.3-37

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1638E-M-01

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Exhaust fan
2 Exhaust fan Cable Assy
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy DG-43032 " 　Exploded View Cover（Front)" p.Ex-26
NOTE
Generic - Do not touch T fence.
＋ Driver No.2
products If it has dust or scratches, it may affect print quality.

1. Remove IH cover R.
9. Remove Exhaust fan Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
10. Remove Exhaust fan Cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy.
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
4. Renmove Side top cover L.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 2
1
5. Remove Top cover.
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18
6. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
7. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 No. Name
8. Remove Cable of Exhaust fan from Exhaust fan Cable Assy. 1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Connector of Exhaust fan Cable Assy

11. Replace Exhaust fan Cable Assy.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2
1

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy P.3-38

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4 Replacing Board Base

This section describes the procedure to replace Power supply, Board, etc.
Boards are arranged as follows.

Inside Paper guide F Inside Board BOX

4
3
1
2

No. Name
1 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
2 HEATER CONT Board Assy
3 Power Board Assy
4 MAIN Board Assy

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy P.3-39

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.1 Opening Board box

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove AC Cable s from the printer.

2. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining Board box.

CAUTION
If you remove the screws retaining Board box, box opens downwards because of its
weight. Remove last screw while holding box by hand, or you may get injured.

1
2

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Board box

3. Open Board Box.

4. To close unit, reverse opening procedure.

3.4.1 Opening Board box P.3-40

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy 5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Power Board Assy DG-43172 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
If Power board Assy needs to be removed, remove Power Cable and wait for 5
minutes or more before dismounting the Assy; this will discharge the residual
electrical charge of the electrolytic capacitor.
Touching Board before capacitor discharges may cause electric shock.

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

2. Remove connectors that are connected to Power Board Assy.

3. Remove the screws (9 pieces) retaining Power Board Assy.

No. Name
1 Power Board Assy
2 Cup screw M3 × 6

4. Replace Power board Assy.

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy P.3-41

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy Connec # of Pins Colo Connect to Remark
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. tor No. r
J1 - - Config CN Not in use
Name Maintenan Remarks J2 - - FEED-M Unpopulated
ce Part No.
J3 - - FEED-S Unpopulated
HEATER CONT board DG-41105 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
2Assy Board" p.Ex-10 J4 - - WIND-M Unpopulated

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - J5 - - WIND-S Unpopulated

products J6 - - HEATER RELAYBoard Assy (J6) FFC
J7 - - - Unpopulated
TIP
J8 - - - Unpopulated
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, HEATER
CONT Board 2Assy. J9 - - - Not in use
In this section, it is referred to as HEATER CONT Board Assy. J10 8 Gray MAIN Board Assy(J8) -
J11 - - - Not in use
J12 - - - Unpopulated
CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out J13 - - - Unpopulated
Power Cable and leave it for a while. J14 - - - Unpopulated
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. J15 - - - Unpopulated
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. J16 - - - Unpopulated
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of J17 - - - Unpopulated
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). J18 - - - Unpopulated
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. J19 8 Whit MAIN board Assy(J40） -
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, e
causing a breakdown of on-board devices. J20 - - - Unpopulated
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC J21 - - - Unpopulated
is not plugged obliquely. J22 2 Whit Terminal stand -
e

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). J23 2 Whit HEATER RELAY board Assy (J1) -
e
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20
2. Remove following connectors from HEATER CONT Board Assy.

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy P.3-42

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining HEATER CONT Board Assy.

2 2

No. Name
1 HEATER CONT Board Assy
2 Cup screw M3 × 6

4. Replace HEATER CONT Board Assy.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
6. Install the latest firmware on HEATER CONT Board Assy.
"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
7. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy P.3-43

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy Conn # of Color Connect to Remark
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. ector Pins
No.

Name Maintenan Remarks J1 2 White HEATER CONT board Assy (J23) -

ce Part No. J2 4 White Plt_Heat 1 Platen heater (the origin
side)
HEATER RELAY3 DG-43169 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
board Assy Board" p.Ex-10 J3 - - - Unpopulated

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - J4 2 White - Not in use

products
J5 4 White Plt_Heat 2 Platen heater (opposite
side of the origin side)
TIP J6 2 White AC inlet -
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, HEATER
J7 2 White Pre_Heat 1 Pre heater
RELAY 3 Board Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as HEATER RELAY Board Assy. J8 2 White Pre_Heat 2 Pre heater
J9 4 White Aft_Heat After heater
J10 2 Blue Cooling fan -
CAUTION
J11 - - - Unpopulated
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out
Power Cable and leave it for a while. J12 2 White Platen_Thrm 1 Thermistor for Platen
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock heater (Origin side)
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge.
J13 2 Black Platen_Thrm 2 Thermistor for Platen
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. heater (the opposite side
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements. Origin side)
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). J14 - - - -
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it J15 2 Red Pre_Thrm 1 Thermistor for Pre heater
obliquely. (Origin side)
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices. J16 2 Yellow Pre_Thrm 2 Thermistor for Pre heater
(the opposite side of Origin
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
)
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely. J17 3 White Aft_Thrm 1 Thermistor for After heater
(Origin side)

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). J18 3 Black Aft_Thrm 2 Thermistor for After heater
(the opposite side of Origin
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20
side)
2. Remove following connectors from HEATER RELAY Board Assy.
J19 - - - Unpopulated

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy P.3-44

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

Conn # of Color Connect to Remark

ector Pins
No.
J20 - - - Unpopulated

3. Remove Hexagonal spacers (6 pieces) retaining HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

No. Name
1 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6

4. Remove HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

5. Replace HEATER RELAY Board Assy.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy P.3-45

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC Cable

Assy
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

CTL Board － Heater DG-43041 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
Relay Board AC Cable Board" p.Ex-10
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20

2. Replace CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy.

1
1
2 3

No. Name
1 CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy
2 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
3 HEATER CONT Board Assy

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board － Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy P.3-46
 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 2. Remove CONTROL-RELAY FFC1.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2 3

ce Part No.
1
CNT-relay FFC1（VJ26) DG-40321 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
No. Name
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, CNT-relay
FFC1 (VJ26). 1 CONTROL-RELAY FFC1
In this section, it is referred to as CNT-relay FFC1. 2 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
3 HEATER CONT Board Assy

CAUTION 3. Replace CONTROL-RELAY FFC1.

• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20

3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 P.3-47

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy 11. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller 2
Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20 No. Name
2. Remove IH cover R. 1 CNT_PS Cable Assy
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
2 HEATER CONT board
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 12. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove Subtank cover R. 13. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from MAIN board Assy.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

5. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

6. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
2
7. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
1
8. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

9. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

No. Name
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
10. Open Board Box. 1 CNT_PS Cable Assy
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 2 MAIN board Assy

14. Replace CNT_PS Cable Assy.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy P.3-48

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy 9. Remove Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.
Terminal_Block_CNT DG-43029 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller 2
Cable Assy Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20 No. Name
2. Remove IH cover R. 1 Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
2 HEATER CONT board
3. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 10. Remove Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove IH cover L. 11. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining terminal block_CNT Cable Assy to terminal
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 block.

5. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

6. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
1
3
7. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
8. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 2

No. Name
1 Screw
2 Terminal Block
3 Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy

12. Replace Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy.

13. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy P.3-49

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） 3. Remove Cable of Cooling FAN from clamps.
4. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN Bracket.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cooling FAN (24V) Assy DG-42943 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4 3
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 1
2
3
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Cooling FAN
(24V) Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN. No. Name
1 Cooling FAN Bracket
1. Open Board Box. 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
3 Clamps
2. Remove connector of Cooling FAN from MAIN Board Assy.
5. Remove Cooling FAN bracket.

2 NOTE
There is Cable inside Cooling FAN bracket. Do not pull it hard and disconnect it.
1

No. Name
1 Connector of Cooling FAN
2 MAIN Board Assy

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） P.3-50

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN.

1 2

No. Name

1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 30

2 Cooling FAN

7. Replace Cooling FAN.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
• When reassembling Cooling FAN, note the direction of label attached to Fan.
If it is reassembled on the opposite direction (inside/outside), the direction of
ventilation reverses.
• Put the Cable on the Board Box side, and install the Cooling FAN.

%CDNG

$NQYKPIFKTGEVKQP

• Make sure that Cable does not get nipped.

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） P.3-51

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} 4. Remove Cooling FAN bracket.
5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
Cooling FAN (24V) Assy DG-42943 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

2
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Cooling FAN
(24V) Assy. No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN. 1 Cooling FAN
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 30
1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20 6. Replace Cooling FAN.

2. Remove connector of Cooling FAN from HEATER RELAY Board. 7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN mounting plate.

NOTE
When reassembling Cooling FAN, note the direction of label attached to Fan.
2
1

$NQYKPIFKTGEVKQP

3 4

No. Name
1 Cooling FAN
2 Cooling FAN mounting plate
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 6

3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} P.3-52

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.11 Replacing SODIMM No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2 MAIN Board Assy
3 Lock retaining the SODIMM
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 3. Replace SODIMM.
SODIMM256MAssy DF-49716 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - NOTE

products
Push in the SODIMM following notches until it clicks.

TIP 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, SODIMM
256M Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as SODIMM.

CAUTION
When handling Board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands. The element
might be destroyed by static electricity.

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

2. Open blue lock where both side of SODIMM to both sides

3 3

No. Name
1 SODIMM

3.4.11 Replacing SODIMM P.3-53

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy 2. Change MSA to Technician mode.

"(11) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-14
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
3. Select “Board replacement wizard“ on the main window of MSA.
"4.3.10 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-25
Name Maintenan Remarks Follow the “Board Replacement Wizard“ afterwards.
ce Part No. Proceed Step 4 when “Attachment and Diagnosis of the alternative board“ window is
displayed.
MAIN board Assy DG-43310 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type Cable s, unplug
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power Cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. 4. Open Board Box.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. "3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. 5. Remover SODIMM.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of "3.4.11 Replacing SODIMM" p.3-53
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in NOTE
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
Make sure not to lose removed SODIMM that will be mounted to replaced MAIN
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
board Assy.
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.
• If the printer which is using the lithium battery is exchanged for a battery 6. Remove the following connectors from the MAIN Board Assy.
unsuitable type, there is danger of explosion. A used battery is disposed of
according to related law and regulation. Connector # of Pins Color Connect to Remark
No.
J1 144 White 256M SODIMM -
NOTE J2 6 Black System Fpga Config_CN Not in use
To replace MAIN Board Assy, MSA (MUTOH Service Assistance) which is compatible with J3 - - ISP-SYS -
VJ1638 is required.
• When replacing MAIN board Assy, Be sure you are using MSA (MUTOH J4 - - Sys$Dl Fpga Config CN -
Service Assistance) software and follow the board replacement wizard. J5 - - - LAN
"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5
J6 - - USB -
J7 5 Black Debug CN -
1. Execute MSA.

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy P.3-54

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

Connector # of Pins Color Connect to Remark Connector # of Pins Color Connect to Remark
No. No.
J8 8 Silver LDVS → [HEATER CONT Board Assy LAN J35 2 White Cooling FAN -
(J10)]
J36 - - - Not in use
J9 - - - Unpopulated
J37 4 White Pump motor Cable Assy -
J10 30 Black CR board Assy (J1) FFC
J38 - - - Unpopulated
J11 30 Black CR board Assy (J2) FFC
J39 28 Black Panel FFC Unpopulated
J12 30 Black CR board Assy (J3) FFC
J40 4 White CNT_P/S Cable Assy -
J13 30 Black CR board Assy (J4) FFC
J41 20 beige MAIN DC Cable Assy -
J14 30 Black CR board Assy (J5) FFC
7. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining MAIN board Assy.
J15 30 Black CR board Assy (J6) FFC
J16 30 Black CR board Assy (J7) FFC
2
J17 2 White PF Motor -
J18 4 White Cover R Cable Assy -
J19 4 White Cover L Cable Assy - 1

J20 3 White CR Motor -

J21 8 White JUNC_ID Cable Assy -
J22 8 White JUNC_ID Cable 2Assy - 2
J23 30 - JUNC_FFC -
J24 30 - CR_FFC(JUNC_FFC2) - No. Name
J25 - - - Unpopulated 1 MAIN Board Assy
J26 4 White PFEncoder -
2 Cup screw M3 × 6
J27 - - - -
8. Replace MAIN Board Assy.
J28 5 White P_REAR Sensor Assy -
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
J29 - - - Unpopulated
The window returns to Board Replacement Wizard. Follow the instructions displayed on the
J30 8 White Suction FAN - “Attachment and Diagnosis of the alternative board“.
"4.3.10 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-25
J31 2 Blue CR Lock SOL Cable Assy -
When “Termination“ window is displayed, the wizard ends.
J32 2 Red Wiper SOL Cable Assy -
10. Set the various settings.
J33 12 White Valve SOL Cable Assy - Make the settings according to the board replacement pattern.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement
J34 - - - Not in use
pattern" p.4-27

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN board Assy P.3-55

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.13 Replacing Fuse 3. Replace the blown fuses.

• There are 2 fuses per power source (4 in total).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. TIP
Fuse DF-49683 The fuses are called F1, F2, F3, and F4 from the left. Their functions are as follows.
" 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - No. function

products
F1 HEATER LIVE
F2 HEATER NEUTRAL
CAUTION
F3 MAIN LIVE
• Before replacing the fuse, make sure to unplug Power Cable .
There is a possibility of receiving an electric shock by residual electric charge. F4 MAIN NEUTRAL
• When replacing fuses, install the fuse which conforms to the specifications (250V-
15A, φ10.31 mm x 38.1 mm).
• There are fuses on the Live path and Neutral path behind AC inlet.
• Don’t touch Cap of a fuse with bare hands.

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Replace the blown fuses.

3 4

No. Name
1 Fuse (HEATER side)
2 Fuse (MAIN side)
3 Fuse holder (HEATER side)
4 Fuse holder (MAIN side)

3.4.13 Replacing Fuse P.3-56

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2 Connectors

3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC inlet.

Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
1
AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, AC Inlet
Assy.In this section, it is referred to as AC Inlet. 2
• The replacement procedure is common to both HEATER side and MAIN side.

No. Name

CAUTION 1 AC Inlet

Unplug Power cord set before replacing AC inlet. There may be a risk of electric 2 Countersunk head screw M3 × 6
shock by standby electricity.
4. Replace AC Inlet.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove 3 connectors from AC inlet.

2
1

No. Name
1 AC Inlet

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet P.3-57

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.15 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy

NOTE
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
(2) AC Inlet (MAIN side)
AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse DG-43039 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4
Box Cable Assy 1. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 2. Remove Connectors （2 pieces）.
3. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cable s.
(1) AC Inlet (Heater side) 3
1. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

2. Remove Connectors （2 pieces）.

3. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cable s.

No. Name
1 AC Inlet
1
2 Connector
2 3 screw (for retaining)

No. Name 4. Replace AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy.

1 AC Inlet
NOTE
2 Connector
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.
3 screw (for retaining)

4. Replace AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy.

3.4.15 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy P.3-58

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.16 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy 7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.
ce Part No.
Terminal Block-P/S DG-43312 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4
Cable Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

2. Remove Connector of Terminal Block-P/S Assy from Power Board（CN001).

3. Remove Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy from clamps.
4. Remove Connectors (2 pieces).
5. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cable s.

4
2

5 3
1

No. Name
1 Power Board Assy
2 Clamps
3 Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy
4 Screw (for retaining)
5 Terminal Block

6. Replace Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy.

3.4.16 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy P.3-59

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.17 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Fuse-Terminal Block DG-43025 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4 2
Cable Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box. No. Name

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 1 Screw (for retaining)
2. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables. 2 Terminal Block

5. Remove Cable s from clamps on Cable protecting plate.

1
1 2 1

No. Name
1 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy
No. Name
2 Screw (for retaining)
1 Clamps

3. Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy. 2 Cable protecting plate

4. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cable s.

3.4.17 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy P.3-60

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Cable protector on the side surface of Board
box (on the front side).

No. Name
1 Tappinng screwM3 × 6　Stight cup
2 Cable protecting Plate

7. Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

8. Replace Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable protector on the side surface of
Board box (on the front side).

3.4.17 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy P.3-61

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.18 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN_DC Cable Assy DG-43178 " 　Exploded View Board Box" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

2. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from MAIN board and Power board.

3
2

No. Name
1 MAIN_DC Cable Assy
2 Power board
3 MAIN board

3. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

4. Replace MAIN_DC Cable Assy.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.18 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy P.3-62

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.19 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy 11. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 2
" 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20 No. Name
2. Remove IH cover R. 1 MAIN-CNT Cable Assy
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
2 MAIN board
3. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 12. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 13. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

5. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

6. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
2
7. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16 1
8. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

9. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23 No. Name
10. Open Board Box. 1 HEATER CONT board
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 2 MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

14. Replace MAIN-CNT Cable Assy.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.19 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy P.3-63

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.20 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy 11. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining FUSE-RLY Cable Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

FUSE － RLY Cable DG-43308 " 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller 2
Assy Board" p.Ex-10

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). No. Name

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20
1 FUSE-RLY Cable Assy
2. Remove IH cover R.
2 Screw (for retaining)
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 12. Remove FUSE-RLYCable Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
13. Remove FUSE-RLYCable Assy from HEATER RELAY board.
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
1
5. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

6. Remove Side Maintenance cover L. 2

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

7. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

8. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

No. Name
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

9. Remove Paper guide R (lower). 1 HEATER RELAY board

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23 2 FUSE-RLYCable Assy

10. Open Board Box.
14. Replace FUSE-RLYCable Assy.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

3.4.20 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy P.3-64

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy 4. Remove connector connects to JUNCTION Board Assy (R side).
Table 3-1 JUNCTION board Assy (R side)

NOTE Connector # of Colo Connect to Remark

No. Pins r
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The procedure described here is that of R side. J1 30 - MAIN board JUNC_FFC
J2 2 White Exhaust Fan only R side
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. J3 8 White 2-way solenoid -
J4 6 White Sub tank H/L sensor（K1) L side(M1)
Name Maintenan Remarks
J5 6 White Sub tank H/L sensor（K2) L side(M2)
ce Part No.
J6 6 White Sub tank H/L sensor（C1) L side(Y1)
JUNCTION board Assy DG-42966 " 　Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L"
p.Ex-25 J7 6 White Sub tank H/L sensor（C2) L side(Y2)
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - J8 4 White INK SLOT1　(K1) L side(M1)
products
J9 4 White INK_SLOT2（K2) L side(M2)
J10 4 White INK_SLOT3（C1) L side(Y1)
CAUTION
J11 4 White INK_SLOT4（C2) L side(Y2)
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug
Power cable and leave it for a while. J12 3 Red Waste Fluid sensor only R side
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. J13 3 White - -
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. J14 3 White CR origin sensor only R side
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements.
J15 3 White Lever sensor Only R side
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). J16 5 White Ink ID board （K1） L side(M1)
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
J17 5 White Ink ID board （K2) L side(M2)
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices. J18 5 White Ink ID board （C1) L side(Y1)
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
J19 5 White Ink ID board （C2) L side(Y2)
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely. J20 8 White MAIN board JUNC_IDCable Assy

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy P.3-65

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining JUNCTIONBoard Assy.

2 2

No. Name
1 JUNCTION board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6

6. Replace JUNCTION Board Assy.

7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy P.3-66

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable 9. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
10. Remove JUNC_IDCable from JUNCTION board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
JUNC_IDCable Assy DG-43009 " 　Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L"
p.Ex-25（For R side only） 1
JUNC_IDCable 2Assy DG-43326 " 　Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L"
2
p.Ex-25（For L side only）

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

No. Name
NOTE 1 JUNCTION board Assy
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, JUNC_ID 2 JUNC_IDCable
Cable Assy.In this section, it is referred to as JUNC_ID Cable.
• The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side. 11. Remove JUNC_ID Cable from clamps on the path.
The procedure described here is that of R side.
12. Remove JUNC_IDCable from MAIN board.

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 2
3. Remove Subtank cover R. 1
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

4. Remove IH Cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 No. Name
6. Remove Subtank cover L. 1 JUNC_IDCable
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16
2 MAIN board
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
13. Replacing JUNC_ID Cable.
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable P.3-67

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

3.4.23 Replacing JUNC_FFC 1. Remove IH cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 3. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
JUNC_FFC Assy DG-43037 " 　Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L"
4. Remove IH cover L.
p.Ex-25（For R side only）
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
CR_FFCAssy DG-42965 " 　Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L"
p.Ex-25（For L side only） 5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 6. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

NOTE "3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, 8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
JUNC_FFC Assyand CR_FFC Assy(DG-42965).In this section, it is referred to "3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
as JUNC_FFC.
9. Open Board Box.
• The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
The procedure described here is that of R side.
10. Remove JUNC_FFC from JUNCTION board.

CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug
Power cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators 1
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of 2
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
No. Name
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure 1 JUNCTION board Assy
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
2 JUNC_FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

3.4.23 Replacing JUNC_FFC P.3-68

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1638E-M-01

11. Remove JUNC_FFC from Flat Cable Clip（2 pieces）.

No. Name
1 JUNC_FFC
2 Flat Cable Clip

12. Remove JUNC_FFC from clamps on the path.

13. Remove JUNC_FFC from MAIN board.

2
1

No. Name
1 JUNC_FFC
2 MAIN board

14. Replacing JUNC_FFC.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.23 Replacing JUNC_FFC P.3-69

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5 Replacing X Rail Section No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace X rail section. 1 PF Motor
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt
3 X Speed Reduction Belt
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
4 PF Motor mounting plate

Name Maintenan Remarks 3. Remove the screws(3 pieces）retaining Grid Roller Presser.
ce Part No.
X Speed Reduction Belt DG-43883 2
" 　Exploded View PF Motor" p.Ex-7

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Tension gauge Generic Max:40N (4,080gf)
1
products

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.
2

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover L. No. Name

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 1 Grid Roller Presser
2. Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed 2 Tappinng screwM4 × 8
Reduction Belt from PF Motor.

2 4. Remove Grid Roller Presser.

4
1

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-70

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

5. PF Thrust Spring. 9. Replace X Speed Reduction Belt.

6. Remove the screws（4pieces）retaining PF Scale Presser.

1 4 1
3

No. Name
2 1 X Speed Reduction Belt

No. Name 10. Reassemble PF encoder scale.

1 PF Scale Presser
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 8 NOTE
3 PF encoder scale When reassembling PF encoder scale, make sure that characters printed to PF
encoder scale reverse.
4 PF Thrust spring
If the characters are read ordinary, there may be a risk of reducing readout accuracy
of PF encoder.
7. Remove PF Scale Presser.
8. Remove PF Encoder Scale.
OK NG
NOTE
• When removing peripherals of PF encoder scale, do not deform PF encoder
scale. Doing so may affect print result.
• When removing Encoder scale holder and PF encoder scale, wear gloves. Do not
damage Encoder scale. Inverted

11. Reassemble PF Scale presser.

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-71

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

12. Assemble X speed reduction belt to PF Motor Assy.

13. Check if X speed reduction belt is put around correctly.

OK NG

14. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

• Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting Plate. （See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were lightly
tighten in the step 10 at 34.3N ± 3.4N （3500 ｇ ± 350 ｇ ） indicated on the scale.

6GPUKQPICWIG
OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP

6GPUKQPICWIG

2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[

NOTE
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor.

15. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-72

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder 8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
9. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining PF Encoder Mounting Plate.
10. Remove PF Encoder Cable from the clamp.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
PF Encoder Assy DG-43011 " 　Exploded View PF Motor" p.Ex-7 4
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 3
products
+Driver No.1 Generic For M2.6 screw
products
1

5
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, PF Encoder 2
Assy.In this section, it is referred to as PF Encoder.
No. Name
1 PF Encoder Mounting Plate
CAUTION
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
After printing for a period of time, the motor gets very hot. DO not touch the motor to
avoid burning yourself. 3 Cable of PF Encoder
4 Clamps

1. Remove IH cover R. 5 PF Encoder

"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

4. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

6. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder P.3-73

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Remove the screws(2 pieces）retaining PF Encoder. 15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Pay attention to the following points when installing PF Encoder
Mounting Plate.
2 • PF Encoder Scale is placed near the center of PF Encoder.
1
• PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder.
• PF Scale Guide is not deforming PF Encoder Scale.
• PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder even when rotating Grid
Roller.

No. Name OK Gap

NG
1 PF encoder PF encoder scale

2 Tappinng screw M2.6 × 6

12. Remove PF Encoder Assy Cable from the clamp on the path. PF encoder

13. Remove PF Encoder Assy Connector from MAIN Board Assy(J24).

Not deformed
14. Replace PF encoder Assy. PF scale guide

• If the installed PF Encoder Mounting Plate looks like one of the “NG” examples
above, adjust its installation position.
• After replacing PF encoder Assy, rotate Grid roller several times to check if
Encoder scale is not distorted.If it is distorted, reinstall PF encoder Assy.

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder P.3-74

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction 2. Remove the screws (3 pieces）retaining Grid Roller Presser.
Pulley
2
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
PF-ENC Scale DG-43020 " 　Exploded View PF Motor" p.Ex-7

PF speed reduction DG-42991

pulley Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2
Tension gauge Generic For measuring maximum of 40N (4,080gf)
products No. Name
1 Grid roller presser
TIP 2 Tappinng screwM4 × 8 S Tight cup
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PF-ENC
scale and X Speed Reduction Pulley. 3. Remove Grid Roller Presser.
In this section, they are referred to as PF Encoder Scale and PF Speed Reduction
Pulley.

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-75

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

4. Rmove PF Thrust Spring.

NOTE
5. Remove the screws（4pieces）retaining PF Scale Presser.
Pay attention to the following points when installing PF Encoder Scale.
2
• Make sure that the printed letters on PF Encoder Scale are inverted.
If PF Encoder Scale is installed incorrectly as shown in the “NG” sample below,
the reading accuracy of PF Encoder may be reduced.

1 OK NG
4
3

Inverted
2

No. Name
1 PF scale presser • After installing, rotate PF Encoder Scale a few times to fit it to Grid Roller.
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 8
3 PF encoder scale
4 PF thrust spring
'PEQFGT5ECNG
6. Remove PF Scale Presser.
7. Remove PF Encoder Scale.
)TKF4QNNGT
TIP
When replacing PF speed reduction pulley, refer to the step 11 onward.

8. Attach the new PF Encoder Scale. 9. Install PF Scale Presser.When installing PF Scale Presser, make sure that the engraved
side is facing outward.
10. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
After fixing PF Scale presser, Rotate Grid Roller a few times to make sure that
Encoder Scale is not distorted.
If Encoder Scale is distorted, reinstall PF Encoder Scale.

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-76

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed 14. Replace PF speed reduction pulley.
Reduction Belt from PF Motor.

3
1
4
1 2

2
No. Name
No. Name
1 PF deceleration Pulley
1 PF motor Assy
2 C ring
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 X speed reduction belt 15. From this point on ,to reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4 PF Motor mounting plate 16. Perform various adjustment.

"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

12. Remove X speed reduction belt from PF speed reduction pulley.

No. Name
1 X speed reduction belt
2 PF speed reduction pulley

13. Remove C ring.

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-77

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 3 X Speed Reduction Belt
4 PFMotor mounting plate
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 4. Remove the screws (4pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate.
PF Motor Assy DF-49020 " 　Exploded View PF Motor" p.Ex-7 5. Remove PF Motor relay Assy from PF Motor Assy.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 2

products
Tension gauge Generic Max:40N (4,080gf)
products
1

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, the motor gets very hot.
Do not touch the motor to avoid burning yourself.
3
1. Initialize PF Motor counter. 2
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover L. No. Name

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
1 PFMotor mounting plate
3. Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
Reduction Belt from PF Motor.
3 PFMotor relay Assy
2

3 6. Remove PF Motor Assy (with PF Motor Mounting Plate still fixed).

4
1
PF Motor

No. Name
1 PF Motor Assy
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-78

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

7. Remove the screws (2 pieces）retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate. 10. Lightly tighten the screws (4 pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to install X Speed
Reduction Belt is correctly installed on PF Motor Assy.
8. Replace PF Motor Assy.
2 3
2

1 4
3

2 1

No. Name No. Name

1 PFMotor mounting plate 1 PFMotor Assy

2 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 PFMotor Assy 3 X Speed Reduction Belt
4 PFMotor mounting plate
9. Fix PF Motor to PF Motor Mounting Plate.
11. Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

NOTE
OK NG
Before fixing PF Motor Assy, make sure that PF Motor Cable and the bent side of PF
Motor Mounting Plate are on the same side. （See the figure below.）

PF Motor Cable

Bent side of
PF motor mounting plate

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-79

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

12. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

• Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting Plate.（See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were
lightly tighten in the step 11 at 34.3N ± 3.4N（3500ｇ ± 350ｇ）indicated on
the scale.

6GPUKQPICWIG
OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP

6GPUKQPICWIG

2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[

NOTE
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor.

13. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-80

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy 10. Remove PFMotor relay Assy from PF Motor.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
PF Motor relay Assy DG-43042 " 　Exploded View PF Motor" p.Ex-7

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1
CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, the motor gets very hot. No. Name
Do not touch the motor to avoid burning yourself.
1 PF Motor relay Assy
2 PFMotor
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
11. Remove PFMotor relay Assy from PF Motor.
2. Remove IH cover R.
12. Remove PF Motor relay Assy from MAIN board.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
13. Replace PFMotor relay Assy.
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
14. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
5. Remove IH Cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
6. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy P.3-81

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor 10. Remove connector of P_ Rear Sensor from MAIN Board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide R" p.Ex-11 1 2
＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2 screw
products

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

No. Name
TIP
1 Connector of P_Rear Sensor
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, P_REAR
Sensor Assy. 2 MAIN Board Assy
• In this section, it is referred to as P_Rear Sensor.
• P_RAER sensor is located near the center of X rail.(Paintless part of Grid roller) 11. Remove P_Rear Sensor from the clamps on the path.
12. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining R sensor bracket.

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
1
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

4. Remove IH cover L. 3 2
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

6. Remove Subtank cover L. No. Name

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16 1 P_REAR Sensor
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper). 2 R sensor bracket
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
3 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor P.3-82

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

13. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining P_Rear Sensor to R sensor bracket.

No. Name
1 P_Rear Sensor
2 Cup screwM2 × 5
3 R sensor bracket

14. Replace P_Rear Sensor.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
16. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor P.3-83

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy 8. Remove Lever sensor Cable from Lever sensor.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1

CR_HP Sensor、Lever DF-49471 " 　Exploded View X Rail" p.Ex-5 2

Sensor
Lever Sensor Cable DG-43026 " 　Exploded View X Rail" p.Ex-5
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
No. Name
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
1 Lever sensor
2 Lever sensor Cable
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, CR_HP
Sensor and Lever Sensor.
TIP
In this section, they are referred to as Lever Sensor. When replacing Lever sensor Cable, refer to the step 12 onward.
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Lever
sensor cable Assy. 9. Remove Lever sensor tab from rear side of Pressure lever bracket and remove Lever
In this section, they are referred to as Lever Sensor cable. sensor from Pressure lever bracket.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

Back side
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
1
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove IH cover R.
3 2
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

4. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

5. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.

No. Name
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170
1 Lever sensor
6. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 2 Pressure lever bracket

7. Lower Pressure lever down. 3 tab

3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy P.3-84
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
Lever sensor and Pressure lever bracket are bonded with screw locker. Make sure
not to damage Lever sensor when removing them.

10. Replace lever sensor.

NOTE
Apply screw locker to new Lever sensor, and bond to Pressure lever bracket firmly.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

12. Remove Lever sensor Cable from clamps on the path.
13. Remove Lever sensor Cable from JUNCTION Board Assy (R side).

1
2

No. Name
1 JUNCTION board Assy
2 Lever sensor Cable

14. Replace Lever sensor Cable.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
16. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy P.3-85
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor 7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

8. Detach connectors (2 pieces) to Pre-thermistor and connectors (2 pieces) to Pre-heater.

NOTE "3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay Assy" p.3-92
Set Heater to the original position without bending. The surface temperature of
media changes and printing quality becomes poor if heater Assy position is set
insufficiently.

2
1
(1) Replacing Pre-heater, Pre-thermistor
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
3

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
VJ16 Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide R" p.Ex-11

Thermistor Assy DG-43001 No. Name

" 　Exploded View Paper Guide R" p.Ex-11

Generic - 1 Connectors of Pre-thermistor

＋ Driver No.2
products 2 Connectors of Pre-heater
3 Paper guide R (upper)
TIP
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ16 Pre TIP
Heater Assy and Thermistor Assy.
• In this section, they are referred to as Pre-heater and Pre-Thermistor. • Pre-heater heat insulator and Pre-heater are affixed using double-faced tape.
• When Pre-heater heat insulator is removed, Pre-heater is also removed.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
5. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

6. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-86

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

9. Mark the attachment location of Pre-heater.

NOTE
Mark the attachment location Make sure to attach Pre-heater (and Pre-thermistor) at the correct location. If not,
Marking example
Paper guide R (upper) will not be warmed up to an appropriate temperature and may
affect print result.
1

2 11. Remove Pre-heater insulator.

12. Remove Thermistor film.
13. Remove Pre-thermistor.

No. Name 1
1 Paper guide R（Upper) 2
2 Pre-heater insulator 3
4
10. Mark the attachment location of Pre-thermistor.

Mark the attachment location No. Name

Marking example
1 Pre-heater insulator
2 Thermistor film
3 Pre-thermistor
2
4 Paper guide R（Upper)
1
3

No. Name
1 Pre-thermistor
2 Thermistor film
3 Paper guide R（Upper)

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-87

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

14. Replace Pre-heater and Pre-thermistor.

NOTE

• Pre-heater heat insulator and Pre-heater are affixed using double-faced tape.
• Before affixing Pre-heater, remove grease from adhered surface. The grease
weakens the adhesive force of Pre-heater and may peel off.
• Pre-thermistor is affixed using Thermistor film.
• Do not tear Thermistor film when affixing it.

• Note the side of Pre-thermistor and affix it. The larger area of Pre-thermistor
should be affixed to Paper guide R (upper).

2CRGTIWKFG4UKFG

EQPVCEVCTGC

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-88

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing After Heater, After-Thermistor 2. Detach connectors (2 pieces) to After Heater and connectors (2 pieces) to after-
thermistor inside Paper guide F (upper).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. "3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、After thermistor relay Assy" p.3-91

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 3
VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide F" p.Ex-9

Thermistor Assy DG-43001 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide F" p.Ex-9
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
2
products
4

TIP
No. Name
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ16
After Heater Assy and Thermistor Assy. 1 After thermistor relay Assy
• In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater and After-Thermistor.
2 Connector of After thermistor
• After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed to the backside of Paper guide
F (upper) using double-faced tape. 3 After Heater relay Assy
4 Connector of After Heater
1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper) and reverse.
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-89

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3. Remove After Heater insulator affixed over broken After Heater. 5. Replace After Heater , After Heater insulator.

NOTE
• Before affixing Platen heater, remove grease from adhered surface.
The grease weakens the adhesive force of Platen heater and may peel off.
1 • Affix After Heater to correct position.
If not, Paper guide F doesn't become an appropriate temperature and image
quality may be affected.

6. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Thermistor holder.

No. Name
1 After Heater insulator 3

TIP 1
• After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed using double-faced tape.
• When After Heater insulator is removed, After Heater is also removed.
• After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed using double-faced tape.
2

4. Mark the location of the damaged After Heater.

No. Name
Marking example Mark the attachment location 1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 5
2 Thermistor holder
3 After thermistor
1
7. Remove Thermistor holder
2
8. Replace After-thermistor.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Paper guide F (Upper)
2 After Heater insulator

3.5.8 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-90

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、After thermistor relay 2. Remove After Heater connector (2 pieces) and After thermistor connector (2 pieces).
Assy
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
3
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
1
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide F" p.Ex-9
" 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller 2
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018
Board" p.Ex-10
4
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products No. Name
1 After thermistor relay Assy
TIP 2 Connector of After thermistor
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, AFT_H
relay Assy. 3 After Heater relay Assy
In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater relay Assy. 4 Connector of After Heater
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, AFT_T2
relay Assy and AFT_T1 relay Assy. 3. Remove After Heater relay Assy and After Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the
In this section, they are referred to as After-Thermistor relay Assy. path.
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy.
4. Remove After Heater relay Assy and After Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY
Connected to Seal board Assy, then replace them.
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
（Maintenance part name）
Origin side 5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
（AFT_H relay Assy） #(#
the opposite side of origin
（AFT_H relay Assy） #($
Orihin side
（AFT_T1 relay Assy） #66*
the opposite side of origin
（AFT_T2 relay Assy） #66*

1. Remove Paper guide F(upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20

3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor relay Assy P.3-91
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay 2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
Assy
3. Remove Subtank cover R.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. "3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
4. Remove IH Cover L.
Name Maintenan Remarks "3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
ce Part No.
5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020 " 　Exploded View Paper Guide R" p.Ex-11 "3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
" 　Exploded View Relay Board Controller
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 Board" p.Ex-10 6. Remove Subtank cover L.
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 "3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
9. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).
TIP "3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-20
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PRE_H1 10. Remove PRE Heater relay Assy or PRE Thermistor relay Assy from stay.
relay Assy and PRE_H2 cable Assy..
In this section, they are referred to as PRE Heater relay Assy.
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PRE_T2 5
relay Assy and PRE_T1 relay Assy.
In this section, they are referred to as PRE Thermistor relay Assy.
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy.
Connected to Seal 1
（Maintenance part name）
Origin side 3 2
（PRE_H1 relay Assy） 24 4

the opposite side of origin

（PRE_H2 cable Assy） 24 No. Name
Orihin side 1 Pre Heater relay Assy (the oposite side of origin) connector
（PRE_T1 relay Assy） 246* 2 Pre Thermistor relay Assy (the opposite side of origin)
the opposite side of origin connector
（PRE_T2 relay Assy） 246* 3 Pre Thermistor relay Assy (origin side) connector
4 Pre Heater relay Assy (originside) connector
5 stay
1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 11. Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the path.

3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay Assy P.3-92
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

12. Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY
board Assy.
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44

13. Replace Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy .
14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay Assy P.3-93
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape

NOTE
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. • Once Platen non-reflecting tape is stripped, it must not be reused.
• Before attaching Platen non-reflecting tape, degrease the contact area. If oil from
Name Maintenan Remarks your hand, etc is still attached, adhesion decreases, and the tape may be pealed
ce Part No. off.

Platen Non-Reflecting DG-42222 " 　Exploded View Platen" p.Ex-8

Tape (9mm) 4. Replace Platen Non-reflecting tape.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Platen Non-
reflecting tape (9mm).
In this section, they are referred to as Platen Non-reflecting tape.

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

3. Strip Platen non-reflective tape.

No. Name
1 Platen
2 Platen non-reflecting tape

3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape P.3-94

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder 5. Pull out Media holder

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

1
ce Part No.
Media Holder 2 Assy DG-43181 " 　Exploded View Platen" p.Ex-8

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
No. Name
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Media Holder
2 Assy.In this section, it is referred to as Media holder. 1 Media holder

6. Replace Media holder.

1. Open Front cover.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Media holder stopper.

No. Name
1 Media holder stopper
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

4. Remove Media holder stopper.

3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder P.3-95

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6 Replacing Y Rail section 1. Remove Maintenance Cover R and L.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
This section describes the procedure to replace Y rail section.
2. Remove Side top Cover R and L.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. "3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

4. Open Front cover.

Name Maintenan Remarks 5. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).
ce Part No.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
Steel belt(64) DG-43937 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13
6. Remove Carriage cover.
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29 "3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138
Attachment
7. Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces).
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
Measure (steel) Generic Measurable up to 2m
products
1 2
Acetate Tape Generic -
products
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N (204gf)
products

TIP No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Steel belt 1 CR Return pulley Assy
(64)Panel FFC Assy.
2 Steel belt adjustment screws（Pan-head screw with spring
In this section, it is referred to as Steel belt.
washer and flat washer M3 × 40）

CAUTION CAUTION
• When you loosen Steel belt adjustment screw, loosen upper and lower screws
• When replacing Steel belt, make sure to wear gloves. Prevent belt from bending
only for the same amount. This makes the adjustment easy after replacing Steel
or contaminating them with foreign objects. Doing so may cause Seel belt
belt .
breakage.
• Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws properly (about 5 times). If it is not enough,
• Be careful not to cut your hands with Steel belt.
Steel belt is dragged by and may cause damage when retaining Steel belt to
• Steel belt replacement must be done by two or more persons. Carriage.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-96

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

8. In order to prevent Steel belt from falling, both sides of Steel belt are fixed to Y rail with 11. Remove CR Return Pulley Assy.
acetate tape sideward ofCarriage.
9. Remove the screws (2 pieces) that retain Belt.

1 1

No. Name
1 CR Return Pulley Assy
No. Name
1 Acetate tape 12. From beside CR speed reduction pulley, insert Measure inside Y rail.
2 Screws retaining Belt

10. Pull off Steel belt while winding-up.

2 1
Insert Measure inside Y rail

1
No. Name
1 Measure

No. Name 2 CR Speed reduction Pulley

1 Steel belt
CAUTION
CAUTION Be careful not to damage CR speed reduction pulley. Doing so may affect print
result.
When handling Steel belt and CR following movement belt pulley assemble, make
sure to wear gloves.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-97

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

13. Take out Measure from the hole of Y rail on the opposite side of the origin. 16. Detach Steel belt from measure after the tip of Measure comes out from the hole of Y
drive base.

3
2
2
1 1

No. Name No. Name

1 Measure 1 Measure
2 the hole of Y Rail 2 Steel belt

14. Affix Steel belt to the tip of Measure using tape. 3 Tape

CAUTION
Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.

3 1 17. Attach Steel belt on CR speed reduction pulley.

2

No. Name
1 Measure 1
2 Steel belt
2

3 Tape

No. Name
15. Slowly wind up Measure with Steel belt affixed to it.
1 CR Deceleration Pulley
2 Steel belt

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-98

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

18. Move Carriage to the origin side and retain one side of Steel belt to the right side of 19. Move carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
Carriage.

NOTE
In order to prevent steel belt from falling, when moving carriage to the left (opposite
side of the origin), fix steel belt with acetate tape.
2

No. Name
1 Screw fixing belt
1
2 Steel belt

20. Assemble CR Return pulley Assy.

CAUTION
• Apply screw locker to thread of screws retaining Belt.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with metal fittings outside.

2
1

2
1
No. Name
1 CR Return pulley Assy
2 Steel belt
No. Name
1 Screw fixing belt
2 Steel belt

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-99

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

21. Reassemble Steel belt to CR driven pulley Assy. 23. Reassemble Steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces) loosened in the step 7.

3 2

No. Name 1
1 CR Return pulley Assy
No. Name
2 Steel belt
1 CR Return pulley Assy
22. Fix Steel belt to the left side of Carriage. 2 Steel belt adjustment screw
3 Steel belt

NOTE
Shuttle carriage, lie Steel belt at the center of CR driven pulley Assy.
2 The position at 2mm from the both edges of the CR driven pulley is basic .

1 2㨙㨙

No. Name
Steel belt
1 Screws fixing Belt
2 Steel belt
2㨙㨙
CR Return Pulley
CAUTION
When reassembling Steel belt make sure to follow the procedure below.
24. Adjust Steel belt Tension.
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws retaining Belt.
"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-49
• Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate side of Steel belt to Carriage. 25. Close Front cover.
Install Steel belt with the metal fittings outside. 26. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-100

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor 4. Remove CR Motor Cable from CR Motor.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR Motor(Nidec)Assy DG-42456 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13
1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products
Tension gauge Generic Max：40N (4080gf)
products No. Name
1 CR Motor

TIP 2 CR Motor Cable

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, CR Motor
(Nidec) Assy. 5. Loosen Screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.
In this section, it is referred to as CR Motor.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 2

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 1 1

No. Name
1 Hexagon socket screws retaining CR Motor (Nidec) Assy （M4
× 6）
2 CR Motor

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor P.3-101

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove CR deceleration belt from CR Motor. 9. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor to plate (CR motor spacer).

1
1

1
2
2

No. Name
No. Name
1 Countersunk head screws M4 ¥ 8
1 CR Motor
2 CR Motor spacer
2 CR Deceleration belt
10. Remove CR Motor spacer.
7. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.
11. Replace CR Motor.
12. Reassemble CR motor spacer.
　Step 9

Install in the same direction

1 1
䌃䌒 Motor Spacer

No. Name 13. Temporary tighten hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.
　Step 7
1 Hexagon socket screw M4 × 6
14. Reassemble CR deceleration belt to CR Motor.
2 CR Motor 　Step 6
15. Adjust CR deceleration belt tension.
8. Remove CR Motor.
"4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-51

16. Tighten hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor （Nidec)Assy.

17. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
18. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor P.3-102

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt 5. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
6. Loosen steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces).

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR deceleration DG-42458 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13
belt210Assy
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29 1 2
Attachment

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench Generic -
(1.5mm ～ 6.0mm) products
No. Name
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
1 CR Return Pulley Assy
Acetate Tape Generic -
products 2 Steel belt adjustment screw
（Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 40）
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N (204gf)
products
Tension gauge Generic Max：40N (4080gf)
CAUTION
products • When you loosen Steel belt adjustment screw, loosen upper and lower screws
only for the same amount. This makes the adjustment easy after replacing Steel
belt.
TIP • Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws properly (about 5 times). If it is not enough,
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR Steel belt is dragged by and may cause damage when retaining Steel belt to
deceleration belt210Assy. Carriage.
In this section, it is referred to as CR deceleration belt.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt P.3-103

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

7. To prevent from falling Steel belt,fix Steel belt with acetate tape. 9. Remove Steel belt shown below.

Place paper underneath to prevent

Steel belt from getting damaged.

2 1
2

8. Remove Screws retaining Belt (origin side).

No. Name
2
1 CR Dceleration Pulley
2 Steel belt

1 1
CAUTION
When handling Steel belt and CR Deceleration Pulley, make sure to wear gloves.

10. Loosen Screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.

No. Name
1 Acetate tape
2 Screws retaining Belt
2
1
1

No. Name
1 Hexagon socket screws M4 × 6
2 CR Motor

3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt P.3-104

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Remove CR deceleration belt from CR Motor. 13. Assemble CR deceleration belt to CR deceleration pulley and CR motor .

2
1
2

No. Name
No. Name
1 CR Motor
1 CR deceleration pulley
2 CR deceleration belt
2 CR Motor
12. Remove CR deceleration pulley and Replace CR deceleration belt.
3 CR deceleration belt

1
2

No. Name
1 CR Deceleration Pulley
2 CR Deceleration belt

3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt P.3-105

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

14. Temporary tighten hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.

2
1
1

No. Name
1 Hexagon socket screws M4 × 6
2 CR Motor

15. Adjust CR deceleration belt tension.

"4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-51

16. Tighten the hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.

17. Reassemble Steel belt.
"3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt" p.3-96

18. Adjust Steel belt tension.

"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-49

19. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt P.3-106

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley 5. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
6. Remove Steel belt shown below.
"3.6.3 Replacing CR Deceleration Belt" p.3-103
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
CR Deceleration pulley DG-42458 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13 Place paper underneath to prevent
Steel belt from getting damaged.
（Z=78）
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29
Attachment
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 2
products
Hex wrench(3 mm) Generic -
products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
No. Name
Acetate Tape Generic -
products 1 CR deceleration pulley

Tension gauge Generic Max:2N (204gf) 2 Steel belt

products
Tension gauge Generic Max：40N (4080gf)
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR
Deceleration pulley（Z=78）.
In this section, it is referred to as CR deceleration pulley.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley P.3-107

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

7. Loosen Screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor. 9. Replacing CR deceleration pulley.

1
2
2
1
1

No. Name No. Name

1 Hexagon socket screws M4 × 6 1 CR deceleration pulley
2 CR Motor 2 CR deceleration belt

8. Remove CR deceleration belt from CR Motor. 10. Attach CR deceleration belt on CR deceleration pulley and CR motor.

2
1
2

No. Name No. Name

1 CR Motor 1 CR deceleration pulley

2 CR deceleration belt 2 CR Motor

3 CR deceleration belt

3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley P.3-108

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Temporary tighten hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.

2
1
1

No. Name
1 Hexagon socket screws M4 × 6
2 CR Motor

12. Adjust CR deceleration belt tension.

"4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment" p.Ex-51

13. Tighten the hexagon socket screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Motor.

14. Reassemble Steel belt.
"3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt" p.3-96

15. Adjust Steel belt tension.

"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.Ex-49

16. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.4 Replacing CR deceleration pulley P.3-109

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.5 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy 12. Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from CR Motor.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
CR Motor Cable Assy DG-43337 " 　Exploded View CR Motor" p.Ex-14 2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. No. Name

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
1 CR Motor
3. Remove IH cover R.
2 Connector of CR Motor Cable Assy
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
4. Remove Side top cover R. 13. Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from MAIN board Assy.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
6. Remove IH Cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
7. Renmove Side top cover L. 1 2
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
8. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16
9. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
No. Name
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
10. Remove Paper guide R (lower). 1 MAIN board Assy

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23 2 CR Motor Cable Assy

11. Open Board Box.
14. Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
15. Replace CR Motor Cable Assy.
16. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.5 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy P.3-110

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.6 Replacing CR Return Pulley 6. In order to prevent steel belt from falling, fix steel belt with acetate tape.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR Return Pulley Assy DF-43868 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13 2
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29
Attachment

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401 7. Remove screw fixing belt.

Acetate Tape Generic -

products 2
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N (204gf)
products
1

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR Return
Pulley Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as CR Return pulley.

No. Name
NOTE 1 Steel belt
When reassembling CR Return pulley, ensure that Steel belt is evenly guided along 2 screw fixing belt
the center part of CR Return pulley by moving Carriage by hand.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

4. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

5. Move the carriage to the opposite side of carriage.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

3.6.6 Replacing CR Return Pulley P.3-111

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

9. Remove screw cap (2 pieces).

CAUTION
10. Remove Steel belt adjustment screw (2 pieces).
When reassembling Steel belt make sure to follow the procedure below.
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws retaining Belt.
• Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with the metal fittings outside.
2 1
2
Metal fitting of Steel belt 1

Screw retaining Belt

No. Name
1 Adjustment screw
8. Remove Steel belt from CR Return pulley. （Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 40）
2 screw cap

11. Replace CR Return Pulley.

12. Reassemble Steel belt.
"3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt" p.3-96

2 13. Adjust Steel belt tension.

"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-49
1
14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 CR Return pulley
2 Steel belt

3.6.6 Replacing CR Return Pulley P.3-112

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.7 Replacing T Fence 7. Remove T fence spring from T fence.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
T Fence (64) DF-43901 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP 2 3
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,T Fence (64).
No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as T Fence .
1 T fence spring
2 T fence spring hook
CAUTION 3 T fence
When replacing T fence, make sure to wear gloves.
If T fence is contaminated with foreign objects and damaged, print quality may be 8. Remove the screws (1 piece per plate:3 pieces in total) retaining T fence clamping plate
affected. (3 pieces).

1
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
2. Remove Maintenance cover L.
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Renmove Side top cover L.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

5. Remove Top cover.

"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18
2
6. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).
No. Name
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
1 T fence clamping plate
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6S tight cup

9. Remove T fence from T fence clamping plate (3 plates).

3.6.7 Replacing T Fence P.3-113

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE No. Name

When removing T fence from T fence clamping plate, remove from the origin side of 1 T fence clamping plate
T fence clamping plate in order.
2 T fence
3 CR encoder Assy
10. Replace T fence.
4 Carriage

NOTE
When reassembling T fence, make sure to follow the instructions below. 11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
• If T fence is coated with protective film, remove film and attach T fence correctly. 12. Perform various adjustments.
• T fence shapes differ depending on the place to install. Refer to the following "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
figure and correctly attach them.

Top

Opposite side of origin Bottom Origin side

• Correctly attach T fence to ORG sensor mounting plate hook.

• Allow a margin between the T fence and hook ofClamping plate.
• When retaining T fence clamping plate with screws, allow a margin so that T fence
can slightly move.
• Refer to the following figures and insert T fence in T fence clamping plate and CR
encoder Assy.

2 4 1 3

3.6.7 Replacing T Fence P.3-114

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin Sensor No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2 CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy
3 Y Rail
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 5. Replace CR origin sensor.
CR_HP Sensor、Lever DF-49471 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13 6. Apply screw locker between ORG sensor mounting plate and CR origin sensor.(in the
Sensor direction of the red arrow area)

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR_HP
Sensor、Lever Sensor.
In this section, it is referred to as CR origin sensor.

2
1. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 No. Name

2. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin). 1 ORG sensor mounting plate
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135 2 CR origin sensor
3. Remove CR_Origin sensor cable from CR origin sensor.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
4. Remove CR origin sensor.

3 2

No. Name
1 CR origin sensor

3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin Sensor P.3-115

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.9 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy 7. Remove CR Origin sensor Assy from clamps on the path.
8. Remove CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy from JUNCTION board Assy (R side).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR Origin Sensor Cable DG-43004 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13 2 1
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

2. Remove IH Cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
No. Name
3. Remove Side top cover R.
1 JUNCTION board Assy
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Subtank cover R. 2 CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
9. Replace CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy.
5. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

6. Remove CR Origin sensor Cable Assy from CR Origin sensor.

3 2

No. Name
1 CR Origin sensor
2 CR Origin sensor Cable Assy
3 Y Rail

3.6.9 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy P.3-116

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare 6. Remove Tube clamps (12 pieces).

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
Steel Bare Assy（VJ- DG-41919 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13
1618)

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Acetate Tape Generic -
products
No. Name
1 Tube clamp
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Steel Bare 7. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Steel bare.
Assy（VJ-1618).
In this section, it is referred to as Steel bare.

1. Remove IH cover R. 1 2
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

2. Remove Side top cover R. 2

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

4. Renmove Side top cover L.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

5. Remove Top cover. No. Name

"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18 1 Steel Bare
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
CAUTION
Make sure to work with two or more persons when removing Rear top cover.

3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare P.3-117

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove screws (6 pieces) retaining Cable pressers (2 pieces). 11. Peel off Acetate Tape.
12. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Steel bare to Cable guide.

2 2

2 1
1 1
3

2 4

No. Name No. Name

1 Cable presser 1 Steel Bare
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 18 2 Acetate Tape
3 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 5
9. Remove Cable pressers（2 pieces）.
10. Open Steel Bare. 4 Cable guide

13. Replace Steel Bare.

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1

CAUTION
Be sure to make Cursor go back and forth to opposite side of the origin several times
manually before turn on the power, and confirm Steel bare and Cover stay doesn't
interfere after replacing Steel bare.

No. Name
1 Steel Bare

3.6.10 Replacing Steel Bare P.3-118

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC 4. Remove IH cover L.

"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
5. Renmove Side top cover L.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
Name Maintenan Remarks 6. Remove Subtank cover R.
ce Part No. "3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
CR_FFC_Assy DG-43313 " 　Exploded View Y Rail" p.Ex-13 7. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 8. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L" p.3-16

9. Remove Top cover.

TIP
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance
part,CR_FFC_Assy. 10. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
In this section, it is referred to as CR_FFC. "3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22
11. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
CAUTION 12. Open Board Box.
• Before replacing Board or inserting/removing FFC, unplug Power cable and leave "3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
it for a while. 13. Renmove CR board cover.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators "3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139
may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
• When handling Board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands. 14. Remove Tube clamps (12 pieces).
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board. 1
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way.
• After plugging, make sure that FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that
FFC is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

2. Remove Side top cover R. No. Name

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
1 Tube clamp
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-119

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

15. Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable guide plate. 18. Remove CR_FFC (7 pieces) from CR board Assy.

3 2 1

No. Name No. Name

1 Cable guide plate 1 CR board Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8 2 CR FFC
3 Steel bare
19. Remove screws (3 pieces each) retaining Cable holding plate (2 pieces).
16. Remove Cable guide plate with Steel bare.
17. Open Steel Bare. 2 2

1 1

No. Name
No. Name 1 Cable holding plate
1 Steel Bare 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 18

20. Remove Cable holding plates (2 pieces).

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-120

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

21. Remove the screws (6 pieces: 2 each) retaining CR_FFC holding plates (3 pieces). 24. Pull out CR_FFCs from hole of Leg holder base.

2
1

No. Name
No. Name
1 CR_FFC
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 5
2 Leg holder base
2 CR_FFC holding plate
25. Pull out CR_FFCs from hole of origin side of Cable guide.
22. Remove CR_FFC from clamps on the path.
23. Remove CR_FFC from MAIN board.

1 2

1
2

No. Name
1 CR_FFC
No. Name 2 Cable guide
1 CR FFC
26. Refer to the instructions and bend the new CR_FFC for installation.
2 MAIN board
27. Replace CR_FFC.
28. Connect the CR_FFCs (7 pieces) to CR board Assy.
29. Draw CR_FFC through the same path as above.
30. Connect CR_FFCs (7 pieces) to MAIN board.

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-121

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
• Refer to the following and make sure that connections are correct.
(Bend first before piling them together.)

J16‫ޓ‬ MAINDQCTFUKFG
J15‫ޓ‬
J14‫ޓ‬
J13
J12‫ޓ‬
J7‫ޓ‬ J11‫ޓ‬
J6‫ޓ‬ J10‫ޓ‬
J5‫ޓ‬
J4 

J3‫ޓ‬ 

J2‫ޓ‬
CR board side J1‫ޓ‬

• Be careful not to get CR_FFC tucked in Board box.

Bend FFC so that

it is does not get nipped
by Board box.

31. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.11 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-122

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube Ink tube （R side ： K1K2C1C2）

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. Section qua Length Diamet
ntity (cm) er

Name Maintenan Remarks "(1) Ink Cartridge － 2 way solenoid（Sub tank）" 4 40 each 3φ
ce Part No. piec
es
VJ tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 Diameter：3φ　 " 　Exploded View Other"
p.Ex-29 "(2) Sub tank － I type fitting" 4pie K1：26 3φ
ces K2：23
VJ tube 2-3(1m) DG-42725 Diameter：2φ　 " 　Exploded View Other" C1：20
p.Ex-29 C2：17
O ring M6 DF-46671 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19 "(3) I type fitting － Y type Mini fitting" 4pie K1：251 3φ
Generic - ces K2：251
＋ Driver No.2
products C1：243
C2：243
Tube cutter Generic -
products "(4) Ytype Mini fitting － Print Head" 8pie 25 each 2φ
ces

TIP Ink tube （L side ： M1M2Y1Y2）

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,J tube 3-4(3m) Section qua Length Diamet
and VJ tube 2-3(1m). ntity (cm) er
In this section, it is referred to as Ink tube.
"(1) Ink Cartridge － 2 way solenoid（Sub tank）" 4pie 40 each 3φ
ces

"(5) L side Sub tank － Mini fitting （L type）" 4pie 9 each 3φ

NOTE ces
• Cut Ink tube (maintenance part) at an appropriate length before use. When 4pie M1：177　 3φ
"(6) Mini Fitting（L type）－ I type fitting"
cutting, use Tube cutter and make sure that the cut surface is flat. If it is not flat, ces M2：177
it may cause ink leakage.
Y1：180
• Insert Ink tube straight into Fitting. Do not rotate and insert it. Doing so may Y2：180
damage the inside of Ink tube and cause ink leakage.
"(3) I type fitting － Y type Mini fitting" 4pie M1：187 3φ
ces M2：187
Y1：187
OK NG Y2：187
"(4) Ytype Mini fitting － Print Head" 8pie 25 each 2φ
ces

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-123

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Ink Cartridge － 2 way solenoid （Sub tank） 7. Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting (Frame assembly connection).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.
1
VJ tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 Diameter：3φ
" 　Exploded View Cartridge R" p.Ex-22
" 　Exploded View Cartridge L" p.Ex-18

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Tube cutter Generic -
products
No. Name
1 I-type fitting
TIP
2 Ink Tube
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The procedure described here is that of R side. 8. Remove Ink tube from Clamp.
9. Remove Corrugated tube.
1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
2 3
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
1
5. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
6. Remove Cartridge Cover. No. Name
"3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover" p.3-13
1 Ink Tube
2 Clamp
3 Corrugated tube

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-124

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
Corrugated tube will be reused.

10. Remove Ink tube from L-type fitting of 2-way solenoid valve.

No. Name
1 L-type fitting
2 Ink Tube

11. Replace Ink Tube.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
13. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-125

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Sub tank － I type fitting 6. Remove Ink tube from L-joint of Sub tank.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2
VJ Tube3-4(3m) DG-42724 Diameter：3φ
" 　Exploded View Sub Tank R" p.Ex-23
3
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
4

Tube Cutter Generic -

products
No. Name
1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path. 1 L-joint
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75
2 Ink Tube
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10 3 Sub tank

3. Remove IH cover R.
7. Remove Ink tube from Clamp.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
8. Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting.
4. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

2 1

No. Name
1 I type fitting
2 ink Tube

9. Replace Ink Tube.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
11. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-126

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(3) I type fitting － Y type Mini fitting 7. Remove Ink tube from I type fitting.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
VJ Tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 Dameter：3φ
" 　Exploded View Cable Guide" p.Ex-16

ORing M6 DF-46671 " 　Exploded View Cable Guide" p.Ex-16 2 1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Tube Cutter Generic -
No. Name
products
1 I type fitting

TIP 2 Ink Tube

The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
8. Remove Tube clamps (12 pieces).
The procedure described here is that of R side.

1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75

2. Remove IH cover R. 1
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Renmove Side top cover L.

No. Name
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

6. Remove Top cover. 1 Ink Tube

"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18 2 Tube clamps

9. Renmove CR board cover.

"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139
10. Remove CR board Assy.
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy" p.3-140

11. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate.

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-127

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

12. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Bearer fixing plate. 17. Remove Tube film.
18. Remove Ink tube from Ytype fitting.
3
2
2 1

2 2

No. Name
1 CR board mounting plate. No. Name
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6 1 Ink Tube
3 Bare retaining plate 2 Y typre fitting

13. Remove CR board mounting plate. 19. Replace Ink Tube.

14. Remove Bare retaining plate.
15. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Tube folding plate.　 NOTE
• Do not reuse the O ring. Replace it with a new one. If you don’t, it may cause ink
to leak.
2 3
• First, place the O ring in dedicated cleaning fluid, then install it. If you
don't, it may cause ink to leak.

1 20. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

21. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

No. Name
1 Tube folding plate
2 Tube film (translucent film)
3 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

16. Remove Tube folding plate.

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-128

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Ytype Mini fitting － Print Head No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2 Tapping screw M3 × 6

Name Maintenan Remarks 7. Remove CR board mounting plate.

ce Part No.
8. Remove Ink tube from Clamps.
VJ tube 2-3(1m) DG-42725 Diameter：2φ 9. Remove Ink tube from Y-type fitting.
" 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19
" 　Exploded View CR(Cursor）" p.Ex-17

O ring M6 DF-46671 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Tube Cutter Generic - 3
products 1

1. Proceed to Step 12 of "(3) I type fitting － Y type Mini fitting"

2
2. Renmove CR board cover.
"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139

3. Remove Carriage cover. No. Name

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138
1 Ink Tube
4. Remove CR board Assy.
"3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy" p.3-140 2 Y type fitting
5. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate. 3 Clamps
6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Bearer fixing plate.

No. Name
1 CR board mounting plate

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-129

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

10. Rotate Connector Solenoid heads (8 pieces) at 45 degrees (clockwise) and remove them
vertically. NOTE
• Do not reuse the O ring. Replace it with a new one. If you don't, it may
cause ink to leak.
• First, place the O ring in dedicated cleaning fluid, then install it. If you
don't, it may cause ink to leak.

13. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1 14. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

No. Name
1 Connector Solenoid head

11. Remove Fitting screw (1 piece), O-ring (1 piece), and Connector Solenoid head (1 piece)
from Ink tube.
‽‣

1
4
2
3

No. Name
1 Fitting screw
2 O ring（M6）
3 Connector Solenoid head
4 Ink Tube

12. Replace Ink Tube.

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-130

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(5) L side Sub tank － Mini fitting （L type） No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2 Mini fitting（L type）

Name Maintenan Remarks 3 Ink Tube

ce Part No. 4 Sub tank
VJ Tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 Diameter：3φ
8. Replace Ink Tube.
" 　Exploded View Sub Tank L" p.Ex-24
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 10. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
Tube Cutter Generic -
products
NOTE
1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
When replacement is difficult, remove Tube retainer first.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

4. Remove Side top cover R. 2 1

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
6. Remove Ink tube from L-joint of Sub tank.
7. Remove Ink tube from Mini fitting (L-type).

No. Name
1 Tube retainer
2 S tight cup M3 × 6
2

3
1
4

No. Name
1 L fitting

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-131

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Mini Fitting （L type） － I type fitting 8. Remove Ink tube from Mini fitting （L type）.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
VJ tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 Diameter：3φ 2 3
" 　Exploded View Cable Guide" p.Ex-16

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
4
Tube Cutter Generic -
products

1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path. No. Name
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-75 1 Tube retainer
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 2 S tight cup M3 × 6
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
3 Mini fitting （L type）
3. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 4 Ink Tube

4. Remove Side top cover R.

9. Remove Ink tubes (4 pieces) from CKN clamp (1piece）、Reuse clamps（5 pieces）.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 3
6. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Tube retainer. 1
2
7. Remove Tube retainer.

No. Name
1 CKN clamp
2 Reuse clamp
3 Ink tube

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-132

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

10. Remove Ink tube from I type fitting.

2 1

No. Name
1 I type fitting
2 Ink Tube

11. Replace Ink Tube.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
13. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

3.6.12 Replacing Ink Tube P.3-133

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1638E-M-01

3.6.13 Replacing Pressure Roller

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pressure Roller DF-46666 " 　Exploded View Media Holder" p.Ex-15

1. Open Front cover.

2. Lift up Pressure lever.
3. Lightly push up the left edge of Pressure arm with fingers to hold it.
4. Push the left edge of Pressure arm downward.
5. Push the right edge of Pressure arm downward.
6. Replace Pressure arm.

Push up and support with fingers

3 5
2 Remove the right edge
Remove the left edge

No. Name
1 Pressure Roller
2 Pressure Arm

7. Lower Pressure Lever.

8. Close Front cover.

3.6.13 Replacing Pressure Roller P.3-134

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7 Replacing Carriage Section NOTE

This section describes the procedure to replace Cursor section. For enabling Head lock again, Carriage lock does not need to be moved. Move
Carriage towards the origin until Carriage is fixed with a sound.
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

When Carriage lock is released on software, Carriage moves to the origin position after power
is turned off. This section describes the procedure to release Carriage lock with power turned
off.

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

2. Push Carriage lock towards the rear section (in the direction of the red arrow) and release
lock.

No. Name
1 Carriage lock

3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock P.3-135

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.2 Replacing Carriage Lock Solenoid, No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Cup screw M3 × 4 Zn-CM2
2 Carriage Lock Solenoid
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 3 Y drive base

Carriage Lock Solenoid DG-41076 " 　Exploded View CR Motor" p.Ex-14 9. Remove Solenoid rubber and E-type retaining ring and Spring pin from Carriage lock
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - solenoid.
products

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 1

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Remove IH cover R. 5
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 2 3
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 4
4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
5. Remove Subtank cover R.
No. Name
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
1 Carriage Lock Solenoid
6. Remove CR lock solenoid Cable Assy from Carriage lock solenoid.
2 Solenoid rubber
7. Remove CarriageLock Solenoid Cable from clamps on the path.
8. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Carriage Lock solenoid. 3 E-type retaining ring
4 Spring pin
5 Solenoid Spring
2
1
10. Replace Carriage Lock Solenoid.
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
3
The axis of Carriage lock and Carriage lock solenoid must become on the straight
line when you screw Carriage lock solenoid.

3.7.2 Replacing Carriage Lock Solenoid, P.3-136

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.3 Replacing CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy
2 MAIN board
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
9. Replace CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy.
CR Lock Solenoid Cable DG-42031 " 　Exploded View CR Motor" p.Ex-14 10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

5. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

6. Remove CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy from Carriage Lock Solenoid.

7. Remove CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
8. Remove CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy from MAIN board.

2
1

3.7.3 Replacing CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy P.3-137

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Move Carriage to the center of the platen.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

2. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Carriage cover.

No. Name
1 Carriage Cover
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

3. Remove Carriage cover.

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover P.3-138

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

2. Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

3. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining CR board Cover.

No. Name
1 CR board Cover
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

4. Renmove CR board cover.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover P.3-139

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy No. Number color Connect to Remark

s of pins
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
J4 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
Name Maintenan Remarks J5 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
ce Part No.
J6 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
CR board Assy DG-42959 " 　Exploded View CR Board" p.Ex-20
J7 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products J8 - Black Print Head FFC
J9 - Black Print Head FFC

CAUTION J10 - Black Print Head FFC

• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out J11 - Black Print Head FFC
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
J12 - Black Print Head FFC
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. J13 - Black Print Head FFC
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
J14 - Black Print Head FFC
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of J15 - Black Print Head FFC
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
J16 3 White PGOrigin Sensor -
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. J17 - - - Unpopula
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, ted
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
J18 - - - Not in
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure use
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely. J19 - - - Not in
use
J20 3 White PG2OrigijnSensor -
1. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 J21 5 White P_EDGE Sensor -
2. Renmove CR board cover. J22 2 White Cutter Soenoid -
"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139 J23 4 White CR Encoder -
3. Detach connectors to CR board Assy listed below.
J24 10 White Photometer JUNCTION board Assy -
No. Number color Connect to Remark
s of pins
J1 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
J2 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC
J3 - Black MAIN board Assy FFC

3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy P.3-140

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining CR board Assy.

No. Name
1 CR board Assy
2 Cup screw M3 × 6　Zn-CM2

5. Replace CR board Assy.

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy P.3-141

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder Assy 11. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate S.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
2
CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 " 　Exploded View CR Board" p.Ex-20

＋ Driver No.1 Generic ・For M2 screw 2

products ・length of axis : over 15cm
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

No. Name
NOTE
1 CR board mounting plate S
When removing CR encoder Assy, be careful not to damage T fence.
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

1. Open Front cover. 12. Remove CR board mounting plate S.

2. Remove IH cover R. 13. Remove CR encoder Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
14. Remove Ink tubes from clamp.
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Renmove Side top cover L. 1

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
2
6. Remove Top cover.
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-18

7. Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

8. Move the carriage to the center of Platen. No. Name

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
1 Clamp（for fixing Ink tubes)
9. Renmove CR board cover.
2 CR encoder Assy
"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139

10. Remove CR board Assy.

"3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy" p.3-140

3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder Assy P.3-142

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

15. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR encoder Assy from the rear side of Carriage.
No. Name
1 CR Encoder Assy
2 T fence
1 3

4 17. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 CR Encoder Assy
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M 2 × 5
3 CR board mounting base
4 T Fence

16. Replace CR Encoder Assy.

NOTE
When reassembling CR encoder Assy, refer to the following figure and make sure
that T fence goes through CR encoder Assy sensor.

2
1

3.7.7 Replacing CR Encoder Assy P.3-143

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy No. Name

（Removing Bracket) 1 CR board Assy
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2 the connector of Photometer Junction board Assy

Name Maintenan Remarks 5. Remove Photometer Junction Board Assy cable from clamps on tne path.
ce Part No.
6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Photometer Junction board Assy.
Photometer Junction DG-43320 " 　Exploded View CR Board" p.Ex-20
7.

board Assy
Colorimeter Bracket DG-43195 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29
Adjusting Jig
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 2
products

CAUTION
A dedicated jig is requited to replace Photometer junction board Assy. Do not install
it without a dedicated jig. If installed without a dedicated jig, color measurement may
not be accurate. No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
1. Remove Side top cover R. 2 Photometer Junction board Assy
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

2. Renmove CR board cover. TIP

"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139
When removing screw uneasily, remove Photometer cap.
3. Remove Carriage cover.
"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

4. Remove the connector of Photometer Junction board Assy from CR board Assy.

3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy （Removing Bracket) P.3-144

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

8. Retain the photometer Junction board Assy temporariry by screws (2pieces).

. NOTE
After setting, confirm gap between jig and platen or Bracket.
11.

1 No gap between Jig and Photometer junction board Assy

2
2 1

No gap between Jig and Platen

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
No. Name
2 Photometer Junction board Assy
1 Photometer Junction board Assy
9. Set dedicated Jig. 2 Jig
10.

1 12. Fix Bracket with screws (2pieces).

13. Remove dedicated jig.
2 14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Photometer Junction board Assy
2 Dedicated Jig

3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy （Removing Bracket) P.3-145

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy 8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43318 " 　Exploded View CR(Cursor）" p.Ex-17

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

2. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Renmove CR board cover.

"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139
4. Remove Cutter Solenoid cable Assy from Cutter Solenoid Assy connector.
5. Remove Cutter solenoid cable Assy from CR board Assy.

2
1

No. Name
1 Cutter Solenoid cable Assy
2 CR board Assy
3 Connector

6. Remove Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

7. Replace Cutter solenoid cable Assy.

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy P.3-146

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy TIP

(1) Pour Cleaning fluid into the new Solenoid Head Assy and let it settle for a while. For the following procedure, Solenoid head cleaning jigs are separated into two
(2) Replace the faulty Solenoid head Assy. parts and called Solenoid head cleaning jig 1 and 2, for the sake of convenience.

(1) Pouring Cleaning liquid

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Solenoid Head Washing Kit DG-41787 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29
（VJ Ink）

dedicated Cleaning fluid - Operation Manual

No. Name
1 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1
NOTE
2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 2
Solenoid head Assy used for VJ-1638 is shipped with Cleaning fluid inside for the
purposes of inspection and quality assurance. Therefore, before replacing it, you will
need to clean it using Cleaning fluid which is compatible with eco-solvent ink.
1. Install Solenoid head cleaning jib on the new Solenoid head Assy.
Make sure that the filter (silver part) side of Solenoid head Assy is connected to the
Solenoid head cleaning jig 1 side.
CAUTION
• Make sure to pour Cleaning fluid into the new Solenoid head Assy. 2
If ink is charged before Cleaning liquid is poured in, Solenoid head might get Connect Valve head cleaning jig 1
damaged.
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in your eyes.If Cleaning liquid gets in your
eye, immediately wash your eye with running water for over 15 minutes and
4
see your ophthalmologist.

1
Connect Valve head cleaning jig 2
3

No. Name
1 Solenoid head Assy
2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1
3 Solenoid head cleaning jig 2
4 Filter

3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-147

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

2. Attch the cleaning cartridge for the eco solvent inks to the top of the Solenoid head
cleaning jig 1. NOTE
Step 6 above is only for avoiding any leakage. You do not need to empty the
Solenoid head Assy completely.

3 7. Remove the Solenoid head cleaning tools from the Solenoid head Assy.

1
CAUTION
• When removing the tube, make sure to cover the tip of it with a Polynit wiper, etc
2 so that Cleaning liquid does not spit out of the removed tube.
Make sure to use a clean Polynit wiper with no ink attached. If a foreign substance
on the Polynit wiper adheres on the tube, it may cause Print head malfunction.
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in your eyes. If Cleaning liquid gets in your
No. Name eye, immediately wash your eye with running water for over 15 minutes and see
1 Cleaning liquid cartridge your ophthalmologist.

2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1

3 Syringe

3. Pull Pump of Syringe attached to Solenoid head cleaning jig 2 and inflow about 3cc of
Cleaning liquid into the cylinder of Syringe.

NOTE
Air should not be included in the 3cc. Make sure that there is 3cc of Cleaning liquid
only when pulling the pump of Injector.

4. Turn Solenoid head Assy upside down to let Cleaning liquid settle in Solenoid head
Assy.

CAUTION
• Do not hold the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy. Cleaning
liquid inside Solenoid head Assy inflows into the tube.
• Do not damage the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.

5. Remove the cleaning cartridge from the Solenoid head cleaning jig1.
6. Remove the cleaning liquid from the Solenoid head Assy by pulling the syringe pump.

3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-148

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing Solenoid Head Assy 3. Install the new Solenoid head Assy filled with Cleaning liquid on Print head.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. Attach the solenoid head
Solenoid Head Assy DG-41543 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19
in the same direction

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
longnose pliers Generic -
products

1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68
NOTE
NOTE • Replace Solenoid head Assy and mount Ink tube one color at a time.
• When replacing four Solenoid head Assy at the same time, there is a higher
• After ink discharge operation, make sure that Ink cartridge is pulled out. possibility of inserting a wrong Ink tube into a wrong Solenoid head Assy.

2. Remove Solenoid Head Assy from Print head. 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Proceed up to the step 13 of "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head" p.3-152
5. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30
CAUTION
• Do not hold the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.The ink
inside of Solenoid head Assy is discharged.
• Do not damage the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.
• To avoid leakage of the remaining ink, place a waste cloth under the removed
Solenoid head Assy or put Solenoid head Assy into a plastic bag.

3.7.10 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-149

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.11 Replacing Connector Solenoid Head No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Connector Solenoid head Assy
Name Maintenan Remark
ce Prts No. 3. Remove Connector solenoid head Assy and O ring from Ink tube.

Connector_solenoid_head_ DG-41915 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19

Assy_Maintenance

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

‽‣
1
4
Dedicated cleaning fluid - Operation Manual 2
3
1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68

NOTE
No. Name
• After ink discharge operation, make sure that Ink cartridge is pulled out.
• Replace Connector solenoid head Assy and mount Ink tube one color at a time. 1 Joint screw
When replacing four Connector solenoid head Assy at the same time, there is a 2 O ring（M6）
higher possibility of inserting a wrong Ink tube into a wrong Solenoid head Assy.
3 Connector solenoid head Assy

2. Turn Connector Solenoid Head Assy 45 degrees (clockwise), release the lock, and pull 4 Ink tube
it out.

NOTE
CAUTION
• Not to reuse O ring.Change new one.
• Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen the joint, resulting in ink leakage. • Before mounting O ring, dip it to dedicated cleaning fluid.

3.7.11 Replacing Connector Solenoid Head P.3-150

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

4. Install a new O-ring around the tip of Ink tube.

5. Push the O-ring with Connector Solenoid head to connect the joint screw and Connector
Solenoid head.

3
2
1

No. Name
1 Connectro solenoid head Assy
2 O ring
3 Joint screw

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

7. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

3.7.11 Replacing Connector Solenoid Head P.3-151

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head CAUTION

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. • During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign
substances adhere.
Name Maintenan Remarks
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it.
ce Part No.
• Do not touch board and tape cable which are already assembled on print head.
Print Head Assy DG-43345 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19 Moreover, do not touch around tape cable when assembling head cover.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
Head Board‫ޓ‬
products
Hex wrench Generic For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length
（2.5mm） products of 150mm or longer and not L-shaped Tape wire
Head Nozzle
－ Driver Generic -
products
longnose pliers Generic - • Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
products leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
Plastic bag Generic Can be omitted • When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
products
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
TIP • When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Print head terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
Assy.In this section, it is referred to as Print head.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
• Ink pipings are as shown below. connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

- % / % 1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68

; / -
;-
/; - % / %
NOTE

㪟㪼㪸㪻䋱 ; /
/; -
;- • After ink discharge operation, make sure that Ink cartridge is pulled out.

2. Remove Side top cover R.

㪟㪼㪸㪻2 "3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

4. Move Carriage to the center of platen.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-152

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove Carriage cover. 9. Turn Connector Solenoid Heads (8 pieces) 45 degrees (clockwise), release the lock, and
"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138 pull it out.

6. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Head FGCable.

CAUTION
Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen the joint, resulting in ink leakage.

1 3
1

No. Name

1 Head FG Cable

2 Cup screw M3 × 4　Zn-CM2 No. Name

3 Head base mounting plate 1 Connector Solenoid Head

7. Remove Head FGCable from Head base mounting plate.

TIP
8. Mark on Joint screws (K1, K2, C1, C2, M1, M2, Y1, Y2, etc)
• After pulling out connector Solenoid head from print head, put them into the
plastic bag to prevent the ink from dripping.

‽‣ ‵‣ ‿․ ‵․

⁋‣ ‿‣ ⁋․ ‽․ 2

No. Name
1 Plastic bag
2 Connector Solenoid Head

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-153

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

10. Remove screws (3 pieces) retaining Head adjustment base S. 12. Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Flat cable clip.
Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Print head.

2
2
2
1 3 1

No. Name
1 Head adjustment base S
No. Name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
1 Print Head
11. Remove Print Head. 2 Head FFC
3 Flat Cable Clip
NOTE
When replacing head 2 (right-side head), be careful not to lose the head
13. Pull Head cover vertically and remove it.
back and forth screw. You will reuse it.

TIP
If it is difficult to remove Head cover, 1
remove the protruding portion of
*GCFDCEM Print head first and remove it.
CPFHQTVJUETGY

No. Name
1 Head cover 1
2 Protruding portion
2

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-154

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

14. Remove Solenoid head Assy (4 pieces)

CAUTION
Pinch it with longnose pliers Be careful not to damage Head board, Head nozzles, and Head FFC connector.
and pull out at once

1
17. Reassemble Solenoid head Assy to Head.

Attach the solenoid head

in the same direction

No. Name
1 Solenoid head Assy
2 Print head

15. Swap Head Rank sticker with the sticker for the new Head. 18. Reassemble Head Cover.
19. Reassemble Head FFC.

NOTE
• Be careful for ink not to adhere to a seal.There is a possibility that it may become
CAUTION
impossible to read a character. • Do not let FFC terminal section get dirty, or let ink from the head surface
• Remove a seal from a new print head and stick on a head cover. touch it.
• Remove old seal. • Be careful not to damage the nozzle surface with FFC.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way.
““ …‧
‪‧‹“… ››
“
“

““ 
 • After plugging, make sure that FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that
…‧“““

“
FFC is not plugged obliquely.
‪‧
…‧“““
“

“””“ “

““ …‧
““ 

“›

16. Replace Print Head.

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-155

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

20. Put Print head back to the fixing position of Head mounting plate. 22. Fix the head adjustment base S with a screw (3 pieces).
Unite with a boss (two places).

CAUTION
Be careful not to damage Nozzle surface. If Nozzle surface is damaged, it
may not be able to print correctly. 2
2

No. Name
1 Head adjustment base S
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6Ni-3

No. Name
1 Bosses of Head base mounting plate

21. Reassemble Connector Solenoid Heads (8 pieces).

No. Name
1 Connector Solenoid Head

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-156

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
• When assembling Head 2, make sure to assemble head back and forth screw to
the head.
• Attach the Cup screw again after once removing the Cup screw and attaching the
spring, when it is hard to attach the spring.

*GCFDCEM
CPFHQTVJUETGY
%WRUETGY

/Z<P%/

23. Reassemble Head FG Cable.

24. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
25. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head P.3-157

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC 4. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Head adjustment base S.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

Head FFC（D） DG-43345 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19 2

2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 1

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Head FFC(D).
In this section, it is referred to as Head FFC. No. Name
1 Head adjustment base S
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6 Ni-3
CAUTION
• During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign 5. Remove Print head.
substances adhere.
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it.
NOTE
• Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be When replacing Head 2 (a right side print head), not to lose the head back and forth
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity. screw.The screw is reusable.
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the *GCFDCEM
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board. CPFHQTVJUETGY
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

2. Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

3. Renmove CR board cover.

"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC P.3-158

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Flat cable clip. 9. Remove Flat core holder(2 pieces).
Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Print head.
10. Remove Ferrite core from Head FFC.
11. Replace Head FFC.
"3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC" p.3-158

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
3 1

No. Name
1 Print Head
2 Head FFC
3 Flat Cable Clip

7. Remove Head FFC from CR board.

8. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Flat core holder.

3
4

2
1

No. Name
1 Flat core holder ,Ferrite core
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
3 Head FFC
4 CR board

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC P.3-159

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 connector of P_EDGE sensor
Name Maintenan Remarks 2 CR board Assy
ce Part No.
P-Edge Sensor Assy DG-43319 5. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining P_EDGE Sensor.
" 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
MF-3G - For adjusting Sensor 1
"4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-
68

TIP 2
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,P-Edge
Sensor Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as P_EDGE Sensor.

No. Name
1. Remove Side top cover R.
1 P_EDGE Sensor
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
2 P tight cupM3 × 6 Ni-3
2. Remove Carriage cover.
"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138 6. Remove P_EDGE Sensor from clamps on the path.
3. Renmove CR board cover. 7. Replace P_EDGE Sensor.
"3.7.5 Removing CR board Cover" p.3-139
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
4. Remove P_EDGE Sensor from CR board Assy.
9. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

2
1

3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor P.3-160

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy CAUTION

The procedure to remove Cursor Roller Arm Assy is the same for both R and L side. The tension force of cursor arm spring is strong. Remove it with care.
This section describes the procedure to replace Cursor Roller Arm Assy on R side.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
5. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Roller holder R.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
VJ Cursor Roller Arm DG-40326 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products
longnose pliers Generic -
2
products

TIP
No. Name
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ Cursor
Roller Arm Assy.In this section, it is referred to as Cursor Roller Arm Assy. 1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
2 Roller holder R
1. Open Front cover.
2. Move carriage to thecenter of platen. 6. Remove Cursor roller arm and Roller holder R.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

3. Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

4. Remove Cursor arm spring using a longnose pliers and so on. 1

No. Name
1 Roller holder R
2 Cursor roller arm Assy

No. Name
1 Cursor arm spring

3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy P.3-161

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

7. Temporary assemble new cursor roller arm Assy and Roller holder R.

No. Name
1 Roller holder R
2 Cursor roller arm Assy

8. Retain the temporary assembled Cursor roller arm and Roller holder L to CR cursor with
a screw.

No. Name
1 Roller holder R
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

9. Set Cursor arm spring in salient of the arm on Cursor side with tweezers.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy P.3-162

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy 6. Renmove CR board cover.

"3.7.6 Replacing CR board Assy" p.3-140
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
7. Remove Carriage cover.
Name Maintenan Remarks "3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138
ce Part No.
8. Remove Bracket (For Photometer).
Cursor Assy（1638） DG-40326 " 　Exploded View CR (Head Base)" p.Ex-19 "3.7.8 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy （Removing Bracket)" p.3-144

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 9. Remove P_EDGE Sensor from CR board.

products "3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor" p.3-160

stainless pan Generic - 10. Remove Screws (2 pieces) retaining Head FG cable (2 pieces).
products
dedicated Cleaning fluid - Operation Manual
Poly-knit wiper Generic -
products

TIP 1
1
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Cursor
2
Assy(1638). 2
In this section, it is referred to as Carriage Assy.

1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path. No. Name
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68
1 Head FG Cable
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
NOTE
After discharging ink, make sure that all Ink cartridges are removed. 11. Remove following cables from Printhead.

Connect to Name
2. Remove Side top cover R.
J20 PG origin sensor cable 2 Assy
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
J21 P_Edge sensor Assy
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135 J22 Cutter solenoid cable Assy

4. Renmove Side top cover L. J23 CR encoder Assy

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

5. Remove Maintenance cover L.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-163

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

12. Remove the cable removed at step 11 from clamps. 14. Turn Connector solenoid heads (8 pieces) 45 degrees (clockwise), release the lock, and
pull it out.

CAUTION
Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen joint, resulting in ink leakage.

No. Name 1
1 clamp

13. Put the mark of “K1,K2,C1,C2,M1,M2,Y1,Y2 ” on jont screws.

No. Name
1 Connector solenoid head

‽‣ ‵‣ ‿․ ‵․
TIP
‿‣ ⁋․ ‽․
After

⁋‣ • After pullling connector Solenoid head from head from print head, pull them into
the plastic bag to prevent the ink from dripping.

No. Name
1 Plastic bag
2 Connector Solenoid Head

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-164

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

15. Pave Poly-knit wipers in stainless pan and fill with cleaning fluid (dedicated cleaning 18. Put the npzzle surface of the removed Print head facing down and carefully place it on
fluid). top of the Polynit wiper in a stainless pan.
• Remove both 2 Print heads.
1 • Put the mark of "Head 1" and "Head 2" not to mistake at the time of attachment.

No. Name
1 stailless pan 19. Remove CR_FFC（7 pieces）from CR board.
2 poly-knit wiper

16. Remove Print heads. 1

17. Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Flat cable clip. 2
Remove Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Print head.

2
3 1
No. Name
1 CR_FFC
2 CR board

No. Name
1 Print head
2 Head FFC
3 Flat Head Cable clip

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-165

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

20. Remove screws (5pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate S.

CAUTION
• Carefully remove CR board mounting base, so that CR Encoder Assy and T fence
won't be damaged.
2 2 • Pave air cap over TOP cover and place CR board mounting base so that CR
board Assy won't be damaged.

25. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Carriage Assy to CR belt fixing plate.
1

No. Name 1
2 2
1 CR board mounting plate S
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

21. Remove CR board mounting plate S.

22. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate base to Carriage Assy.
No. Name
1 CR belt fixing plate
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 Carriage Assy

1
2 2

No. Name
1 CR board molunting base
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

23. Remove CR board mounting base.

24. Remove CR Board mounting base with CR Board Assy attached to it and place them on
Top cover and so on.

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-166

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

26. Remove Carriage Assy from Y rail in following steps.

• Tightly hold cursor roller arm on both sides of Carriage Assy and CR cursor side
NOTE
arm with fingers to compress cursor arm spring and remove Carriage Assy from • When removing Carriage Assy from Y rail, be careful no to scratch T fence.
Y rail. • Rotate Carriage Assy, and remove it from Y Rail.
• Remove the both side of cursor roller from Y rail. • Since the tension of Cursor arm spring is strong, be careful when removing it.
• Remove Carriage Assy from Y rail. • When removing carriage Assy , be careful not to damage cursor roller with Y rail.
• When placing the removed Carriage Assy down, make sure that Cursor roller
does not touch the floor.

Cursor roller
Side view (Origin side)

1 1
2
2 Y Rail
3 3
Pinch Roller arm
to remove from Y rail

Cursor roller
No. Name
1 Carriage Assy arm
2 Cursor arm spring
3 Cursor roller arm

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-167

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

27. Replace Carriage Assy.

NOTE
Put the convexes on Carriage Assy side in the holes of CR Belt Fixing Plate before
tightening the screws.

No. Name
1 Carriage Assy
2 CR belt fixing plate

28. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

29. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-168

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring 4. Remove Cutter blade.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce part No.
Cutter Spring Assy DG-43484 " 　Exploded View CR(Cursor）" p.Ex-17

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

1
Product

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the Cutter spring Assy. No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as Cutter spring.
1 Cutter holder
2 Cutter blade
1. Move the carriage to center of the Platen.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

2. Remove Carriage cover. NOTE

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138 Be careful not to cut a finger etc. by a cutter.
3. Move Cutter cap to the left.

5. Replace Cutter spring.

2
1

No. Name
1 Cutter cap No. Name
1 Cutter spring

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring P.3-169

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section 6. Shift Maintenance Inner Cover toward right to unhook the inner hook.
7. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance section.

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover

2
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
1
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
No. Name
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9 1 Maintenance inner cover

3. Remove Side top cover R. 2 hook

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

5. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Maintenance inner cover.

2 1

No. Name
1 Maintenance inner Cover
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover P.3-170

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box 5. Remove Flushing absorbent Assy(Flushing flame).

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2

Flushing Box Assy DG-43332

1
" 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21
（1638）
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Flushing Box No. Name
Assy（1638）.
In this section, it is referred to as Flushing Box. 1 hook
2 Flushing absorbent Assy(Flushing flame)

CAUTION 6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Flushing box.

Ink may drop from the removed flushing frame. Put down cloth or paper waste
before operation.

1
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9 2
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
No. Name
1 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup
2 Flushing Box

7. Replace Flushing box.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box P.3-171

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy 6. Remove Wiper solenoid cable from clamps on the path.
7. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Wiper support plate S.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

Wiper Assy（1638） DG-43332 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21 2

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
2
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Wiper Assy
（1638）.
In this section, it is referred to as Wiper Assy. No. Name
1 Wiper support plate S
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer (polished )
M4x8 Ni-3
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 8. Replace Wiper Assy.
3. Move carriage to the opposite side of origin. 9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

4. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.

"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

5. Remove Wiper solenoid cable from wiper solenoid.

1
2

No. Name
1 Connection part
2 Wiper solenoid

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper Assy P.3-172

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.4 Replacing Wiper 6. Remove Wiper solenoid cable from clamps on the path.
7. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Wiper support plate S.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Wiper S Assy DG-43497 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21 2

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
2
TIP
In this section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Wiper S
Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as Wiper. No. Name
1 Wiper support plate S
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer (polished )
M4x8 Ni-3
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 8. Remove Wiper Assy.
3. Move carriage to the opposite side of origin. 9. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Wiper waste fluid holder.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

4. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.

"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

5. Remove Wiper solenoid cable from wiper solenoid.

2
1
2
1
2

No. Name
1 Wiper waste fluid holder

No. Name 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3x6

1 Connection part 10. Remove Wiper waste fluid holder.

2 Wiper solenoid

3.8.4 Replacing Wiper P.3-173

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Wiper.

No. Name
1 Step screw M3
2 Wiper

12. Replace Wiper.

NOTE
When reassembling the Wiper, pay attention to the following.
• Do not touch the Wiper with bare hands.
• Make sure that the Wiper gets no dust or oil.
• Install the Wiper so that the point of the Wiper is located to the observer’s right side.

*GCF
RQKPV

9KRGT

13. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.4 Replacing Wiper P.3-174

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.5 Replacing Cap Head Assy 6. Remove cap tube (4 pieces) from Cap tube (2 pieces).

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
Cap Head Assy DG-41179 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21

Generic -
1
＋ Driver No.2 2
products
1

NOTE
• When replacing Cap Head Assy, wear rubber gloves.
No. Name
• Ink may spatter around during the operation, so put down cloth or paper waste
before operation. 1 Joint
• There are 2 Cap heads and the replacement procedure is common to both of 2 Cap tube
them.The pictures used here are of the L side.
7. While pushing Cap Head toward the direction of the red arrow 1, shift it toward the
direction of the red arrow 2.
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8 8. Unhook Cap Slider and pull Cap Head toward the direction of the red arrow 3 to remove
it.
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12 2
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135 3 1
4. Remove Maintenance cover U_R. 1
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9 2
5. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

No. Name
1 Cap head
2 hook of Cap slider

3.8.5 Replacing Cap Head Assy P.3-175

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

9. Remove cap tube (1 piece) from cap head Assy.

No. Name
1 Cap tube
2 Cap head Assy
3 Cap spring

10. Remove Cap head Assy from Maintenance slide base.

NOTE
When cap head is removed, cap spring shall be also removed at the same time. Do
not lose it.

11. Replace cap head.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When connecting cap tube and pump, pay attention not to mix up connections. If not
connected to the corresponding, ink may leak.

3.8.5 Replacing Cap Head Assy P.3-176

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance Assy 6. Remove cap tube (4 pieces) from Cap tube (2 pieces).

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2
Maintenance Assy DG-43329 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21
（1638） 1
2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
1

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Maintenance No. Name
Assy（1638）.
1 Joint
In this section, it is referred to as Maintenance Assy.
2 Cap tube

7. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining right side of maintenance slide base (origin side).
NOTE
There is waste fluid inside each Tube. Lay a waste cloth or media so that the waste
fluid does not leak from Tube drain to outside of the printer.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

2. Remove Side top cover R. 1 2

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

4. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

No. Name
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9
1 Maintenance Slide base
5. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170 2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup

3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance Assy P.3-177

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining the left side (opposite side of the origin) of
maintenance slide base. Remove it by shifting cap head in the direction of red arrow.

2 1
3

No. Name
1 Slide base S
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup
3 Maintenance slide base

9. Replacing Maintenance Assy.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.6 Replacing Maintenance Assy P.3-178

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.7 Replacing Wiper Solenoid Cable 10. Remove Wiper Solenoid Cable from MAIN board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Wiper Solenoid Cable DG-43331 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21 2
Assy 1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Wiper No. Name
Solenoid Cable Assy. 1 MAIN board Assy
In this section, it is referred to as Wiper Solenoid Cable.
2 Wiper Solenoid Cable

1. Remove Maintenance cover R. 11. Remove Wiper Solenoid Cable from clamp on the path.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
12. Remove Wiper Solenoid Cable from Wiper Solenoid.
2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Remove Subtank cover R. 1

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 2
5. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

6. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22 No. Name
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower). 1 Connecting part of Wiper Solenoid Cable
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
2 Wiper Solenoid
9. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 13. Replace Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy.
14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.7 Replacing Wiper Solenoid Cable P.3-179

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.8 Replacing Pump motor Cable 11. Remove Pump Motor Cable from MAIN board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pump motor Cable Assy DG-43333 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21
2 1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Pump motor
Cable Assy. No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as Pump motor Cable.
1 MAIN board Assy
2 Pump motor Cable
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
12. Remove Pump motor Cable from clamps on the path.
2. Remove IH cover R.
13. Remove Pump motor Cable from Pumps (2 pieces).
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15 1
4. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9

5. Remove Maintenance inner cover R. 1

"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

6. Remove IH cover L. 2
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 1
3
7. Remove Subtank cover L.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

8. Remove Paper guide R (upper). No. Name

"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22 1 Pump motor Cable
9. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
10. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.8.8 Replacing Pump motor Cable P.3-180

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

14. Replace Pump motor Cable.

NOTE
There are stickers to indicate the connection destinations on Pump motor cable.
Connect it referring to the following.

Connect to Sticker
Back Pump Motor
27/2
Front Pump Motor
27/2

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.8 Replacing Pump motor Cable P.3-181

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.9 Replacing Pump 4. Remove the Cable s from clamps (2pieces).

5. Front pump is referred to as Pump 1 and the back one is referred to as Pump 2.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
DC Pump DG-41089 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

1
products

2
TIP 1
3
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,DC Pump.
In this section, it is referred to as DC Pump.
No. Name
1 Clamp
NOTE
2 Connector of Pump motor cable
• Front pump is referred to as Pump 1 and the back one is referred to as Pump 2.
3 Cable

NOTE
Pump2 PUMP 1 or PUMP 2 is written on Connectors. Make sure that the connection
destinations are correct.
Pump1

• The replacement procedure is the same for both pump 1 and pump 2.
The pictures used in this section are of pump 1.

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9

3. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.

"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

3.8.9 Replacing Pump P.3-182

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove Pump tubes (2 pieces) connected with Joint from Pumps (2 pieces). 8. Remove Cables from Clamps.

1
1
2

3
2

No. Name
No. Name
1 Clamp
1 Joint
2 Cable
2 Pump tube
3 Pump 9. Remove the screws (4pieces) retaining Pump base fixing plate.

7. Remove the pump tube (2 pieces) from pump.

2 2
1 2

No. Name

No. Name 1 Pump base fixing plate

1 Pump 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer Ｍ4 × 8

2 Pump tube（135mm、4φ） 10. Remove Pump base fixing plate.

3 Pump tube（170mm、4φ）

3.8.9 Replacing Pump P.3-183

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

11. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining pump mounting plate.

1 1

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer Ｍ4 × 16
2 Pump mounting plate

12. Remove the pump mounting plate.

13. Removing the screws (2 pieces) retaining the pump.

1
3
2

No. Name
1 Pump
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
3 Pump mounting plate.

14. Replacing Pump.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.9 Replacing Pump P.3-184

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.10 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy 8. Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
9. Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy from Waste Fluid Level Switch.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Waste Fluid Sensor DG-43031 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21
Cable Assy 2

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products

1. Remove Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
No. Name
3. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 1 Waste Fluid Level Switch

4. Remove Subtank cover R. 2 Waste Fluid Cable Assy

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
10. Replace Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy.
5. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-9 11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
6. Remove Maintenance inner cover R.
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-170

7. Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy from JUNCTION board （R side）.

2
1

No. Name
1 JUNCTION board （R side）
2 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy

3.8.10 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy P.3-185

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.8.11 Replacing Wiper Solenoid 5. Remove Solenoid spring and spring pin from wiper solenoid.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 2
Wiper Solenoid DG-41090 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21
SDC630(KGS)

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Wiper No. Name
Solenoid SDC630(KGS).
1 Spring pin
In this section, it is referred to as Wiper Solenoid.
2 Solenoid spring

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

6. Replace Wiper Solenoid.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2. Move Carriage to the left ( the opposite side of origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

3. Remove Wiper Solenoid Cable from Wiper Solenoid,

"3.8.7 Replacing Wiper Solenoid Cable" p.3-179

4. Remove the screws (2 piece) retaining Wiper solenoid.

1
2

No. Name
1 Cup screw M3 × 4 Zn-CM2
2 Wiper Solenoid

3.8.11 Replacing Wiper Solenoid P.3-186

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9 Replacing IH section 5. Loosen screws (4 pieces) retaining IH base.

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Cartridge Holder Assy1 DG-42997 K1 " 　Exploded View Cartridge R"
p.Ex-22
Cartridge Holder Assy2 DG-42998 K2 2
" 　Exploded View Cartridge L"
Cartridge Holder Assy3 DG-42999 C1 p.Ex-18

Cartridge Holder Assy4 DG-43000 C2

Cartridge Holder Assy5 DG-43322 M1 No. Name
Cartridge Holder Assy6 DG-43323 M2 1 Tapping screw M4 × 6　S Tight cup
Cartridge Holder Assy7 DG-43324 Y1 2 IH base

Cartridge Holder Assy8 DG-43325 Y2

6. Make sure that Cartridge holder Assy looks as shown below.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

NOTE
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The pictures used here are of R side.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove IH Cover.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
4. Remove Cartridge Cover.
"3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover" p.3-13

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy P.3-187

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

7. Remove Ink ID Cable Assy and I/C Cable Assy of the targeted Cartridge holder Assy 9. Loosen Joint screw, remove Joint and Ink tube.
from JUNCTION Board Assy.
"3.4.21 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy" p.3-65 1

1
2

No. Name
1 Joint screw
No. Name
2 Joint、Ink tube
1 JUNCTION board
2 Ink ID Cable
NOTE
3 I/CCable
Do not reuse the O-ring inside Joint screw. Using the old O-ring may cause ink
leakage.
8. Remove the removed cable from clamp.

No. Name
1 clamp

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy P.3-188

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

10. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cartridge holder Assy on Cartridge base.

3
2

No. Name
1 Cartridge Holder Assy
2 Cartridge base
3 Tap tight S cup screw M3 × 12

11. Replace Cartridge Holder Assy.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Note the following during installation.
• When tightening Joint screws, use dedicated jigs, and be careful with the
tightening torque.

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy P.3-189

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy 7. Remove Ink ID Cable Assy from Ink ID Board Assy.
8. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Holder pressure sprintgs (2pieces).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
3
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
InkID board Assy DF-43968 " 　Exploded View Cartridge R" p.Ex-22
" 　Exploded View Cartridge L" p.Ex-18 1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 2

TIP 4
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The pictures used here are of R side.
No. Name
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 1 Holder pressure spring
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
2 Ptight cupM3 × 6　Ni-3
2. Remove IH cover R.
3 Ink ID Board Assy
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

3. Remove Side top cover R. 4 Ink ID CableAssy

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

9. Remove holder pressure springs.
4. Remove Cartridge Cover.
10. Replace Ink ID Board Assy.
"3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover" p.3-13
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5. Make sure that Cartridge holder Assy looks as shown below.
"3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-187

6. Remove Cartridge Holder Assy from Cartridge base.

"3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-187

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy P.3-190

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy 6. Remove Mini fitting (4 pieces:upper) and L fitting (4 pieces:lower) from Inkku tube (8
pieces).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1

2way Solenoid Assy DG-41092 " 　Exploded View Sub Tank R" p.Ex-23
（VJ16) " 　Exploded View Sub Tank L" p.Ex-24
3
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path. 2
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68

No. Name
TIP
1 Mini Fitting
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The pictures used here are of R side. 2 L Joint（2-3）
3 VJ tube （Upper：2cm、Lower：2.5cm）

NOTE 7. Remove 2 way solenoid cable Assy (4 pieces) from Connectors of 2 way solenoids (4
pieces).
After ink is discharged, check if Ink cartridges are removed.
2
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

3. Remove Side top cover.

"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12

4. Remove IH Cover.
1
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

5. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

No. Name
1 Connector of 2 way solenoid
2 2 way solenoid cableAssy

3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy P.3-191

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

CAUTION NOTE
When installing 2-way Solenoid connector, make sure to install it correctly. Refer to If there is no computer available to use MUTOH Service Assistance on, follow the
the color of Cable of 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy before installation. procedure below to check the operations.

8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining 2 way solenoid mounting plate.　 i)Activate Self-diagnosis function.
"5.2.2 Starting Up" p.5-4
2 2 ii)Following procedure, Check if 2-way solenoids are activated correctly.
[Check ： Test ]-[Test ： Sensor ]-[ Sen. ： TankValve ]
"5.14 ExControl Menu" p.5-98
1

No. Name
1 2 way solenoid mounting plate
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup

9. Replace 2 way solenoid Assy.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
11. Charge ink .
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

12. Check the operations of High sensor, Low sensor and Two-way solenoid in Remote
panel mode of MUTOH Service Assistance.

3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy P.3-192

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9.4 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Connector of 2 way solenoid
Name Maintenan Remarks 2 2 way solenoid cable Assy
ce Part No.
Two-way Solenoid DG-43003 " 　Exploded View Sub Tank R" p.Ex-23 CAUTION
Cable Assy " 　Exploded View Sub Tank L" p.Ex-24
When installing 2-way Solenoid connector, make sure to install it correctly. Refer to
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - the color of Cable of 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy before installation.
products

6. Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy from JUNCTION board.

TIP
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The pictures used here are of R side.

2
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
1
3. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

4. Remove Side top cover.

No. Name
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
1 JUNCTION board Assy
5. Remove 2 way solenoid cable Assy (4 pieces) from Connectors of 2 way solenoids (4
pieces). 2 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy

2 7. Remove 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

8. Replace 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.9.4 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy P.3-193

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy 5. Replace Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Sub Tank Under Sponge DG-41096 " 　Exploded View Sub Tank R" p.Ex-23
Assy " 　Exploded View Sub Tank L" p.Ex-24

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The pictures used here are of R side.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.6 Removing Carteidge Cover" p.3-13

3. Remove Subtank cover R.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

4. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy.

No. Name
1 Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup

3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy P.3-194

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy 4. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
5. Remove Side top cover R.
Name Maintenan Remarks "3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
ce Part No.
6. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
Sub tank Assy DG-41093 " 　Exploded View Sub Tank R" "3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
p.Ex-23
TANK_H/L Cable 1Assy DG-43005 7. Remove Subtank cover R.
" 　Exploded View Sub Tank L"
TANK_H/L Cable 2Assy DG-43006 p.Ex-24 "3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

TANK_H/L Cable 3Assy DG-43007 8. Remove Cable of 2-way Solenoid from 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy.
"3.9.4 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy" p.3-193
TANK_H/L Cable 4Assy DG-43008
9. Loosen Joint screw (4 pieces), and remove Fitting (4 pieces) from Subtank Assy.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401

TIP
The replacement procedure is common to all 4 types (8 pieces) of TANK_H/L sensor
cable. The procedure described here is that of TANK_H/L sensor cable 1 Assy. 2

1
NOTE
Lay a waste cloth or media on the floor before this operation since there is a No. Name
possibility that waste fluid may leak from the removed Sub tank, etc.
1 Joint screw
2 Fitting
1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-68

2. Turn the power OFF and remove Power cable.

CAUTION
Before replacing Sub Tank Assy and TANK H/L Cable Assy, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, the operator may get an electric shock by
standby electricity.

3. Remove all cartridges.

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-195

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

10. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining 2 way solenoid mounting plate.　 12. Loosen Joint screw M6 on the back side of Subtank and remove L Joint 2-3.

2 2

3
1

2 1

No. Name No. Name

1 2 way solenoid mounting plate 1 Joint screw M6

2 Tapping screw M3 × 6 S tight cup 2 L Joint 2-3

3 Sub tank Assy
11. Remove 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy from clamp.
13. Remove Sub Tank H/L Cable Assy 1 from JUNCTION Board Assy.

2 1

No. Name
1 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy No. Name

2 Clamp 1 JUNCTION board

2 TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-196

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

TIP No. Name

The features of TANK_H/L Cable Assy are as follows. 1 Clamp

Name Cable Color Ink JUNCTION board

• To replace R side Proceed to Step 21
（Connect to）
• To replace L side Proceed to Step 15
R side TANK_H/LCable Assy 1 White、 K1 R side J4
Black
NOTE
TANK_H/LCable Assy 2 White、 K2 R side J5
Black、Blue When removing Sub tank on L side, do the following. Make sure to have two persons
for this operation. IH unit may fall.
TANK_H/LCable Assy 3 White、 C1 R side J6
Black、Red
TANK_H/LCable Assy 4 C2 R side J7 15. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Tube holder.
White、
Black、
Yellow
L side TANK_H/LCable Assy 1 White、 Y2 L side J7
Black
TANK_H/LCable Assy 2 White、 Y1 L side J6 2 1
Black、Blue
TANK_H/LCable Assy 3 White、 M2 L side J5
Black、Red
TANK_H/LCable Assy 4 White、 M1 L side J4
Black、
Yellow
No. Name
1 Tube holder
14. Remove TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1 from clamps on the path.
2 Screw

16. Remove Tube holder.

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-197

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

17. Remove Cable from clamps. 20. Remove screws (6 pieces) retaining IH Unit.

1 1
1
2
1 1 1
1

No. Name No. Name

1 Clamp 1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Cable
21. Lower the IH Unit.
18. Remove Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy.
"3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy" p.3-194

19. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining IH Unit Support (2 pieces) .

IH Unit

2 2

1 1
No. Name
1 IH Unit Support
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
No. Name
1 IH Unit Support
2 Tappinng screw M3 × 6　Stight cup

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-198

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

22. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Sub tank Assy.

NOTE
When removing Sub Tank Assy, be careful so that TANK_H/L Cable Assy does not
get stuck on plates and get disconnected.

24. Remove TANK_H/L Cable Assy from Sub Tank Assy.

1
NOTE
2 3
• TANK H/L Cable Assy is connected to Sub Tank High/Low Sensor （Photo
interrupter）
• When replacing TANK_H/L Cable Assy, replace it at this point.

No. Name
25. Remove High/Low Sensors (Photo interrupter: 2 pieces) from newly assembled Sub
1 Sub tank Assy Tank Assy.
2 Tappinng screw M3 × 6　Stight cup
3 Sub Tank base

23. Remove Sub Tank Assy from Sub Tank base.

It is fixed with a hook.
To remove it, (1) Push Subtank Assy and unhook, and (2) pull it out forward.
1

Push in Sub tank Assy, unhook, and replace

2 No. Name
1 High/Low Sensor
JQQM

No.
1 Sub tank Assy
2 Sub tank base
NOTE
Name High/Low sensor is fixed with threadlocker.
26. Connect TANK_H/L Cable Assy to the removed High/Low Sensors.
27. Reassemble High/Low Sensors to Sub Tank Assy.

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-199

 3.9 Replacing IH section VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
When installing High/Low sensor, fix it with threadlocker again.

28. Charge ink .

"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-30

29. Check the operations of High sensor, Low sensor and Two-way solenoid in Remote
panel mode of MUTOH Service Assistance.

NOTE
If there is no computer available to use MUTOH Service Assistance on, follow the
procedure below to check the operations.

i)Activate Self-diagnosis function.

"5.2.2 Starting Up" p.5-4
ii)Following procedure, Check if 2-way solenoids are activated correctly.
[Check ： Test ]-[Test ： Sensor ]-[ Sen. ： TankValve ]
"5.14 ExControl Menu" p.5-98

3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy P.3-200

 3.10 Replacing Leg Section VJ1638E-M-01

3.10 Replacing Leg Section No. Name

1 Waste fluid level switch connector
3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
2 Waste fluid bottle
Switch
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2. Remove Waste fluid tube.
3. Loosen Cap of Waste fluid bottle.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 4. Loosen the nut of Waste fluid level switch.

Waste Fluid Bottle Assy DG-43051 " 　Exploded View Maintenance" p.Ex-21

Waste Fluid Level Switch DF-41091

2
（VJ16） 4
3
TIP 1
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Waste Fluid
Bottle Assy and Waste Fluid Level Switch (VJ16).
In this section, they are referred to as Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
Switch.

No. Name
NOTE 1 Waste fluid bottle
• Discharge the waste fluid fully to replace Waste fluid bottle. 2 Waste fluid tube
• Confirm that there remains no waste fluid in the waste fluid tube.
3 Cap of Waste fluid bottle
4 Nut of Waste Fluid Level switch
1. Remove Connector to Waste fluid level switch.

2 1

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-201
 3.10 Replacing Leg Section VJ1638E-M-01

5. Pull out the nut of Waste fluid level switch and Waste fluid bottle cap from Waste fluid
bottle.

No. Name
1 Cap of Waste fluid bottle
2 Nut of Waste fluid level switch

6. Replace Waste fluid bottle.

7. Replace Waste Fluid Level switch.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-202
 3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy VJ1638E-M-01

3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy 7. Release Roll media fixing lever.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce part No.
Roll Media Holder DG-43386 " 　Exploded View Roll Holder Assy" p.Ex-12
HOME_Assy（Torque
Varia) 1
Roll Media Holder DG-43387
FULL_Assy(Torque Varia)

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
No. Name
1 Release Lever for fixing the roll media
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Roll Media 8. Remove Roll Media holder Assy.
Holder HOME_Assy(Torque Varia) and Roll Media Holder FULL_Assy(Torque
Varia).
In this section, it is referred to as Roll media holder Assy.

1. Remove IH cover R. 1
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 2
2. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15

3. Remove IH cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11

4. Remove Subtank cover L.

"3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank Cover R" p.3-15
No. Name
5. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
1 Roll media holder Assy（L side）
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-22

6. Remove Paper guide R (lower). 2 Roll media holder Assy（R side）

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R（lower)" p.3-23
9. Replace Roll media holder Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-203
 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) No. Name

This explains the replacement procedures for Take-up unit section. 2 Hexagon socket head cap screw with spring washer and flat
washer M4 × 10 Ni-3

CAUTION 3. Shift Tension arm in the direction of the red arrow and remove Right tension arm.
• Before replacing a Take-up device peripheral, unplug Power cable and leave it for
a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by standby electricity. 1
• Do not touch element on Board with bare hand. 2
Elements may be damaged by static electricity.

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. No. Name

Hex wrench(3mm) Generic - 1 Tension arm

products 2 Right tension arm

1. Remove Take-up scroller. 4. Shift Right tension arm and remove left Tension arm.
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Right tension arm.

1
1 2

No. Name
2
1 Tension arm
No. Name 2 Left tension arm
1 Right tension arm
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm P.3-204

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

CAUTION
When replacing Take-up unit, unplug Power cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators may
get an electric shock by standby electricity.

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204
3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up holding plate (lower).

2 2

No. Name
1 Take-up Holding Plate (lower)
2 Hexagon socket head cap screw with spring washer and flat
washer M4 ¥ 10
3 Take-up unit

4. Remove Take-up unit.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit P.3-205

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover 5. Remove Take-up cover from Release cam by turning Lever base in direction of red arrow
shown below with pincer or something alike
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products 2

NOTE
Lower Release lever to FREE side before removing Take-up cover.
No. Name

1. Remove Take-up scroller. 1 Release cam

2. Remove Tension arm. 2 Lever

"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204
6. Remove the screws (7 pieces) retaining Take-up cover.
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205 2
4. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Knob.

1
2

2
2

No. Name
1
1 Take-up cover

No. Name 2 Binding small screw M3 × 5

1 Knob 7. Remove Take-up cover.

2 Screw retaining Knob (Set screw) 8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover P.3-206

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller

NOTE
The list of accessories of Holding roller when removing Roller is as follows:
(1) Replacing Holder roller
• Bearing
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. • Holding axis
Name Maintenan Remarks • Flat washer (polished) M6
ce Part No. • E type snap ring E-5

Holder roller DG-40473 " Exploded View Take Up 1" p.Ex-31

5. Replace Holder roller and set of its accessories.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

－ Driver Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204

3. Remove E ring retaining Holder roller using a slotted screwdriver.

No. Name
1 Holder roller
2 E ring retaining Holding roller (E-6)

4. Remove Holder roller and the set of its accessories.

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller P.3-207

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing Holder roller L

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Holder roller L DG-40474 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove the screw retaining Holder roller L on Scroller receiver (left).

1
2

No. Name
1 Holder roller L
2 Screw retainingHolder roller L
3 Scroller receiver (left)

3. Replace Holder roller L.

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller P.3-208

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Replacing Drive Collar

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Drive Collar DG-40475 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Drive collar on Take-up scroller (left).

No. Name
1 Drive collar
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
3 Take-up scroller (left)

3. Remove Drive collar.

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller P.3-209

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy No. Name

1 Board chassis
CAUTION
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
• When replacing Take-up control board Assy, unplug Power cable and leave it for
a while. 3 Chassis (out)
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by standby electricity. 5. Remove Motor cable, Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay
• Do not touch element on Board with bare hand. Assy from Connector to Take-up control board Assy.
Elements may be damaged by static electricity.

(1) Removing Board Chassis

2
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 3
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products No. Name

1. Remove Take-up scroller. 1 Take-up control board Assy

2. Remove Tension arm. 2 Take-up motor Assy cable

"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204 3 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
3. Remove Take-up unit. Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy

"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205

6. Remove Board chassis.
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Board chassis on Chassis (out).
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1 2

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-210

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy 5. Remove DC cable Assy and Take-up switch board Assy cable from Connector to Take-
up control board Assy.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
VJ take-up CNT board DG-40478 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32
Assy 3
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products
No. Name
TIP 1 Take-up control board Assy
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,VJ take-up 2 DC cable Assy
CNT board Assy.
3 Take-up switch board Assy cable
In this section, it is referred to as Take-up control board Assy.

6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up control board Assy to Board chassis.
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove Tension arm. 2
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204

3. Remove Take-up unit.

"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205
1
4. Remove Board chassis.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-210
3
2

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer（polished ）
M3 × 6
3 Board chassis

7. Remove Take-up control board Assy.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-211

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Replacing Power Board Assy

No. Name
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
1 Power board Assy
Name Maintenan Remarks 2 DC cable Assy
ce Part No.
3 AC cable Assy
Power Supply (External DF-44506 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32
Take Up） 6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Power supply cover to the Hexagon spacer.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 1

Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -

products

2 2
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Power Supply
(External Take Up）.
In this section, it is referred to as Power board Assy. 3

1. Remove Take-up scroller. No. Name

2. Remove Tension arm. 1 Power supply cover

"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer（polished ）
3. Remove Take-up unit. M3 × 8
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205 3 Hexagon spacer
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Board chassis.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board 7. Detach Hexagon spacers (4 pieces) from Board chassis.
Assy" p.3-210 8. Detach Power board Assy from Board chassis.
5. Remove AC cable Assy and DC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy. 9. Replace Power board Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
1
3

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-212

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Replacing Take-up Switch Board Assy 5. Remove Take-up switch board Assy cable from Connector to Take-up control board
Assy.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
VJ take-up SW board DG-40479 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32 1
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

2
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

TIP No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,VJ take-up 1 Take-up control board Assy
SW board Assy.
2 Take-up switch board Assy cable
In this section, it is referred to as Take-up switch board Assy.

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Switch mounting plate to Board chassis.
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove Tension arm. 1 2
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204

3. Remove Take-up unit

"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205

4. Remove Board chassis.

3
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-210

No. Name
1 Switch mounting plate
2 Countersunk head screw M3 × 6
3 Board chassis

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-213

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

7. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up switch board Assy to Switch mounting
plate

No. Name
1 Take-up switch board Assy
2 Pan-head screw M3 × 8
3 Switch mounting plate

8. Remove Take-up switch board Assy.

9. Replace Take-up switch board Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-214

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(5) Replacing DC Cable Assy 6. Detach DC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
DCCable Assy DG-40483 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32
1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm. No. Name
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204
1 Power board Assy
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205 2 DC cable Assy

4. Remove Board chassis. 7. Replace DC cable Assy.

"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Assy" p.3-210

5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining DC cable Assy to Board chassis.

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
2 DC cable Assy

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-215

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Replacing AC Cable Assy 6. Detach AC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
ACCable Assy DG-40482 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32
1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm. No. Name

"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204 1 Power board Assy

3. Remove Take-up unit. 2 ACCable Assy
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205
3 FGCable
4. Remove Board chassis.
4 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer（polished ）
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
M4 × 8 Ni-3
Assy" p.3-210

5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC cable Assy on Board chassis. 7. Remove the screws (1 piece) retaining FG cable.
8. Cut Cable tie retaining the AC cable Assy to replace AC cable Assy.

NOTE
3 Retain AC cable Assy as it was by Cable tie after replacing AC cable Assy.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1
No. Name
1 ACCable Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished
M3 × 6 Ni-3
3 Board chassis

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-216

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor 5. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from
Connector to Take-up control board Assy.

(1) Replacing take-up on sensor relay Assy and take-up OFF sensor relay Assy
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

2
1
ce Part No.
W_ONSensor RelayAssy DG-40480 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32

W_OFFSensor RelayAssy DG-40481

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
TIP
2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy cable
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy cable
part,W_ONSensor RelayAssy.In this section, it is referred to as Take-up ON sensor
relay Assy . 6. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from CR
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance origin sensor and Lever sensor
part,W_OFFSensor RelayAssy.In this section, it is referred to as Take-up OFF
sensor relay Assy .

1
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove Tension arm.
2
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204

3. Remove Take-up unit.

"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205
4. Remove Board chassis.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-210 No. Name
1 CR origin sensor, Lever sensor
2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy

7. Replace Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor P.3-217

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing the take-up ON sensor, take-up OFF sensor No. Name
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer（polished ）
Name Maintenan Remarks M3 × 6 Ni-3
ce Part No. 3 Right of the inside Chassis
CR_HP Sensor、Lever DG-40482 " Exploded View Take Up 2" p.Ex-32
Sensor 4. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from CR
origin sensor and lever sensor.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
1
2
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR_HP 1
Sensor、Lever Sensor.In this section, it is referred to as Take-up ON sensor and
Take-up OFF sensor.

No. Name
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
1 Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor.
2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204 2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy
3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Sensor mounting plate on the right of the inside
Chassis.

No. Name
1 Sensor mounting plate

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor P.3-218

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor from Sensor mounting plate.

1 2

No. Name
1 Sensor mounting plate
2 Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor.

6. Replace Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor.

7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor P.3-219

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy

(1) Replacing Drive Roller

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Drive roller DG-40472 " Exploded View Take Up 1" p.Ex-31

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Driver roller to Drive axis C.

2 3

No. Name
1 Drive roller
2 Set screw with thin tip M4 × 6
3 Drive axis C

3. Remove Drive roller.

4. Replace Drive motor.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-220

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing Take-up Motor Assy 6. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Motor mounting plate on the right of the inside
Chassis.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
VJ take-up Motor Assy DG-40471 " Exploded View Take Up 1" p.Ex-31

Generic - 1
＋ Driver No.2
products
3
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

TIP
2
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,VJ take-up
Motor Assy.In this section, it is referred to as take-up Motor Assy. No. Name
1 Motor mounting plate

CAUTION 2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished
M4 × 10
Do not touch Motor shortly after the printer has stopped. Otherwise, you may be
burned. 3 Right of inside Chassis

7. Detach Chain from Sprocket large.

1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-204 1
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-205

4. Remove Take-up cover.

"3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover" p.3-206

5. Remove Board chassis.

"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-210 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-210 2

No. Name
1 Chain
2 Sprocket large

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-221

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Axis holder on Motor mounting plate.
No. Name
1 Motor mounting plate
3
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished
M4 × 10
3 Right of the inside Chassis
1
ii) Tilt Take-up unit at 90 degree and place it as shown below on the right.

No. Name
1 Axis holder
2 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer（polished ）
M4 × 6 Ni-3
3 Motor mounting plate

9. Remove take-up motor Assy

No. Name

NOTE 1 Take-up unit

When mounting take-up motor, follow the step below to adjust chain tension. iii) Tighten the screws in the following order as shown below and fix Motor
i) Temporary joint the screws (3 pieces) retaining Motor mounting plate to the right mounting plate to right of the inside Chassis.
of the inside Chassis.

1
2

2
2
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-222

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section 3. Remove the cables ( 6 cables) listed below from the FW control circuit board.

(Option)
3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box 7 3
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 4
Name Maintenan Remarks
1
5
ce Part No.
2 6
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the FW board box cover. No. Part name
1 F_ motor cable
2 W_motor cable

2 3 F_sensor cable
1
4 W_sensor cable
5 F_SW switch cable
6 W_SW switch cable
7 FW control board

4. Remove the cable that was removed in Step 3 on the path.

No. Part name
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M4 × 8
2 FW circuit board box

2. Remove FW circuit board box cover.

No. Part name

1 clamp

3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box P.3-223

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove the F_motor cable and W_motor cable from the clamp.Pass them through the 6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the feed base cover on the FW circuit board box
grommet to the outside of the FW circuit board box. side.

3
2
2

Inside 1 Outside

No. Part name

1 F_motor cable、 W_motor cable
2 grommet 2
3 clamp

Back side

No. Part name

1 Cup screwM3 × 6
2 Feed base cover

3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box P.3-224

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

7. Slide the feed base cover, and remove the following cable from the FW circuit board box. 9. Slide the roll base cover, and remove F_SW cable and W_SW cable from FW circuit
F_sensor cable board box.
W_sensor cable

3
3

2 1
2
1

まき
No. Part name
No. Part name 1 Roll base cover R
1 Feed base cover 2 F_SW cable、 W_SW cable
2 F_sensor cable、 W_sensor cable 3 FW circuit board box
3 FW board box
10. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the FW circuit board box.
8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining roll base cover.

1
2

1
1

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer （M4 × 8）
2 FW circuit box
No. Part name
1 Cup screw （M 3 × 6）
2 Rolling base cover

3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box P.3-225

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

11. Slide the FW circuit board box up (red arrow1) the pull it towards you (red arrow 2) and
remove the FW circuit board box.

1
㧝

No. Part name

1 FW circuit board box

12. To reassemble, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box P.3-226

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.2 Replacing FW Control Board Assy 3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the FW Control Board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
FW CONT Board Assy DG-42042 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex- 1 1
35

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove FW circuit board box . 2

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove the FW DC cable from the FW Control Board Assy. No. Part name
1 Cup screw M3 × 6
1
2 FW Control board Assy

4. Replacing FW Control board Assy.

5. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2

No. Part name

1 FW DC cable
2 FW Control Board Assy

3.13.2 Replacing FW Control Board Assy P.3-227

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.3 Replacing FW DC Switch Cable Assy、 5V/24V Power 3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the FW Control Board Assy.
Board
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1 1
FW DC Cable Assy DG-42044 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35
5V/24V Power Board DF-49662

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2
1. Remove FW circuit board box . No. Part name
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223
1 Cup Screw M3 × 6
2. Remove the FW DC switch cable from the FW Control Board Assy.
2 FW Control Board Assy
1
4. Remove the FW Control Board Assy.
5. Remove the FW DC switch cable from the 5V/24V Power Board.

TIP
2
When replacing FW DC Switch Cable, do it here.

No. Part name

2
1 FW DC Switch cable
2 FW Control Board Ass ｙ
1

No. Part name

1 FW DC Switch Cable Assy
2 5V/24VPower Board

3.13.3 Replacing FW DC Switch Cable Assy、 5V/24V Power Board P.3-228

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

6. Remove FW AC Switch Cable from 5V/24V Power Board.

No. Part name

1 FWAC Switch Cable Assy
2 5V/24V Power Board

7. Remove FWAC Switch Cable Assy.

8. Remove screws (4 pieces) from 5V/24V Power Board.

1 1

No. Part name

1 Cup screw M3 × 6
2 5V/24VPower Board

9. Replace 5V/24V Power Board.

10. To reassemble the unit , reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.3 Replacing FW DC Switch Cable Assy、 5V/24V Power Board P.3-229

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable Assy、 3. Pull out cables (3 pieces) that are connected to the AC inlet using needle-nose pliers.
AC Inlet
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.
FW_AC Switch Cable DG-42043 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex- 1
Assy 35

AC Inlet DF-46652
FG Cable Assy DG-42051

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products No. Part name
1 Clamp

NOTE 2 Cables that are connected to AC Inlet

（Green ： FG Cable、 White ： Switch cable、 Black ： Switch Cable）
The FW AC Switch Cable Assy is composed of the AC inlet, AC switch, and the FG cable.

The AC inlet and FG cable are available as individual maintenance parts. NOTE
When installing the cables,please pay attention to the colors and install in same manner as
before they are removed.
1. Remove the FW circuit board box.
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove the cable connected to the AC inlet from the clamp on the FW circuit board box.

No. Part name

1 Clamp
2 Cable connected to AC Switch

3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable Assy、 AC Inlet P.3-230

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

4. Remove the screws (2 pieces) used to fix AC inlet to the FW circuit board box. 6. Remove screw ( 1 piece) retaining FG cable （AC Inlet － FW circuit board box ： Green、
Yellow） .

1
1
2

2
No. Part name
1 Flat head screw M3 × 6 No. Part name

2 AC Inlet 1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M4 × 6

2 FG cable （AC Inlet － FW circuit board box ： Green、 Yellow）
5. Pull the AC inlet in the direction of the red arrow to remove it.
7. Remove FG cable.

2 NOTE
When replacing just FG cable, do so here.
To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Part name

1 AC Inlet
2 FW circuit Board box

NOTE
When replacing just AC inlet, do so here.
To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable Assy、 AC Inlet P.3-231

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove the screw retaining the other FG cable （AC Switch － FW circuit board box ： Green）
（Pan-head screw with spring washer M3 × 6） .

No. Part name

1 Pane-head screw M4 × 6
2 FG Cable （AC Switch － FW circuit board box ： Green）

9. Remove FG cable
10. Press down the tabs located on both sides of the AC switch out from the FW circuit board box in
the direction of the red arrow.

2 Tab

Tab
1

No. Part name

1 AC Switch
2 FW circuit board box

11. Replace FW AC Switch cable Assy.

12. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.4 Replacing FW AC Switch Cable Assy、 FG Cable Assy、 AC Inlet P.3-232

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover 2. Remove the screws ( 4 pieces) retaining the feed and roll upper surface cover.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
1

TIP
The removal procedure of Feed and Roll Upper Surface Cover is the same for Feed Unit and Take-up
Unit.The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.

No. Part name

1 Binding head small screw M3 × 8
CAUTION
2 Feed and roll upper surface cover
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself. 3. Remove feed and roll upper surface cover.
4. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1. Turn the roll handle and remove the feed motor unit.

No. Part name

1 Roll handle
2 Feed motor unit
3 Rail

3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover P.3-233

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.6 Replacing Winder Flange Assy and Roller 3. Remove the F_motor cable from ROLL motor Assy.
（Roll unit ： W_motor cable）
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Winder Flange Assy DF-47876 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
1
33
Roller DG-42058

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
3
The replacement procedures of Take-up Flange Assy and Bearing are the same for Feed Unit and Take-
up Unit. No. Part name
The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.
1 F_motor cable （W_motor cable）
2 connector
3 ROLL motor Assy
CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.

1. Remove F_motor cable from FW Control board.

（Roll unit ： W_motor cable）
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove Feed and roll upper surface cover.

"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233

3.13.6 Replacing Winder Flange Assy and Roller P.3-234

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

4. Remove C ring from Flange shaft. 7. Pull out and remove the Roller that is on the front and back of the flanges.

2
1
2
1

No. Part name No. Part name

1 C ring 1 Roller
2 Flange Shaft 2 Flange
3 ROLL motor Assy
NOTE
5. Remove C ring.
When replacing just Roller, do so here.
6. Pull out feed flange from flange shaft .
To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

8. Replace Flange.
9. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2

No. Part name

1 Flange
2 Flange Shaft

3.13.6 Replacing Winder Flange Assy and Roller P.3-235

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.7 Replacing Flange (Return) Assy and Roller 4. Pull out the Flange from Flange shaft.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2
Flange (Return) Assy DG-42057 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
33
Roller DG-42058

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1

TIP
The replacement procedures of Flange (Following Movement) Assy and Bearing are the same for Feed No. Part name
Unit and Take-up Unit.
1 Flange
The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.
2 Flange Shaft
5. Pull out and remove the Roller (2 pieces) that is on the front and back of the flange.
1. Remove Feed and roll upper surface cover (the opposite side of the origin).
"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233

2. Remove C ring from Flange Shaft.

1
1
2
No. Part name
1 Roller
2 Flange
No. Part name
1 C ring NOTE
2 Flange Shaft When replacing just Roller, do so here.
To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
3 ROLL motor Assy
6. Replace Flange.
3. Remove C ring. 7. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.7 Replacing Flange (Return) Assy and Roller P.3-236

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.8 Replacing Feeding Center Gear Assy 4. Replace Feeding Center Gear Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Feeding Center Gear DG-42056 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
Assy 33

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1

TIP
The replacement procedure of Feeding Center Gear Assy is the same for Feed Unit and Take-up Unit. No. Part name
The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.
1 Feeding Center Gear Assy

5. To reassemble the unit , reverse the removal procedure.

1. Remove Feed and roll upper surface cover (origin side).
"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233

2. Remove F_motor cable from FW Control board.

（Roll unit:W_motor cable）
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

3. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Feeding Center Gear support plate.

2
Rear side

No. Part name

1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M5 × 12
2 Feeding Center Gear support plate

3.13.8 Replacing Feeding Center Gear Assy P.3-237

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.9 Replacing Winder Motor Gear Assy 4. Remove Winder Motor Gear Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Winder Motor Gear Assy DF-47874 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
33

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(2mm) Generic -
1
products

No. Part name

TIP
1 Winder Motor Gear Assy
The replacement procedure of Winder Motor Gear Assy is the same for Feed Unit and Take-up Unit.
The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.
5. Replace Winder Motor Gear Assy.
6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1. Remove Feed and roll upper surface cover .
"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233 NOTE
2. Remove F_motor cable from FW Control board. When installing, do not reuse the set screw (cut point, M4 × 4 microencapsulation screw),and
（Roll unit:W_motor cable） replace with new ones.
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

3. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Winder Motor Gear Assy.

No. Part name

1 Set screw （cut point） M4 × 4 　 Microencapsulation screw

3.13.9 Replacing Winder Motor Gear Assy P.3-238

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.10 Replacing ROLL Motor Assy 4. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining ROLL Motor Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
ROLL Motor Assy DG-42149 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
33
2

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(2mm) Generic - Back side
products
No. Part name

TIP 1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M4 × 10

The replacement procedure of ROLL Motor Assy is the same for Feed Unit and Take-up Unit. 2 ROLL Motor Assy
The pictures used here are of Feed Unit.
5. Replace ROLL Motor Assy.
6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
NOTE
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself. When installing, do not reuse the set screw (cut point, M4 × 4 microencapsulation
screw),and replace with new ones.

1. Remove Feed and roll upper surface cover .

"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233

2. Remove F_motor cable from FW Control board.

（Roll unit:W_motor cable）
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

3. Remove WInding Motor Gear.

"3.13.9 Replacing Winder Motor Gear Assy" p.3-238

3.13.10 Replacing ROLL Motor Assy P.3-239

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.11 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding 2. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining feed base cover on the FW circuit board box side.

Sensor （Feed unit side） 1

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Feeding Sensor Plate DG-42053 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex-
Assy 33

CR_HP Sensor. Lever DF-49471

Sensor

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401

The following is the replacement procedure of Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding Sensor 1
(Maintenance part name: CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor).

1. Remove F_motor cable from FW Control board.

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

No. Part name

1 Cup screw M3 × 6
2 Feed base cover

3. Remove feed base cover.

3.13.11 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding Sensor （Feed unit side） P.3-240
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

4. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining blindfold plate. 8. Remove F_Sensor cable (3 pieces) from Feeding Sensor (3 pieces).

1
1 2 2

No. Part name No. Part name

1 Cup screw M3 × 6 　 Zn-CM 2 1 F_Sensor cable

2 Blind plate 2 Feeding Sensor

5. Remove blind plate. When Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy "(1) Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy"
p.3-242
6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Feeding Sensor Plate Assy.
When Replacing Feeding Sensor "(2) Replacing Feeding Sensor" p.3-242

NO. Part name

1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M3 × 8
2 Feeding Sensor Plate Assy

7. Remove Feeding Sensor Plate Assy.

3.13.11 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding Sensor （Feed unit side） P.3-241
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy (2) Replacing Feeding Sensor
1. Replace Feeding Sensor Plate Assy. 1. Remove Feeding Sensor from Feeding Sensor Plate.

1 1

No. Part name

No. Part name
1 Feeding Sensor Plate Assy
1 Feeding Sensor
2. Connect F_Sensor cable to Feeding Sensor. 2 Feeding Sensor Plate

NOTE 2. Replace Feeding Sensor.

Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections. 3. Connect F_Sensor cable to Feeding Sensor.

NOTE
Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections.
F_LS1

F_LS2

F_LS3
F_LS1

F_LS2

F_LS3

3. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4. To reassemble the unit , reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.11 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Feeding Sensor （Feed unit side） P.3-242
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.12 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling Sensor 4. Remove screws (3 pieces) retaining blind plate.

（ROLL Unit side）

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Winder Motor Gear Assy DG-42053 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 1" p.Ex- 2
33 1
CR_HP Sensor. Lever DF-49471
Sensor

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401 No. Part name
1 Cup screw M3 × 6 　 Zn-CM 2
The following is the replacement procedure of Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rollng Sensor
(Maintenance part name: CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor). 2 Blind plate

1. Remove W_motor cable from FW Control board. 5. Remove blind plate.

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223
6. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Feeding Sensor Plate Assy.
2. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining feed base cover_R (right side).
右

1
2
2
1

No. Part name

No. Part name
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer M3 × 8
1 Cup screw M3 × 6
2 Feeding Sensor Plate Assy
2 Roll base cover _R
7. Remove Feeding Sensor Plate Assy.
3. Remove Roll base cover_R.

3.13.12 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling Sensor （ROLL Unit side） P.3-243
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

8. Remove W_Sensor cable(3 pieces) from Rolling Sensor （3 pieces） . (1) Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy
1. Replace Feeding Sensor Plate Assy.

2 1
1

No. Part name

1 Rolling Sensor No. Part name
2 W_Sensor cable 1 Feeding Sensor Plate Assy

When Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy "(1) Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy" 2. Connect W_Sensor cable to Rolling sensor.
p.3-242
When Replacing Rolling Sensor Assy "(2) Replacing Rolling Sensor" p.3-245
NOTE
Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections.

W_LS1

W_LS2

W_LS3

3. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.12 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling Sensor （ROLL Unit side） P.3-244
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Replacing Rolling Sensor

1. Remove Rolling Sensor from Feeding Sensor Plate.

1
2

No. Part name

1 Rolling Sensor
2 Feeding Sensor Plate

2. Replace Rolling Sensor.

3. Connect W_Sensor cable to Rolling Sensor.

NOTE
Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections.

W_LS1

W_LS2

W_LS3

4. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.12 Replacing Feeding Sensor Plate Assy and Rolling Sensor （ROLL Unit side） P.3-245
 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.13 Replacing F_Sensor cable Assy

NOTE
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
F_Sensor Cable Assy DG-42047 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35 F_LS1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - F_LS2

products
F_LS3
1. Remove F_Sensor cable from FW Control board.
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove Feed base cover.

" " p.3-240

3. Remove F_Sensor cable (3 pieces) from Feeding Sensor (3 pieces).

6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedures.

2 1

No. Part name

1 F_Sensor cable Assy
2 Feeding sensor

4. Replace F_Sensor cable Assy.

5. Connect F_Sensor cable Assy to Feeding Sensor.

3.13.13 Replacing F_Sensor cable Assy P.3-246

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.14 Replacing F_Motor cable Assy 4. Remove F_Motor cable from ROLL motor Assy connector.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1
F_Motor Cable Assy DG-42049 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION 3
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
No. Part name
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.
1 F_Motor cable

1. Remove feed and roll upper surface cover (origin side). 2 connector
"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233 3 ROLL Motor Assy
2. Remove F_Motor cable from FW Control board.
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223 5. Replace F_Motor cable Assy.
3. Remove F_Motor cable from clamps (4 pieces) on the path. 6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Part name

1 F_Motor cable Assy
2 Clamp

3.13.14 Replacing F_Motor cable Assy P.3-247

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.15 Replacing W_Sensor Cable Assy

NOTE
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. Refer to the followings, not to mistake the connections.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
W_Sensor Cable Assy DG-42048 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex- W_LS1
35
W_LS2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products W_LS3

1. Remove W_Sensor cable Assy from FW Control board.

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove feed base cover.

" " p.3-240

3. Remove W_Sensor Cable Assy (3 pieces) from Rolling Sensor (3 pieces).

6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2 1

No. Part name

1 W_Sensor cable Assy
2 Rolling Sensor

4. Replace W_Sensor cable Assy.

5. Connect W_Sensor cable Assy to Rolling Sensor.

3.13.15 Replacing W_Sensor Cable Assy P.3-248

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.16 Replacing W_Motor cable Assy 4. Remove W_Motor cable from ROLL motor Assy connector.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1
W_Motor Cable Assy DG-42050 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION 3
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself. No. Part name
1 W_Motor cable

1. Remove feed and roll upper surface cover. 2 connector

"3.13.5 Removing Feed and roll upper surface cover" p.3-233
3 ROLL Motor Assy
2. Remove W_Motor cable from FW Control board.
"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223 5. Replace W_Motor cable Assy.
3. Remove W_Motor cable from clamps (4 pieces) on the path. 6. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Part name

1 W_Motor cable Assy
2 Clamp

3.13.16 Replacing W_Motor cable Assy P.3-249

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.17 Replacing F_SW Cable Assy 3. Slide the roll base cover_R, and pull out the F_SW cable from FW circuit board box.
右

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2

F_SW Cable Assy DG-42045 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Remove F_SW cable from FW Control board （J10).

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining Roll base cover_R. No. Part name
右

1 F_SW Cable
1
2 FW circuit board box

TIP
1 F_SW cable consists of 16 stranded wires and has a sticker which says "F_SW".
2
4. Remove F_SW cable from clamp.
右

No. Part name

1
1 Cup screw M3 × 6
2 Roll base cover_R
1
2

No. Part name

1 Clamp
2 F_SW cable

3.13.17 Replacing F_SW Cable Assy P.3-250

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove F_SW cable from F SW Board Assy.

右

No. Part name

1 FSW Board Assy
2 F_SW cable

6. Replace F_SW cable.

7. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.17 Replacing F_SW Cable Assy P.3-251

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.18 Replacing W_SW Cable Assy 3. Slide the roll base cover_R, and pull out the F_SW cable from FW circuit board box.
右

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
2

W_SW Cable Assy DG-42046 " Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 3" p.Ex-
35
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Remove W_SW cable from FW Control board （J11).

"3.13.1 Removing FW circuit board box" p.3-223

2. Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining Roll base cover_R. No. Part name
右

1 W_SW cable
1
2 FW circuit board box

TIP
1 F_SW cable consists of 16 stranded wires and has a sticker which says "W_SW".
2
4. Remove W_SW cable from clamp.
右

No. Part name

1
1 Cup screw M3 × 6
2 Roll base cover_R
1

No. Part name

1 Clamp
2 W_SW cable

3.13.18 Replacing W_SW Cable Assy P.3-252

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

5. Remove W_SW cable from F SW Board Assy.

右

No. Part name

1 WSW Board Assy
2 W_SW cable

6. Replace W_SW cable.

7. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.18 Replacing W_SW Cable Assy P.3-253

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

3.13.19 Replacing FSW Board Assy、 WSW Board Assy (1) ReplacingFSW Board Assy
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1. F_SW cable from FSW board.
右

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
FSW Board Assy DG-42054 1
" Exploded View 　Large Size Take Up 2" p.Ex-
34
WSW Board Assy DG-42055
Generic - 2
＋ Driver No.2
products

8. Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining Roll base cover_R.

右

1
No. Part name
1 FSW Board
2 F_SW cable
1
2 2. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining FSW board.
右

No. Part name

1
1 Cup screw M3 × 6 1
2 Roll base cover_R

No. Part name

1 Cup screw M3 × 6 　 Zn-CM2
2 FSW Board

3. Replace FSW Board.

4. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.13.19 Replacing FSW Board Assy、 WSW Board Assy P.3-254

 3.13 Replacing Large size Winding Unit Section (Option) VJ1638E-M-01

(2) WSW Board Assy

1. Remove W_SW cable from WSW Board.
右

No. Part name

1 WSW Board
2 W_SW cable

2. Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining WSW Board .

右

1
1

No. Part name

1 Cup screw M3 × 6 　 Zn-CM2
2 WSW Board

3. Replace WSW board.

4. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5.

3.13.19 Replacing FSW Board Assy、 WSW Board Assy P.3-255

 VJ1638E-M-01

4 Adjustment 4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information............................. 4-43

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter ....................... 4-45

4.1 Introduction .................................................................. 4- 3
4.3.17 Initializing activation........................................... 4-47
4.2 Adjustment Item ........................................................... 4- 3
4.3.18 Version Information ........................................... 4-48
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software. 4- 5
4.3.19 Terminating Application ..................................... 4-48
4.3.1 Parameter Backup .............................................. 4-5
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment.................................. 4- 49
4.3.2 Jigs and Tools ..................................................... 4-5
4.4.1 Jigs and Tools ................................................... 4-49
4.3.3 Required Environment ........................................ 4-6
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure ....................................... 4-49
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time ................................... 4-18
4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment....... 4- 51
4.3.5 Editing Media Type ........................................... 4-19
4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment ......... 4- 53
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log ........................ 4-21
4.6.1 Jigs and Tools ................................................... 4-53
4.3.7 Updating main firmware .................................... 4-23
4.6.2 Adjustment Procedure ....................................... 4-53
4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware ............... 4-24
4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment....................................... 4- 54
4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters .......................... 4-25
4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) .................... 4-54
4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter .............................. 4-26
4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant )................. 4-59
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard .............................. 4-27
4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) ........................ 4-64
4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode ......................................... 4-33
4.8 Head Height Adjustment............................................ 4- 66
4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data.................. 4-41
4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment ......................... 4- 68
4.3.14 Sending Authorization code .............................. 4-42

P.4-1
 VJ1638E-M-01

4.10 Cutter position adjustment........................................ 4- 70

P.4-2
 4.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

4.1 Introduction Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference

adjusted ment
This chapter provides information on necessary adjustment items and procedure. order

CR motor Assy 1 CR speed reduction belt "4.5 CR Speed

TIP adjustment Reduction Belt Tension
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6 Adjustment" p.4-51

2 Duration counter clear "6.3.2 Counter

Initialization Menu" p.6-14
4.2 Adjustment Item 3 Uni-D / Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu" p.5-45
This section describes the adjustment items required in part replacement procedures.
When you adjust or replace any of the maintenance parts listed in “Table 7-1 Adjustment Item 4 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
List”, you must always adjust the printout quality using the self-diagnosis function referring to adjustment Menu" p.5-64
Table 7-1“Adjustment Item List” (p.7-3).
5 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-65
Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference
adjusted ment PF motor Assy 1 X speed reduction belt "4.6 X Speed Reduction
order adjustment Belt Tension Adjustment"
p.4-53
Printer head 1 Head cleaning "5.7.9 Longstore Menu"
p.5-68 2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-65
2 Head rank input "(2) Head Rank" p.5-78
(including initial ink charge) "5.6 Ink Charging 3 Duration counter clear "6.3.2 Counter
Menu" p.5-30 Initialization Menu" p.6-14

3 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle P_EDGE Sensor 1 P_EDGE Sensor sensitivity "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge
Check Menu" p.5-35 adjustment Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68

4 Head height adjustment "4.8 Head Height 2 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
Adjustment" p.4-66 adjustment Menu" p.5-64

5 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant Check P_REAR Sensor 1 P_Rear Sensor sensitivity "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge
Menu" p.5-39 adjustment Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68
"4.7 Head Accuracy
PF Encoder Assy 1 PF encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
Adjustment" p.4-54
p.5-17
6 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Adjustment Menu" p.5-45
Menu" p.5-65
7 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
T Fence 1 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
Menu" p.5-65
p.5-17
8 Reset of head unit life counter "5.10.1 Parameter
2 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Initialization Menu" p.5-75
Adjustment Menu" p.5-45
MAIN Board Assy 1 Differs depending on the -
status of MAIN Board Assy.

P.4-3
 4.2 Adjustment Item VJ1638E-M-01

Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference

adjusted ment
order

T Fence 3 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom

（Continued） adjustment Menu" p.5-64

4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Menu" p.5-65

CR Return Pulley 1 Steel belt tention adjustment "4.4 Steel Belt Tension
Adjustment" p.4-49

2 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

Adjustment Menu" p.5-45

3 Side adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom

adjustment Menu" p.5-64

4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Menu" p.5-65

Carriage Assy 1 PG height adjustmen "4.8 Head Height

Adjustment" p.4-66

2 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"

p.5-17

3 Paper Edge Sensor Assy "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge

sensitivity adjustment Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68

4 Sequential printing endurance "5.12.8 General

operation check Endurance Menu" p.5-95

5 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom

adjustment Menu" p.5-64

6 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle

Check Menu" p.5-35

7 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant Check

Menu" p.5-39

8 Head slant adjustment "4.7 Head Accuracy

Adjustment" p.4-54

9 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

Adjustment Menu" p.5-45

10 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Menu" p.5-65

P.4-4
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance 4.3.1 Parameter Backup

Software The NVRAM (Flash-ROM) installed on the MAIN board Assy stores various parameters for the
system operation.
This section explains operation using "MUTOH Service Assistance".
“MUTOH Service Assistance“ is abbreviated as “MSA“ hereinafter. The available backup parameters are as follows.

Installation and download of parameters and firmware installation are performed through the network • Panel setting parameters
using dedicated network software (MSA). • Mechanism adjustment parameters
• Main board-unique adjustment parameters
CAUTION
Never disclose how to replace MSA for Technician (explained later) in "MUTOH TIP
Service Assistance" to users because the software has a function regarding The MAIN board-unique adjustment parameters cannot be erased or modified.
printer security.
Each function of "MUTOH Service Assistance" works on the premise that the
serial number is entered. If it is not entered, register it again using Board If the MAIN board Assy is found to need replacement during maintenance operations, make sure to
replacement wizard. back up the parameters. The backup data can be used to restore the original system status, omitting
"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27 some adjustment steps.

"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25

"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26
NOTE
This manual is edited based on MUTOH Service Assistance Ver.3.0.0 4.3.2 Jigs and Tools
The following jigs and tools are required for MUTOH Service Assistance.

• Windows PC:
• CPU: Pentium 400MHz or higher, Installed memory: 128MB or more
• With one of the following installed: Windows 98 SE / Windows 98 Me / Windows 2000 /
Windows XP/ Windows Vista
• Equipped with network interface connector (RJ-45) (10M/100M Ethernet I/F)
• Dedicated network software (MUTOH Service Assistance) is already installed
• Network interface cable (crossover cable *For hub connection, straight cable)

4.3.1 Parameter Backup P.4-5

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.3 Required Environment 1. Click the Start button and then click [Control Panel].
• The “Control Panel” window will be displayed.
Before starting work, set up the following environment.
2. Click "Allow a program through
(1) Installing MUTOH Service Assistance Windows Firewall”.

1. Insert the MSA installed CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive of the PC, and open from "My
Computer".
2. Drag and drop the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder to the desktop to copy the files.

(2) Creating a Shortcut

To make it simple to start the "MUTOH Service Assistance", create a shortcut on the desktop.

1. Open the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder on the desktop.

2. Right-click the [MUTOH Service

Assistance.exe] in the folder, and
select [Send To]-[Desktop (create 3. When the “Windows Firewall
shortcut)]. Settings” window is displayed, select
the “Exceptions” tab and click the
“Add program...” button.

3. A "Shortcut to MUTOH Service Assistance" icon is created on the desktop.

(3) Setting Exceptions in Windows Firewall Setting

If you use Windows Vista or later as the OS, you need to add MSA to the exceptions list for Windows
Firewall.

NOTE
• This procedure is for Windows Vista.
• If you use virus security software other than Windows Firewall, you may need to change
settings for that software. Contact the software vendor for correct settings and procedures.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-6

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4. When the “Add a Program” window 7. Confirm that MSA.exe is added in

is displayed, click the “Browse...” the “Windows Firewall Settings”
button. window and click the “OK” button.
• Complete the setting.

5. When the “Browse” window is

displayed, select Mutoh Service
Assistance.exe where the Mutoh
Service Assistance is installed and
click the “Open” button. (4) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance"
1
1. Double-click the [Shortcut to Mutoh Service
Assistance.exe], and check that the application starts
correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started in English mode.

2 (5) Connecting Printer and Computer

1. Turn OFF both the printer and computer.
6. Make sure that MSA.exe is added
and click the “OK” button.
• The Windows Firewall Settings
window will be displayed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-7

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

2. Insert Connector of Network interface cable into Network interface connector located in the back
of the printer.

0GVYQTM+PVGTHCEGEQPPGEVQT

3. Connect the other connector of Network interface cable to your PC.

NOTE
When connecting a printer to a computer one-on-one, use a cross cable. When connecting
the printer and computer via a hub, use a straight cable.
If possible, set the printer away from Network and directly connect to the host computer with
a cross cable.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-8

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Starting the printer

When using MSA, the printer must be started in the relevant mode depending on the function you use. 1. When printer is in operation status or in diagnosis
menu display status, press [Power] key to OFF.
2. While holding down [<] key on Operation panel,
NOTE press [Power] key to turn OFF.
When the printer’s set up mode is inappropriate to the MSA function, an error message
appears. When an error message is displayed, restart the printer in the mode described in the [Board Manager Mode] is displayed on LCD
next table. panel. Releasing the [<] key will display [Waiting
for command].

PR ： Printer mode Backward feed

BM ： Board manager mode

PR/BM ： Any mode can be used
MSA Function Printer start mode
Forward feed

"4.3.5 Editing Media Type" p.4-19 BM

"4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log" p.4-21 PR
"4.3.7 Updating main firmware" p.4-23 PR/BM NOTE
"4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware" p.4-24 BM If the [Waiting for command] is not displayed, follow the steps below.
If any IP address other than default address is displayed on Board, release [<] key to
"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25 PR/BM change display to [IP192.168.xxx.xxx] (depending on the set address) on LCD panel. In
"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26 BM this case, display the default IP (IP192.168.1.253) or the set IP address using the [+] key
or [-] key, and press [Enter] key. [Waiting for command] will then appears.
"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27 BM
"4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode" p.4-33 PR
"4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" p.4-41 BM
"4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42 BM
"4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information" p.4-43 PR
"4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter" p.4-45 PR

(6-a)Starting Board Manager Mode

Start up printer in board manager mode.
Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.

(6-b)Starting Board Manager Mode

Start up printer in board manager mode.
Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-9

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(7) Printer IP Address Check

NOTE
Printer IP address can be confirmed from either printer mode or board manager mode. Follow the steps
below. When “Set 23: IP address“ etc. does not appears, set up from “Menu 5: Easy Setup“ to display
IP address and others.

(7-a)Printer IP Address Check in Printer Mode 『Operation Manual』

1. Start up the printer in printer mode.

(7-b)Checking the printer IP address in Board manager mode
2. Press [Menu] on Operation panel.
1. Start up printer in board manager mode.
2. While Power light is on, press any key
other than [Power] key.
㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
IP address and sub net masks can be
* key
checked on the LCD monitor of Operation
㧵㧼‫ޓޓ‬㧩㧝㧥㧞㧚㧝㧢㧤㧚㧜㧜㧝㧚㧞㧡㧟
panel.
Backward feed * key
㧹㧭㧿㧷㧩㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧜㧜㧜

* key

* key: any key other than [Power] key

Forward feed

3. After LCD panel displays “Menu1:Setup>", confirm IP address, sub net mask, default gateway by
following steps. NOTE

When Network interface card is not recognized

㧹㨑㨚㨡㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜㧪 because of its damage or contact failure, LCD
display changes as shown in the right figure. 㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
* key
[Setting/Value-]key 㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧺㨑㨠㨣㨛㨞㨗‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨠㨑㨞㨒㨍㨏㨑
* key

[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key * key: any key other than [Power] key

[Enter]
Displays IP Address
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Subnet Mask
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Default Gateway
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-10

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(8) Computer IP Address Setting 4. When printer IP address is

“192.168.1.253“, enter any value of
(8-a)Connecting with Crossover Cable "192.168.1.1" to 192.168.1.252" or
"192.168.1.254" in [IP address].
When directly connecting computer and printer, follow the steps as below.
*When printer IP address is changed to
any other value, enter its value up to third
NOTE
When this numerical value
of the printer is “231”, input
any value from 1 to 230 or
Set the same numerical
value as the printer.
232 to 254.

dotted quad (third comma) in computer

The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP keeping printer default IP IP address field and enter different value
address, “192.168.1.253” for only last dotted quad.

1. From the [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2. Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].
3. Double-click [Internet Protocol (TCP/
IP)].

5. Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-11

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(8-b)Connecting with Straight Cable 4. When printer IP address is

When connecting computer and printer with straight cable (through hub, like LAN), follow the steps “192.168.123.231“, enter any value
below. from "192.168.123.1 to
192.168.123.230" or "192.168.123.232
to 192.168.123.254" in [IP address].
NOTE *In this case, IP address must be
When this numerical value
of the printer is “231”, input
any value from 1 to 230 or
different from other PC IP address Set the same numerical 232 to 254.
The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP with printer IP address, value as the printer.
connected on the same hub
“192.168.123.231”.

1. From [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2. Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].
3. Double-click [Internet Protocol (TCP/
IP)].

5. Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-12

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(9) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance" 6 Updating “Main F/W”.

1. Double-click the [Shortcut to MUTOH 7 Updating Heater Controller F/W”.

Service Assistance.exe], and check that 8 Acquring “Individual Code”.
the application starts correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started in 9 Sending authorization code (.ulk file) sent by MUTOH Industries authorized
English mode. dealer to a printer.

10 Acquring Setup information from a printer by a text file.

2. Automatic printer model selection is
started. 11 Acquiraing Maintenance information (.mnt file) from a printer.
（It displays IP address set by MSA.） 12 Terminating the MSA.
• When [Cancel] is clicked, it appears
the main window at the time of
communication indefinite.
TIP
• At the first startup, it shall be
started in English mode. ・ Following main window is
3. After having chosen printer model, main displayed when it cannot
window appears. communicate with a printer . 1 2
1 2 3
3 When [connection error] is displayed,
refer to 4
4
"2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH 5
5
Service Assistance" p.2-61
6
7
8
9
No. Contents
10
11 1 Setting IP address.
Changing language.
12
Selecting printer model automatically.

2 Confirming MSA version.

3 Displaying “disconnect”.

4 Browsing “Error Log”.(It cannot be acquired from a printer.)

No. Contents
5 Terminating the MSA.
1 Setting IP address, Selecting language, Automatic printer model selection

2 Confirming version of MSA.

3 Displaying chosen printer model name.

4 Editting “user type name”.

5 Acquring or Saving “ Error Log”.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-13

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(10)IP address setting (11)Language setting

This section describes the procedure to set up IP address for MSA. Menu and message can be shown in either English or Japanese which can be selected. Change shall be
When indicated IP address is different from printer IP address, change IP address to match the printer activated when program is restarted.
IP address. Follow the steps below to change language.

1. Select [Setup (S)] - [Language (L)] form

NOTE the main window.
The IP address default value for printer and MSA is set to “192.168.1.253“. When the default
value is used, the following setting in not needed.

Follow the steps below to set the IP address.

1. Select [Setup (S)] - [Option (O)] on the

main window.

2. Click [OK] on [Confirmation of language

switching] window.

Application shall be terminated

2. Input the IP address in the field with red automatically.
mark. IP address is the same with
computer’s.

When IP address is changed, [Automatic NOTE

model selection confirmation] window
appears. • When English mode is selected, [Setup(S)] on menu changes to “Setup (S)”.
• The language displayed at the initial startup of MSA depends on the language setting of
your OS.(When the language setting of your OS is set to a language other than Japanese,
3. Click [Yes] to use Automatic selection. MSA is displayed in English.)
Model name shall be changed to the name
of the connected printer model.

*This window appears only when IP

address is changed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-14

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(12)Switching to Technician Mode 4. Enter User ID and Password.

MUTOH Service Assistance is in MSA for User (User mode) at the time of start-up. Switch it to MSA Then click [Login].
for Technician (Technician mode) when performing maintenance operations.

CAUTION
Do NOT disclose the procedure to switch Technician mode to the user.
This mode is approved to use only by maintenance engineers.

CAUTION
1. On User mode main window, click
[Help] - [Version ]. Login name and password is not disclosed in this manual.
Contact MUTOH INDUSTRIES dealer.
[Version information] window appears.

5. The main screen of Technician mode

will be displayed.

2. Double-click the MUTOH logo (1) and

then the MSA icon (2).

Then click [OK]. 2

3. Double click [MUTOH].

Login window will be displayed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-15

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software
TIP
The main window is changed with the
tab of the right figures ① and ② .
①、 Setup List
②、 Adjust Parameter
③、 Speed button
④、 Changing the size of the Main
wiondow
⑤、 Function button
1. In [Setup Information] window, you can
refer to the following:
- Setup information of the printer
- Setup information of the printer read by
the saved parameters
2. In [Adjustment Parameters] window, you
can refer to the following:
- Printer adjustment parameters
- Printer adjustment parameters by the
saved parameters
3. Use the speed buttons (Number 3 in the
figure) to save files. (Common to all
windows.)
4.3.3 Required Environment
VJ1638E-M-01
4. Changing the size of the Main window.
5. Details of each function button
4 button name refer to (details）
Date and Time Update "4.3.4 Updating Date and Time" p.4-18
Media Type Edit "4.3.5 Editing Media Type" p.4-19
Error Log Download (hst) "4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log" p.4-21
Main F/W Update (jfl) "4.3.7 Updating main firmware" p.4-23
 Heater Controller F/WUpdate (mfl) "4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware" p.4-24
Parameter Download(prm) "4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25
Parameter Upload(prm) "4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26
 2
Board Replacement Wizard "4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27
Diagnostic Mode "4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode" p.4-33
3
Individual Code Download(ink/mpi) "4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" p.4-41
Authorization Coce Upload(ulk) "4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42
Inactivation "4.3.17 Initializing activation" p.4-47
Exit "4.3.19 Terminating Application" p.4-48
NOTE
If User mode is started in English mode, Technician mode also starts in English mode. If the
language mode is switched from “Setting (S)” - “Language (L)” in Technician mode, you
will need to login again.
Lists up the information acquired
from the parameter file.
Saves the listed information as
plain text.
Lists up the information acquired
from the printer.
Clears the listed information.
Changes the font of the listed
information.
P.4-16
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(13)Optional Function for Technician Mode 5. Confirm IP address is the same with printer
In Technician mode, the following can be done from “Option” window. IP address in IP address field.

• Selecting appropriate model manually After confirmation, click [OK].

• Check and confirmation of MSA IP address
If an IP address that is different from that of
the printer is displayed, change it to the
NOTE same IP address as the printer, and then
click on “OK” .
MSA has a function to automatically recognize model so that manual model select function
is normally not required.

Manual function is limited to use especially when installing the new firmware in a Board
without any firmware in it.

1. Start [MUTOH Service Assistance.exe]

from shortcut on desktop window.

2. Switch to Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6

3. From main window, select [Setup(S)] -

[Option(O)].

4. Select appropriate model name from drop-

down menu for “Model name”.

After model is selected, model-specific

functions are operable.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-17

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time 3. Once transmission has started, the
This section explains the operating procedure which updates the date and time of a printer using MSA. 「Progress」 window is displayed.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: 4. Once transmission has completed, the
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. 「Date and time update」 window is
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 displayed.Click [OK] to close the
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. window.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- 5. Make sure that the time displayed on thepanel of the printer has beed changed.
6 "5.5.10 Time Check Menu" p.5-24

1. Click [Date and Time Update]on main

window.

2. Click ［OK］ to send the systemtime of

the computer to the printer, as the data of
year, month, day, and time.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main menu.

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time P.4-18

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.5 Editing Media Type 3. When [Media type download] window

appears, click [OK].
This section describes the procedure to customize media name for user.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. 4. When acquisition starts, [Process dialog]
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 window appears.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. 5. After media names are acquired, [Media type
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- download] window appears.
6 Click [OK] to return to [Media type download]
window.

1. Click [Media Type Edit]on main window.

6. Edit user media name ① . After editing

completed, click [Upload] ② .

*UP to 10 characters can be entered. Delete

unwanted character by entering space. “\(back
2. When [Media Type Edit] window appears, slash)” and “~ (tilde)” cannot be entered.
click [Download]. 1

Click [Cancel] to return to the main window.

7. On [Media type upload] click [OK].

Media name update starts.

4.3.5 Editing Media Type P.4-19

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

8. When Update starts, [Process dialogue]

window appears.

9. Confirm completion of update on [Media type

upload] window, click [OK].

Return to [Media Type Edit] window.

4.3.5 Editing Media Type P.4-20

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log 3. On [Confirmation of error log download]
This section describes how to acquire and save error log on printer accessed to Technician mode. window, click [OK].

NOTE
Acquiring and saving error log can be processed form printer mode or Manager mode.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. NOTE
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
6 one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.
1. Click [Error Log Download]on main
window..
4. While downloading error log,
[Communication situation] window
appears.

2. Click on [Error log download].

5. After completion of acquiring failure

record information, [ Error log download
] window appears.
Click 「OK」 .

6. After completion of acquiring failure

record information, [Error log download]
window appears.
NOTE
You can also get the data by selecting [Operation] - [Download] from [Error log download] If there is no failure record in printer,
window. [<No data>] appears on [Error log
download] window.

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log P.4-21

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

7. If saving the data, click on [Error NOTE

log download] window.
To reference failure record information, proceed as follows.

1. Click on [Error log download]

Window.

Also form ［File］ - ［Open］ is the

same.

NOTE
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download] window. 2. Click appropriate failure record
information file (*.hst) ① and click
[Open] ② . 1
8. On [Save as] window, enter desired file
name ① and click [Save] ② .

The File extension will be *hst.

1 2
3. Record data appears on [Error log
download] window.

TIP
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download]
window.

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log P.4-22

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.7 Updating main firmware 3. On [Main F/W update], click [OK].

The following describes the procedure to update main side firmware accessed to Technician mode
*Press [Cancel] to return to the main
without replacing Main board Assy.
window.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
NOTE
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
one is registered, an warning message appears.
6
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

1. Click [Main F/W Update] on main

window. 4. While firmware transfer is in process,
[Communication situation] window
appears.

*Press [Stop] to stop transfer and return

to the main window.

5. After [Transfer completed] window

2. Select and click target install file (*jfl) to appears, click [OK] to close.
transfer ① and click [Open] ② .
1
* Press [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

CAUTION
2 When “Main F/W update” windows appears on step 5, only transfer of install file from
MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program installation to printer is not
terminated. DO NOT turn off the printer unless installation to printer is terminated.
After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.

4.3.7 Updating main firmware P.4-23

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware

NOTE
This section describes procedure to update heater controller firmware on Technician mode.
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
NOTE inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 Click [OK] to return to main window.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 4. When firmware installation is in process,
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. [Communication situation] window
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
appears.
6
*Press [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

1. Click [Heater Controller F/W Update]on 5. After [Transfer completed] window

main window. appears, click [OK] to close.

CAUTION
2. Select and click target install file (*mfl) When “Heater controller F/W update” window appears on step 5, only transfer of
to transfer ① and click [Open] ② . installation file from MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program
1 installation to printer is not terminated. DO NOT turn off power unless installation to
* Press [Cancel] to return to the main printer is terminated.
window. After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.

3. On [Heater controller F/W update], click

[OK].

*Press [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware P.4-24

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters

This section describes the procedure to receive backup parameter from the printer by using Technician
mode.
NOTE
Saving backup parameter and main board inheritance information acquisition can be
processed both from printer mode and board manager mode.
NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect one
is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:

3. While receiving Parameters, [Progress]
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. window appears.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6

4. Enter any file name and click [Save] on

[Save the download parameter save]
1. Click [Parameter Download] on main
window. (File shall be saved in “.prm”
window.
extension form automatically.)

*File name can be anything.

** Click [Cancel] to return to the
previous window without saving.

2. Click [OK] on [Parameter Download]

window to start receiving backup
parameters. 5. On [Parameter download ] window, click
[OK] to close the window.

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters P.4-25

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter

NOTE
This section describes the procedure to send backup parameters by using Technician mode. If clicking [Open] to select any file not saved in *.prm extension file, an error message
appears and return tothe main window.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
3. Click [OK] on “Parameter upload“.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
6
NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
1. Click [Parameter Upload (prm)] on main
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
window.
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

4. When parameter sending is in process,

[Progress] window appears.
2. The [Selection of parameter file to be
uploaded] window appears. *Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without saving.
Select and click appropriate parameter
file and click [Open] to send. 5. Click [OK] on [Parameter upload].

* Any extension except *.prm is invalid.

**Click [Cancel] to stop sending and

return to the main window.

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter P.4-26

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 5. Confirm the printer model for board
replacement ① . 1
This section describes Board replacement wizard which support replacing MAIN board Assy. Then click ［OK］ ② .
NOTE 2
• About mounting alternative MAIN board, refer to "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53. 6. After displaying Board replacement wizard window, work by messages.
• When completing Board replacement wizard normally, Printer Identification DATA is
saved automatically at the end of the wizard.Make sure to upload saved mpi file to MB-
NOTE
web server, then update the Printer Identification DATA. Work contents are different by the conditions of malfunction board and alternative
If you fail to update, printer user does not receive services such as Smart/C. board.
• Install the latest firmware using the latest MSA. "(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

1. Start up the printer in board manager mode.

"(6-b) Starting Board Manager Mode" p.4-9
2. Connect PC to the printer. Title
"(8) Computer IP Address Setting" p.4-11 Display operating index
sequentially.
NOTE
When using Board replacement wizard, set the Ip address of PC to [192.168.1.1] and
set the IP address of printer to[192.168.1.253].

3. Start up the MSA in Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15
4. Select the ［Board replacement wizard].

The message and the button

according to present work
are displayed one by one.

NOTE
After Establishing the communication with faulty board,displaying the information of the board.
• Before selecting [Board replacing wizard], it is
necessary that the printer model for board
7. After finishing the wizard, doing various adjustment works to complete the replacing MAIN
replacement is selected in MSA.
board Assy.
• After confirming the printer model for board
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement
replacement is correct on [Printer model] of [Option]
of [Setup], selected [Board replacement wizard]. pattern" p.4-29
• On the same window, confirm that [LAN setting ] is
set to [192.168.1.253].

• Confirm that the printer is running in board manager mode.

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-27

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard

［Board Replacement wizard］is selected  "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy" p.3-53

IS MSA communicate
NO
with faulty board?

YES
Wizard Window A

Saving (*prm)

Replacing MAIN board Replacing MAIN board

YES YES
Is F/W installed ？  Is F/W installed ？ 

Wizard Window B
NO NO

Does F/W update NO Does F/W update

NO
or reinstall? or reinstall?

YES YES

Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Wizard Window C

Is Backup NO Is Backup
NO
DATA (*prm) saved ? DATA (*prm) saved ?

YES YES Wizard Window D

Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm)

Serial Number reregistration Serial Number reregistration

Wizard Window E

Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi)

Wizard Window F
Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End

Board Replacement
Pattern
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern" p.4-29

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-28

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern

Board replacement pattern

sequen Adjustment Items Refer to ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

ce

1 Requiring Printer Identification DATA (mpi file） "4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" p.4-41 － － ● ● ● ●

2 Resending Authorization code (ulk file） "4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42 － － ● ● ● ●

3 Updating (*mpi) on the MB-web Printer Activation guide ● ● ● ● ● ●

4 Resetting Smart/C Printer Activation guide － － ● ● ● ●

5 Inputting Head rank "(2) Head Rank" p.5-60 － － － ● － ●

6 Adjusting Paper edge sensor "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68 ● ● ● ● ● ●

7 Adjusting Paper Rear Sensor "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68 ● ● ● ● ● ●

8 Setting Ink-NOT Filled Flag "(5) Ink filled flag" p.5-63 － － － ● － ●

9 Confirming Head nozzles "5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu" p.5-30 ● ● ● ● ● ●

10 Adjusting Uni-D/Bi-D "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu" p.5-39 － － － ● － ●

11 Adjusting Top & Side "5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu" p.5-47 － － － ● － ●

12 Test Printing "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48 ● ● ● ● ● ●

●：Need to work　／　－：Need not work

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-29

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Wizard window （according to Flow chart)

(3-a)Wizard Window A 　
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Click 0GZV -
Introduction

It diagnose whether it can communicate with faulty board. -

Diagnosis of the faulty board
After settings, click 0GZV .
- Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the faulty board

● ● - - - - Is MSA communicate with faulty board ? → When YES:

Click 䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 , After acquiring, click 0GZV . -
Data back up of the faulty board

After completing Back up ,proceed to, "(3-b) Wizard window B" p.4-31 Do not turn off the printer.
Making the faulty board data back up

- - ● ● ● ● IS MSA communicate with faulty board? → When NO:

Click 䎵䏈䏗䏕䏜 when reconfirming the communication with the faulty board. Display Yellow window.
Diagnosis of the faulty board

Click 0GZV when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-b) Wizard window B" p.4-31

"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-30

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(3-b)Wizard window B
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Replace MAIN board Assy. Do not turn off the PC.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy" p.3-53
　　　　↓ After replacing,
Click 0GZV .

Diagnoses whether main F/W is installed. Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the alternative board

- ● - - ● ● Is F/W installed? → If YES:

When reinstalling or updating main F/W, click 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏 . Display Green window.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C" p.4-31

Click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD" p.4-32

● - ● ● - - Is F/W installed? → If NO:

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C" p.4-31

(3-c)Wizard window C

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After Clicking 4GHGT to select main F/W, clicking 0GZV to start installing. • When main F/W is not
Installation of main F/W
installed, clicking 0GZV
without selecting main F/W.
Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard
windowD" p.4-32
②⑤ are only 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏
is selected. After completing, proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD" p.4-32. Do not turn off the printer.
Installing the main F/W

"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-31

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(3-d)Wizard windowD

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● - - - - Click 0GZV to send “*.prm”. -
Sending of the back up data

- - ● ● ● ● When there is ".prm" data saved before, click 4GUVQTG to send it. When 䎶䏎䏌䏓 is clicked, the
Sending of the back up data
When there is no ".prm" data saved, click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 . ".prm" data is not sent.
Proceed to "(3-e) Wizard window E" p.4-32

● ● ● - ● - After sending the ".prm" data, proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F" p.4-32. Do not turn off the printer.
Sending the back up data

(3-e)Wizard window E

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
- - - - ● ● Click 0GZV to register the serial number. Register the same serial number
R-registration of the serial number
as the faulty board.

「After registering the "serial number", proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F" p.4- Do not turn off the printer.
Registering the serial number
32

(3-f)Wizard window F

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After the wizard ends, click -
Termaination
䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 to acquire the ".mpi" data.
After acquiring the ".mpi" data, perform various adjustments.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board
replacement pattern" p.4-29
"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-32

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode

This section describes the procedure to use remote panel mode on Technician mode.
Each function can be monitored on each window and those windows can be displayed at the
same time.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
6

1. Click [Remote panel mode] on main

window.

2. Click appropriate function to monitor.

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.
3. Click "Maintenance Information Save" to
save maintenance information.
"(6) Saving the maintenance
information" p.4-40
DNKPMKPI㧦0QTOCN
5JQYKPI5VCVWU DNKPMKPI㧦%TQUUGF
DNKPMKPI㧦#DPQTOCN

NOTE
The monitoring information is acquired every time seconds from the printer through
the 「Remort Panel」 .When a communication error has occurred, the
communication status changes to red, and an error message [Communication error]
is displayed.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-33

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Ink System Monitoring

NOTE
Click [Ink system monitor] on [Remote panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer ink
system. Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring information is
invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.










No. Part name

1 Ink color indication
2 The condition of Sub tank sensor is displayed.
Green: Sensor ON
White: Sensor OFF
3 The condition of Two-way solenoid is displayed.
open ： Two-way solenoid is open
close ： Two-way solenoid is closed
4 Condition of cartridge
Green: Cartridge exists
Red : No Cartridges
5 Display the existence of Smart chip card.
Green: Normal
Red : Ink near End
6 Head Temperature (C = Celsius, F = Fahrenheit)
7 Cancel monitoring

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-34

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Smart chip monitoring

No. content
Click [Smart chip monitoring] on [Remort panel] window to indicate the condition of the connected
1 Error status No errors
printer cartridge.
Recoverable error (the target item is displayed in yellow)
Non-recoverable error (the error number is displayed)
Not supported
 
Cartridge is not inserted
Format Check OK ： Normal、 NG ： Abnormal
Format -
Color Indicating inserted cartridge color
（When the cleaning cartridge inserted, the display is gray.)
Ink type -

  Ink kind Ink category

Capacity(ml) Ink Volume(ml)
Consume (ml) Consumed amount of Ink (ml)
Company code -
Serial No -
Insert count Plug in / off counter
Format Check OK ： Normal、 NG ： Abnormal
2 Displaying no message when the cartridges are not installed.
3 Indicating an ink cartridge of wrong color is inserted in the cartridge slot.
4 Cancel monitoring.

NOTE
• Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring information is
invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.
• When the monitoring information is invalid due to smart chip read error, etc, [NG] is
displayed in [Format Check], and [ - ]is displayed in other items.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-35

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Heater System Monitoring

Click [Heater monitoring] on [Remort panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer heater
system

  

No. Content
1 Followings are indicated for preheater, platen heater, Dryer in order
from top.
Preset printing temperature
Preset stand-by temperature
Preset stand-by limit time
Thermistser 1,2
*In addition, Temperatures are indicated in
C=Celsius, F=Farlenheit. AD value is reference
value.
2 When thermistor reaches to preset temperature, the indication changes
to green.
3 Cancel monitoring
4 After heating completes and starts printing, the indication changes to
green.

NOTE
When monitoring information is invalid because of any sensor errors, thermistor temperature
indication shall be the default value of 20 °C (68°F).

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-36

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Head Temperature Transition Monitoring

Head temperature transition of the connected printer can be monitored.
[Head temperature transition] graphs vary depending on the number of the print heads.

No. Part name

1 Displays the head temperature at every 3 seconds for 5 minutes.
2 Displays the current head temperature (°C).
3 Stops monitoring.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-37

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(5) Head temperature transition logging (5-a)Logging setting

The transition of the head temperatures of the connected printer can be logged in. Select Logging setting menu to open the Logging setting window.
Every head on the printer is displayed in the graph of [Head temperature transition].
Press the start button to start logging.

2
1
1

3
3

4 5 6 No. Part name

1 Set up the destination folder to save logging data.
No. Part name
2 Enter the time for logging.
1 Logging details are displayed.
3 Enter the interval of logging.
• Measuring counter
• Starting date 4 Save the setting.
• Time
• Interval
2 Make settings for logging.
TIP
Logging data is sorted by head and saved in plain text format.
3 Displays the transition of head temperatures.
4 Start logging.
5 Stop logging.
6 Stop logging, and close the logging window.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-38

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(5-b)Logging method 4. Logging starts.

First, set the conditions in the Logging setting menu.

"(5-a) Logging setting" p.4-38 6

5

1. Check the time and interval.

2. Press the Start button.

5. Logging starts date is registered.

6. Measuring counter starts counting up.

2 TIP
The logging data is saved in the designated folder every time it is logged in. Even when
logging is interrupted by clicking the [Finish] or [Cancel] button, the logging data up to that
point is saved.
TIP
If the logging data save folder is not set before pressing Start button, an error message is
displayed. 7. When more than the set time has passed, a message box is displayed to confirm the end of logging.

3. The message box is displayed to confirm the start of logging.

Click [OK].

8. Click OK to go back to the Head temperature transition logging window and confirm the logging
data in the save folder.

TIP
The saved file name for the logging data is “Head_*_Tmp_Log.txt” (* is the head number).

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-39

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Saving the maintenance information 5. After saving the data, the "Save
maintenance information" message
1. Make sure that monitoring is done
box is displayed.
normally.
Click [OK] to return to the "Remote
2. Click [Maintenance Info. Save]. panel" window.

3. Click [OK] to start acquiring the

maintenance information.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the

"Remote panel" window.

NOTE
Monitoring is stopped temporarily while the maintenance information is saved.

4. After acquiring the information, the

"Name and save" window is displayed.

The serial number of the printer and the

date are set as default, but you can
change it.

Specify the location to save the data

and click [Save].

Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

TIP
The extension is ".mnt".

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-40

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data 3. When printer identification data acquisition
This section describe the procedure to acquire printer identification data. is in process, [Progress dialog] window
Printer identification data file shall be used to issue authorization code file by MUTOH INDUSTRIES appears.
dealer.
4. When data acquisition completes,
NOTE [Individual code download] window
appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. *Click [OK] to appear 「Save the
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 individual code」 window
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 5. On [Save the individual code] window,
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. select where to save and enter name and
click [Save] to save printer identification
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- data file .
6
*Saved file extension is *.ink.

**Click [Cancel] to return to the main

1. Click [Individual Code Download] on main
window without saving.
window.

2. Click [OK] on [Individual code download] NOTE

to start. Saved printer identification information file shall be used to issue authorization code file.
MUTOH will issue the authentication code file depending on the printer identification
*Click [Cancel] to return to main window
information file.
without acquiring printer identification data.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data P.4-41

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code 3. Click [OK] on [Authorization code upload]

This section describes the procedure to send authorization code file from computer to printer by using to start sending authorization code file.
Technician mode. Authorization code file will be issued based on the printer identification information
file sent to MUTOH via email. *Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without sending.

NOTE
Before this operation, prepare the following:
• Before sending authorization code, save authorization code file (*.ulk) from MUTOH NOTE
INDUSTRIES dealer in any folder. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. one is registered, an warning message appears.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. Click [OK] to return to main window.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
6 4. When authorization code file sending is in
process, a progress dialog appears.

1. Click [Authorization Code Upload] on main

window.
NOTE

• When an error occurs while transmitting the authentification code, an error message is
displayed. Click the [OK] button of the error message to return to the main window.
2. Select and click authorization code file from
saved folder and click [Open] . • When the printer supports activation
and is locked, the 「Activation」
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main window is displayed. It is also
window. possible to execute activation.

5. When sending completes, [Authorization

code upload] window appears. Click [OK] to
return to the main window.
NOTE
When inappropriate file is selected clicked to open, error message appears and return to the
main window.

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code P.4-42

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information 3. Once the setup information has been
acquired, the following information is
This section describes the procedure to refer printer set up information using Technician mode.
displayed:
• Serial No.
NOTE • Printer Model
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: • File path
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 TIP
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. The acquired data and firmware version are not displayed.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
4. 「Refer the file」 window is
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- displayed.Click [OK] and check the
6 setup information described in step 3.

5. Acquired set up information shall be

(1) Acquiring Setup Information from Backup Parameter (*.prn) to Reference
indicated under the tab named [Set up
information].
1. Click on 「Set up List」 .

To save the file as plain text, click .

*Set up information is same detail with

the one acquired in [Print setup
2. On [Select backup parameter file]
window, click to select backup parameter parameters].
file ① , then click [Open] ② . 1

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window. NOTE
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is switched over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is open, the detail
2 shall be renewed.

NOTE
If you select an inappropriate file (such as a file which has as extension other than
*.prn, etc and click [Open]. an error message is displayed and the display returns
to the main window.

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information P.4-43

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Acquiring Setup Information from Printer to Reference 5. 「Setup list download」 window is
displayed,. Click [OK], and check the
1. On [Setup List], click . setup information described in step 4.

2. Click [OK] on [Setup list download] to 6. Acquired set up information shall be

start. indicated under the tab named [Set up
information].
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without acquiring set up
information. To save the file as plain text, click .

NOTE *Set up information is same detail with

the one acquired in [Print setup
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as parameters].
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.
NOTE
3. When set up information acquisition is in Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is switched over to
process, a progress dialog appears. others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is open, the detail
shall be renewed.

4. Once the setup information has been

acquired, the following information is
displayed:
• Date of acquisition
• Serial No.
• Printer Model
• File path
• Firmware M
(Version of Main F/W)
• Firmware C
(Version of Heater Controller
F/W)

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information P.4-44

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter 3. Once the setup information has been
acquired, the following information is
(1) Acquiring Adjustment Parameter from Backup parameter (*prn) to reference displayed:
• Serial No.
1. Click on 「Adjust Parameters」 . • Printer Model
• File path

TIP
The acquired data and firmware version are not displayed.
2. Click to select backup parameter file on
[Select backup parameter file] window 4. 「Refer the file」 window is
① , then click [Open] ② . 1 displayed.Click [OK] and check the
setup information described in step 3.
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

5. Adjustment parameter information

acquired from backup parameter shall be
2 shown in [Adjust Parameters] tab.

To save the file as plain text, click .

NOTE *Adjustment parameter information is

same detail with the one acquired on
When inappropriate file (such as file extension is different from *.prn) is selected clicked to
open, error message appears and return to the main window. [Print all parameters] in self-diagnosis
function. However, date and firmware
version shall not be indicated.

"5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48

NOTE
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved even the tab is switch over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is opened, the detail
shall be renewed.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter P.4-45

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Acquiring Adjustment parameter from printer to reference 3. When adjustment parameter acquisition
is in progress, a progress dialog appears.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. 4. Once the setup information has been
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 acquired, the following information is
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. displayed:
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 • Date of acquisition
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. • Serial No.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4- • Printer Model
6 • File path
• Firmware M
(Version of Main F/W)
• Firmware C
1. Click on 「Adjust Parameter」 .
(Version of Heater Controller
F/W)

5. 「Adjust parameter download」 window is

displayed.Click [OK] and check the
adjust parameter information.

2. Click [OK] on [Adjustment parameters

download] to start.
6. Acquired adjustment parameter
information shall be shown in [Adjust
*Click [Cancel] to return to main
Parameters] tab.
window without adjustment parameter
acquisition.
To save the file as plain text, click .

*Adjustment parameter information is

NOTE same detail with the one acquired on
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or [Print all parameters] in self-diagnosis
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as function.
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
TIP
Click [OK] to return to main window.
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved even the tab is switch over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is opened, the detail
shall be renewed.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter P.4-46

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.17 Initializing activation 3. After initializing, the "Inactivation"

message box is displayed.
Click [OK] to return to the main window.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. CAUTION
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 When using the printer whose activation is initialized in the "Inactivation", activation is
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. required again.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-
Do not use activation lock unnecessarily.
6

1. Click [Inactivation] on the main window.

2. The "Inactivation" message box is

displayed.
Click [OK] to transfer the PC system
time as year-month-day-time format data
to the printer.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if there is some communication error such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message is displayed. If there is some setting error such as
an appropriate model is not selected, or the serial number is not registered or wrong, a
warning message is displayed. Either case, the communication with the printer is
interrupted.
Click [OK] on each window to return to the main window.

4.3.17 Initializing activation P.4-47

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1638E-M-01

4.3.18 Version Information 4.3.19 Terminating Application

This section describes the procedure to confirm version information of this application. This section describes the procedure to terminate this application.

1. Click [Exit] on the main window or Click [×] on

1. Click to select [Help] - [Version (V)] on the
the right top corner of the window to terminate
main window.
this application.

*Detail in [Setup] - [Option] shall be saved and

shall be effected when the application starts next
time.

TIP
2. Confirm information on [Version
information] window, then click [OK] to • Only when [Exit] is clicked, [Exit]
return to main window. message box appeared.

• When MSA starts next time, user mode shall be on. To switch the mode to Technician
mode, proceed log in operation again.

4.3.18 Version Information P.4-48

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment 3. Move Carriage to the opposite side of origin.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
This section describes the procedure to adjust tension of the steel belt. 4. Assemble Tension gauge and Steel belt tension attachment.
When you have removed and installed Steel belt, always adjust Steel belt tension.
5. Press Tension gauge at the center position of Steel belt.

4.4.1 Jigs and Tools 1

3
The jigs and tools required for steel belt tension adjustment are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remark

ce part No.
2
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29
attachment

＋ Driver No.2 generic -

product
No. Name
screw lock generic Three bond 1401
product （for steel belt adjustment screw and steel belt 1 Steel belt
fixing screw） 2 Tension gauge
Tension gauge generic for measuring Max:2N (204gf)
3 Steel belt tension attachment
product

6. Press Jig until Steel belt and Y rail is attached, then gradually bear off. Value must be
TIP within the defined value when steel belt and Y rail is apart.

"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6

TIP
• The steel belt tension specification is 0.98N+0.09N (100gf +10gf).
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure • The range where Steel belt moves up and down in the pulley must be 1 mm or
less.
To adjust the steel belt tension, follow the steps below.

CAUTION
Wear a glove when handling steel belt and CR following movement belt pulley
assembly. Keep away from dust or fold lines, otherwise Steel belt may be damaged
during operation.

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

4.4.1 Jigs and Tools P.4-49

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

7. If the tension of Steel belt does not agree to the specification, adjust the tension with a
steel belt tension screw.

1 1

No. Name
No. Name 1 Threadlock applying surface
1 Steel belt
9. Reciprocate the carriage and confirm Steel belt does not run over from CR following
2 Steel belt tension screw movement belt pulley assembly.
10. Close all the covers.
CAUTION
To adjust steel belt adjustment screw, turn top and bottom screws only same
amount.
If CR following movement belt pulley assembly is tilted, Steel belt may be damaged
during operation.

8. Apply Threadlock on area indicated in red as below.

4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure P.4-50

 4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension 5. Remove Panel FFC from the flat cramps (2 pieces) on the back of Cartridge cover stay R.

Adjustment
This section describes the procedure to adjust the tension of CR speed reduction belt. 2
When you have removed and installed CR speed reduction belt, adjust CR speed reduction
1
belt tension.
3
The jigs and tools required for CR speed reduction belt tension adjustment are as follows.
4
Name Remark

＋ Driver No.2 generic product

hex wrench generic product
(1.5mm ～ 6.0mm) No. Name
screw lock Three bond 1401 1 CR motor Assy
（for steel belt adjustment screw and steel belt fixing screw）
2 Cartridge cover stay R
Tension gauge generic product
for measuring Max 40N (4,080gf) 3 Panel FFC
4 Flat cramp
1. Remove IH cover R
"3.2.4 Removing IH Cover" p.3-11 6. Remove the screws (3 pieces) that retain Cartridge cover stay R.
2. Remove Side top cover R. 3 2
"3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove Side maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10
4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite of original point)
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135

1 2 3

No. Name
1 CR motor Assy
2 Cartridge cover stay R
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

7. Remove Cartridge cover stay R.

4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure P.4-51

 4.5 CR Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

8. Loosen the hexagon bolts (4 pieces) retaining CR motor spacer.

TIP
The tension specification of CR speed reduction belt is 34.32N ± 3.43N (3,500gf ±
350gf).

11. Tighten the hexagon bolts (4 pieces) retaining CR motor mounting plate.
12. Remove Tension gauge from CR motor mounting plate.
2 13. Mount all in a reverse procedure to removing.
1
1

No. Name
1 CR motor Assy
2 CR motor spacer
3 Hexagon bolts with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10

9. Mount Tension gauge to CR motor mounting plate.

3 3

1 1 2

No. Name
1 Tension gauge
2 CR motor spacer
3 CR motor Assy

10. Pull Tension gauge in a horizontal direction to fit CR speed reduction belt within the
specification.

4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure P.4-52

 4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.6 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment No. Name

This section describes the procedure to adjust X reduction belt. 4 PF Motor mounting plate
After replacing X reduction belt such as PF motor removal, adjust X speed reduction belt
tension. 3. Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

4.6.1 Jigs and Tools OK NG

The jigs and tools required for X speed reduction belt tension are as follows.

Name Remark

＋ Driver No.2 generic product

Tension gauge generic product
for measuring Max 40N (4,080gf) 4. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.
• Hook Tension Gauge on PF Motor mounting Plate.
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6
（See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were
4.6.2 Adjustment Procedure lightly tighten in the step 10 at 34.3N ± 3.4N（3500ｇ ± 350ｇ）indicated on
the scale.
1. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-10

2. Loosen the screws (4pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate.

6GPUKQPICWIG
OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP
2
6GPUKQPICWIG
3
2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[

4
1

NOTE
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor
2
Assy.
No. Name
1 PF Motor Assy 5. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3 X speed reduction belt

4.6.1 Jigs and Tools P.4-53

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment NOTE

• Adjust the horizontal height of the head alignment before adjusting the horizontal
TIP alignment slant of head alignment.
• Names for each head nozzle are as shown in the chart below. • In this procedure, the print heads 1 and 2 will be aligned in the directions
(horizontal slant) shown below.

㧭㧯 㧰㧲 㧭㧯 㧰㧲
㧮㧱㧳㧴 㧭㧯㧰㧲 㧮㧱㧳㧴 㧭㧯㧰㧲

㧮㧱㧳㧴 㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷䋱 㧮㧱㧳㧴

㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷䋱
㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷2
㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷2
1. Remove maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) 2. Remove Carriage Cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138
This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant in the horizontal direction.
When you have removed and installed the print head, such as for print head replacement, 3. Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head
always adjust the head slant and depth following the steps below. Slant: Slant 1."
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Origin side

Name Remark

＋ Driver No.2 generic product

hex wrench generic product
（2.5mm） For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length of 150mm
or longer and not L-shaped ԙAdustment pattern (Front-Back Slant) ԘAdustment pattern (Horizontal Slant)

loupe generic product

For confirming Adjust pattern
Penlight generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) P.4-54

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Confirming 「① Adjustment pattern (Horizontal Slant )」

Adjust with Rough adjustment pattern first and then adjust with Micro adjustment pattern.

TIP
Rough adjustment pattern and Micro adjustment pattern are printed for both Head 1
and Head 2.
Printing result of Head2 Printing result of Head1
Rough
adjustment
pattern

Micro adjustment pattern

(1-a)rough adjustment pattern

1. Check Rough adjustment pattern.

A Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌫䋩
H Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌫䋩
A Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌋䋩

2. Check if H nozzle lines are printed between A nozzle lines.

• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39

○ ×
H nozzle line is printed 㨯The image is overlapped.
between A nozzle lines.
㨯H nozzle lines are not between A nozz

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) P.4-55

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1-b)normal adjustment pattern The pattern is printed in the order • Black (H nozzle) and Black (A nozzle)
3. Check if the pattern is printed on the appropriate location by the connecting points 1, 2, of Black (H nozzle) and Black (A are not printed alternately.
and 3 shown below. nozzle) alternatively and spaced • The print order is inverted.
equally. • The pattern is printed alternately but
• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart. not spaced equally.
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39
③

䋨Black䋩 䋨Black䋩
䌁 Nozzle 䌁 Nozzle
Connecting Point

2 1 1 3

䌆 Nozzle 䌇 Nozzle H Nozzle

䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Yellow䋩 䋨Black䋩

○ ×
Black and Yellow are aligned. Yellow and Black are misaligned.

The pattern is printed in the order • Black and Cyan are not printed
of Black and Cyan alternatively alternately.
and spaced equally. • The print order is inverted.
• The pattern is printed alternately but
not spaced equally.
②

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) P.4-56

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1-c)Mechanical adjustment
NOTE
TIP
1 notch is counted as it clicks. The print position moves upward/downward by
The procedure of mechanical adjustment is common to Rough adjustment and Micro half a dot per 1 notch.
adjustment.
Rough adjustment Micro adjustment
H nozzle (Black) lines are H nozzle (Black), G nozzle (Yellow),
1. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Head.
shifted upward. and F nozzle (Cyan) lines will be
shifted upward.

H nozzle (Black) lines are H nozzle (Black), G nozzle (Yellow),

1 shifted upward. and F nozzle (Cyan) lines will be
shifted downward.
2

3. Press Head backward (horizontally).

No. Name
1 Head
2 hexagon socket head cap with spring washer and flat washer
small　M3 × 8

2. Shift Notch and adjust. 1

No. Name
1 Head

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) P.4-57

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4. When you release your hand, Head is pushed back by Blade spring.

No. Name
1 Blade spring

5. With Head still pushed back, tighten the loosened screws (2 pieces).
6. Start in the Self-diagnosis mode and print out Adjust pattern of Head Slant Check menu
1.
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39

7. Check 「① Adjustment pattern (Horizontal Slant )」 .

NOTE
Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result becomes
appropriate.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant) P.4-58

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) "5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39
Origin side
This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant in the front-back direction.
After an operation such as head replacement, adjust the head slant following the steps below.

Jigs required for Front-back slant adjustment are as shown below.

Name Remark
ԙAdustment pattern (Front-Back Slant) ԘAdustment pattern (Horizontal Slant)

＋ Driver No.2 generic product

hex wrench generic product
（2.5mm） For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length of 150mm
or longer and not L-shaped
loupe generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern
Penlight generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern

NOTE
• Make sure to perform front-back slant adjustment before performing vertical slant
adjustment.
• This procedure is to adjust the front-back slant of print head 2 against print head
1 (in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure).
• Head 1 will not be adjusted.

㧭㧯 㧰㧲
㧮㧱㧳㧴 㧭㧯㧰㧲

㪟㪼㪸㪻䋱 㧮㧱㧳㧴
㪟㪼㪸㪻2

1. Remove Maintenance Cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-8
2. Remove Carriage Cover.
"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

3. Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head
Slant: Slant 1."

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) P.4-59

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Confirming 「② Adjustment pattern (Front-Back)」 (1-a)Rough adjustment pattern

1. Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result becomes
Nozzle#16
Nozzle#175
appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
Nozzle#15 "(1-c) Mechanical adjustment" p.4-57
Nozzle#11
Nozzle#170
Head1䇭A Nozzle Nozzle#10 Head2䇭䌂 Nozzle
䋨䌙䌥䌬䌬䌯䌷䋩
○ ×
Nozzle#6
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌋䋩 Nozzle#165
Nozzle#8

Nozzle#160
• Yellow lines are printed • Yellow lines are not printed between Black lines.
between Black lines. • The print order is inverted.
Rough
Micro adjustment pattern adjustment • The pattern is printed in
pattern the order of Black and
Yellow from the top.

䋨Yellow) 䋨Magenta) 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Black)

Head1 Head1 Head1 Head1
G Nozzle E Nozzle C Nozzle A Nozzle
#1~#21 #1~#21 #1~#21 #1~#21

Head2 Head2 Head2 Head2

H Nozzle F Nozzle D Nozzle B Nozzle
#160~#180 #160~#180 #160~#180 #160~#180
䋨Black䋩 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Magenta䋩 䋨Yellow䋩

Adjust with Rough adjustment pattern first and then adjust with Micro adjustment pattern.

• "(1-a) Rough adjustment pattern" p.4-60

• "(1-b) Micro adjustment pattern" p.4-61

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) P.4-60

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1-b)Micro adjustment pattern

• Check if the pattern is printed on the appropriate location by the connecting points
shown below.

䋨Yellow) 䋨Magenta) 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Black)

Head1 Head1 Head1 Head1
G Nozzle E Nozzle C Nozzle A Nozzle

Connecting point

Head2 Head2 Head2

H Nozzle F Nozzle Head2
D Nozzle B Nozzle
䋨Black䋩 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Magenta䋩 䋨Yellow䋩

٤ ˜
• The printed lines of • Head 1 and Head 2 are not printed alternately.
Head 1 and Head 2 • The print order is inverted.
are spaced equally. • The pattern is printed alternately but not spaced
• The pattern is equally.
printed in the order
of Head 1 and Head
2 from the top.

• The above conditions under X require mechanical adjustment. Repeat

mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result becomes
appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
"(1-c) Mechanical adjustment" p.4-62

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) P.4-61

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(1-c)Mechanical adjustment
NOTE
TIP • 1 notch is counted as it clicks. The print position moves upward/downward by
The procedure of mechanical adjustment is common to Rough adjustment and Micro half a dot per 1 notch.
adjustment.
Rough adjustment Micro adjustment
B nozzle lines of Head 2 will B, D, F, and H nozzle lines of Head 2 will
1. Loosen the screws (3 pieces) retaining Head adjustment plate S. be shifted upward. be shifted upward.

B nozzle lines of Head 2 will B, D, F, and H nozzle lines of Head 2 will

be shifted downward. be shifted downward.

2
• Press Notch against Plate and move it.
1 • If there is a gap between Notch and Plate, Notch might not function accurately.

No. Name
1 Head adjustment plate S
2NCVG
2 hexagon socket head cap with spring washer and flat washer
small　M3 × 6
0QVEJ
2. Shift Notch and adjust.

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) P.4-62

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

3. Press Head forward (horizontally).

NOTE
Press Cutter holder diagonally downward and tighten the screw (1 piece).

No. Name
1 Head

4. When you release your hand, Head is pushed back by Blade spring.

No. Name
1 Spring

5. With Head still pushed back, tighten the loosened screws (3 pieces).
6. Start in the Self-diagnosis mode and print out Adjust pattern of Head Slant Check menu
1.
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39

7. Confirming 「① Adjustment pattern (Horizontal Slant )」 .

4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant ) P.4-63

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) (1) Confirming adjustment pattern

This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant in the vertical direction. 1. Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head
After operation such as head replacement, you might need to adjust the head slant. When Slant: Slant 2."　 "5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39
needed, adjust the head slant according to the steps below.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
Jigs required for Vertical slant adjustment are as shown below. [Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠
[Enter]
Name Remark
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧦㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧞
＋ Driver No.2 generic product [Enter]

hex wrench generic product 㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣

（2.5mm） For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length of 150mm Change to PG_LOW
or longer and not L-shaped 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
finish printing
loupe generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern • The following adjustment pattern will be printed.

Penlight generic product Origin point side

For confirming Adjust pattern
screw lock ThreeBond Co., Ltd. 1401
OO
OO

NOTE
• Before performing vertical slant adjustmen, make sure to perform both horizontal
and front-back slant adjustments. 2. Confirm adjustment pattern.
"4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment" p.4-54
Print result Head slant ٤㧛˜ Print result Head slant ٤㧛˜
• In this procedure, the print heads will be aligned in the directions of the arrow CW
shown below. ٤ CCW
˜
The connecting points The lines of CW printing
of CW printing and and CCW printing are
CCW printing are not straight.
printed vertically
in a straight line.
CCW CW

Print result Head slant ٤㧛˜

˜
The lines of CW printing
and CCW printing are
not straight.

CCW
CW
• The above conditions under X require mechanical adjustment. Repeat
mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result becomes
appropriate as shown under ○ in the chart.
"(2) Mechanical Adjustment" p.4-65

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-64

 4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Mechanical Adjustment 2. Referring to the chart below, rotate a screw (1 piece) and adjust vertical slant.

1. Loosen the screws (5 pieces) retaining Head base mounting plate.

Screw (hexagon socket screw M3㬍12)
2 1

Print result Before adjustment Screw Adjustment completed

CW
Loosen the screw on the opposite side
CCW

No. Name Loosen

1 hexagon socket head cap with spring washer and flat washer
small　M3 × 8　Ni-3
2 Head base mounting plate

Print result Before adjustment Screw Adjustment completed

Tighten

CCW
CW
3. Print out the confirmation pattern again to check if the head slant (vertical) is
appropriate. "5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-39

4. If the print result is not appropriate, repeat adjustment and printing.

5. Once the print result becomes appropriate, apply screw lock on hexagon socket screws.
6. After completing this operation, tighten the screws loosened in Step 1, and install
Carriage cover.

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-65

 4.8 Head Height Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.8 Head Height Adjustment 5. Remove Head protecter.

Explanations for print head and platen clearance check and adjustment procedures.
CAUTION
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Do not touch the nozzle surface of the print head when removing the head protector.
Name Maintenan Remark Interference may cause damage on the print head.
ce part No.
PG height adjusting Jig DG-43196 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29 6. Place the PG height adjustment jig on the platen.
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6

＋ Driver No.2 generic -

product
CAUTION
Place the PG height adjustment jig on the printer head away from the print head
1. Warm up Platen up to 42 degrees. nozzle. Interference may cause damage on print head.
"5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu" p.5-7

2. Remove the carriage cover.

"3.7.4 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-138

3. Release the carriage lock.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
4. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Head protectors (2 pieces).
1

TIP
• There is one Head protector on each Head.
• Head protector on the origin point side is tightened with a screw at the back of
Head.
No. Name

1 PG height adjustment Jig

7. Move the carriage from the carriage origin while the lever is set to the “LOW” mode.
8. Confirm print head go through 1.3 mm step by head hight adjustment jig but not go
through 1.4 mm step.

L R
Head Slide Jig on Platen from the both
1 sides and check
Platen

Check the head height by whether

1.4mm
Print head goes through protruding
No. Name 1.3mm PG height adjusting Jig
portions on both sides.

1 Tapping screw M3 × 5 P tight pan-head 9. Turn the jig in the opposite direction, shift Carriage from the opposite side of the origin,
and check the height in the same way as in the step 5.

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-66

 4.8 Head Height Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

10. When print head does not go through 1.3 mm step or go through 1.4 mm, loosen the
screws (1 piece each on the right and left sides) that retain the head U/D eccentric levers
located on the right and left sides of the carriage, and adjust the head height.
• Move Head U/D collar upward: Highten the head height
• Move Head U/D collar downward: Lower the head height

Head U/D collar

Heightens Heightens

Loosen
Loosen
this
this
Lowers Lowers

NOTE
The heights of right and left cams are separately changed. After changing the
height, refer to the steps 7 to 9 and make sure to use the PG height checking jig to
check that the heights of the right and left cams are appropriate.

11. Tighten the screw which was loosened in the step 10 and fix the head height.
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-67

 4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment (1) Calibration

TIP TIP
• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper
proper values. values, panel displays results.
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. adjusting process.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Using MF-3G for adjusting sensor. 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
#HVGTUGVVKPIRCRGTRWUJ[Enter] key
#DPQTOCNVGTOKPCVKQP
After replacing P_EDGE sensor or MAIN board Assy, adjust P_EDGE sensor. 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞

[Enter]
P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor are automatically adjusted by the Self-diagnosis
[Cancel]
function.
"5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.5-33 GAIN
=?MG[ Meaning iof displays
VR㧦Sensor setting value
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸 AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting
= ?MG[
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
[Enter]
[Cancel]

[Enter] Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during ‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display

=?-G[
[Enter] %CNKDTCVKQP 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑 /GPW
[Cancel]
= ?-G[ After removing paper, push [Enter] key
5GPUKPI2.CVGP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓 /GPW
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 +PRWV/GPW
After measuring
=?MG[
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
= ?MG[ THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
when sensoe LED is OFF
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX㧛XXX㧛XXX‫ޠ‬display‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
㧭㧰㧶‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-68

 4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

TIP NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen. • Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is • Use only in:
displayed on the panel. When any problems are occured at paper recognition, while adjusting the
sensor at Calibration.
Origin side
When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 type and so on) of user.
Platen • You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Calibration.
• Setting values are display immediately.
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 Ａ Ｄ （Sensor reflecting value） ： ０ ～ 255
After removing paper push [Enter] key
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍T㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 [Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠
[Enter] or [Cancel] When saving setting values,
[Enter]
push [Enter] key while
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 =?ࠠ࡯ displaying [Edge VR].

㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?ࠠ࡯
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

Setting by 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key 㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸㨪㧴

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-69

 4.10 Cutter position adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

4.10 Cutter position adjustment 5. Move Carriage (so that Cutter holder is above Jig).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-135
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remark

ce part No.
Cutter Adjusting Jig DG-43194 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29 2
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6

＋ Driver No.2 generic - 1

product

1. Warm up Platen up to 42 degrees.

"5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu" p.5-7 No. Name

2. Open Front cover. 1 Cutter Adjusting Jig

3. Set Cutter adjusting jig on Platen. 2 Cutter holder
4.

NOTE
The position of Jig and Cutter holder should be as shown below.
2

Match the convex and the concavity.

No. Name
2
1 Cutter Adjusting Jig 1
2 Platen

No. Name
NOTE
1 Cutter Adjusting Jig
• Make sure that there is no gap between Cutter adjusting jig and Platen.
2 Cutter holder
• When setting Cutter adjusting jig, place the thinner side facing the front.

Back Front

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-70

 4.10 Cutter position adjustment VJ1638E-M-01

6. Loosen the screw (1 piece) retaining Cutter holder.

7. Press Cutter holder diagonally downward and tighten the screw (1 piece).
8.

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer　M3 × 6
2 Cutter holder

˜
CAUTION
&QPQVRWUJVJG
EWVVGTECR
KVYC[FCOCIGVJGRCTV

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4.7.3 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-71

 VJ1638E-M-01

5 Self-Diagnosis Mode 5.5.9 Spectro Vue Menu............................................. 5-28

5.5.10 Time Check Menu ............................................. 5-29

5.1 Introduction .................................................................. 5- 3
5.6 Ink Charging Menu ..................................................... 5- 30
5.2 Preparation ................................................................... 5- 3
5.7 Adjustment Menu ....................................................... 5- 31
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine .................................... 5-3
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment ......................... 5-33
5.2.2 Starting Up .......................................................... 5-4
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu................................. 5-35
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode............................ 5- 5
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu............................................. 5-38
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode .......................... 5-5
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu.................................... 5-39
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu............. 5-6
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu ............................ 5-45
5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu ............................................. 5- 7
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy .......................................................... 5-63
5.5 Inspection Menu ........................................................... 5- 8
5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu .......................... 5-64
5.5.1 Memory Size Menu ........................................... 5-10
5.7.8 Test Printing Menu ............................................ 5-65
5.5.2 Version Menu .................................................... 5-11
5.7.9 Longstore Menu ................................................ 5-68
5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu ...................................... 5-12
5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu .............................................. 5-69
5.5.4 Sensor Menu..................................................... 5-13
5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu................. 5-70
5.5.5 Encoder Menu................................................... 5-17
5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu .................................... 5-71
5.5.6 Fan Menu .......................................................... 5-18
5.8 Cleaning Menu ........................................................... 5- 72
5.5.7 Record Menu..................................................... 5-19
5.9 Sample Printing Menu................................................ 5- 73
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu ...................................... 5-27

P.5-1
 VJ1638E-M-01

5.10 Parameter Menu ......................................................... 5- 74 5.14.3 Heater Menu.................................................... 5-100

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu............................ 5-75 5.15 Paper Initial Menu..................................................... 5- 101

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu................................... 5-77

5.11 Servo Setting Menu.................................................... 5- 86

5.12 Endurance Running Menu......................................... 5- 87

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu ............................. 5-88

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu .............................. 5-89

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu .................................... 5-90

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu .................................... 5-91

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu ............................................... 5-92

5.12.6 Wiper Endurance menu .................................... 5-93

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu ...... 5-94

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu ................................. 5-95

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu ..................... 5-96

5.13 Paper Feed Menu........................................................ 5- 97

5.14 ExControl Menu.......................................................... 5- 98

5.14.1 Version Menu .................................................... 5-98

5.14.2 Sensor Menu..................................................... 5-99

P.5-2
 5.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

5.1 Introduction CAUTION

This chapter provides information on the self-diagnosis function. Make sure to supply power directly from a power supply outlet (AC 100 V to 120 V
or AC 220 V to 240 V). Avoid using outlets that other appliances are plugged into.
The self-diagnosis function adjusts the printing accuracy. It is used in the manufacturing Doing so generates heat in the printer and may cause fire.
process, adjustment, and maintenance.
The self-diagnosis function is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available
from Operation panel.

"8.2.3 Operation Panel" p.8-4

TIP
This manual is created based on firmware Ver.2.01.

5.2 Preparation
Before you can use the self-diagnosis function, you must make the machine ready to call up
the self-diagnosis menu.

5.2.1 Preparations on Machine

Before starting up the self-diagnosis function, prepare the following.

(1) Setting Media

Set roll media for adjustment.

NOTE
For adjustment, use MF-3G.

(2) Connecting Power Cable

Connect Power cable to the machine’s inlet Assy and insert Power plug into an outlet.

5.2.1 Preparations on Machine P.5-3

 5.2 Preparation VJ1638E-M-01

5.2.2 Starting Up
Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup
menu display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps
below:

1. When the printer is in the operation mode or in

the self-diagnosis menu mode, press the
[Power] key to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [Setting value - ],
[Setting value + ], and [>] keys on Operation
panel simultaneously, press the [Power] key.

The system will transit to the self-diagnosis

menu display mode

5.2.2 Starting Up P.5-4

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1638E-M-01

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode 3. To save the modified value, press [Enter] key on
Operation panel.
This section explains how to operate in the self-diagnosis mode as well as providing the list *The modified set value is stored and the next item is
of available diagnosis items. displayed.

5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode NOTE

Follow the flow shown below to operate the self-diagnosis mode. If you press [Cancel] key, or, [Setting/value +]
key or [Setting/value -] key, instead of [Enter]
key, the modification is not stored.
TIP
For more detailed operation procedure, refer to the flow chart of the applicable
diagnosis items.
4. To quit the diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on
Operation panel.
1. Press [<] key or [>] key on Operation panel to select *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the
the item to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key. diagnosis menu.
• The selected item is accepted.
• If the item has a sub menu, the sub menu is
displayed.

5. To exit the self-diagnosis menu, press [Power] key.

2. When the LCD monitor on Operation panel indicates
a setting value, the value can be modified.
Press [Setting/value +] key or [Setting/value -] key on
Operation panel to modify the value.

5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode P.5-5

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1638E-M-01

5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

The self-diagnosis menu includes the following diagnosis items. Endurance Performs endurance running of the printer "5.12 Endurance
Running Menu mechanism. Running Menu" p.5-87
Performs cut.
Diagnosis item Contents Reference
Media feed Feeds media into the printer forward or "5.13 Paper Feed Menu"
Platen Raise the temperature for Platen heater to "5.4 Platen Adjustment
p.5-97
Menu backward.
Adjustment 42°C. Menu" p.5-7
Menu Raise the temperature for Pre-heater to ExControl Checks the following items about the Hearter "5.14 ExControl Menu"
47°C. Menu Cont board Assy. p.5-98

Inspection Display the following items on Operation "5.5 Inspection Menu" • Firmware version of the controller
Menu panel. p.5-8 side
• Memory size • Sensor
• Firmware version of the main side • Heater
• Panel PaperInitial Performs media detection setting. "5.15 Paper Initial Menu"
• Sensor Menu p.5-101

• Encoder
• Fan
• Head waveform =?MG[
[Enter]
• History 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚 Adj.Platen Menu
[Cancel]
• Spectro Vue = ?MG[
• Time Check 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 Test Menu

Ink Charging Performs initial cleaning of Print head and ink "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑 InkCharge Menu
Menu charging. p.5-30
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 Adjustment Menu
Adjustment Head Adjustment, Sensor Position、 "5.7 Adjustment Menu"
Menu Sensitivity adjustment p.5-31
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓 Cleaning Menu
Cleaning Performs cleaning of Print head. "5.8 Cleaning Menu" p.5-
72 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Menu
Menu
Test Print Performs printing of the following items: "5.9 Sample Printing 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 Parameter Menu
Menu • Adjustment pattern ALL Menu" p.5-73
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛 Servo Menu
• Parameter ALL
• Error history 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑 Endurance Menu
• S/C Log
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 PaperFeed Menu
Parameter Performs the setting and initialization of the "5.10 Parameter Menu"
Menu adjustment parameter. p.5-74 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘 ExControl Menu

Servo Setting Performs setting for Servo motor. "5.11 Servo Setting 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘 PaperInitial Menu
Menu Menu" p.5-86

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode P.5-6

 5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu

Raise the temperature of Pre-heater and Platen heater to 47°C and 42°C respectively.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]

=?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

Fig. 5-1 The display before Pre-heater reaches 47°C and Platen heater reaches 42°C.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯
= ?MG[
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯

㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯

㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯

Fig. 5-2 The display after Pre-heater reached 47°C and Platen heater reached 42°C.

NOTE
• When Heater reaches the specified temperature, a buzzer is sounded.
• Pre2 is a reference value. Pre 1 reaches 47 ℃ and Pla1or pla2 reaches 42°C and
it will be complete.

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu P.5-7

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5 Inspection Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Encoder Displays the detected values from the following "5.5.5 Encoder
This menu displays the following items on Operation panel. encoders: Menu" p.5-17
• CR encoder
Diagnosis item Contents Reference • PF encoder
Memory size Displays the size of memories installed on the MAIN "5.5.1 Memory Fan Used to check if the following fans operate normally "5.5.6 Fan Menu"
board Assy . Size Menu" p.5-10 by turning them ON and OFF: p.5-18
Version Displays the following items on Operation panel: "5.5.2 Version • Vacuum Fan
• Firmware version Menu" p.5-11 • Cooling fan (24V) Assy (for MAIN board
• Backup parameter version Assy)
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy • Exaust Fan
• Revision of MAIN board Assy Record Used to check the following records. Used to "5.5.7 Record
• Company code initialize the serious error record. Menu" p.5-19
• Serial No. • Maintenance record
Operation Used to check the operations of Operation panel "5.5.3 Operation • Serious error record
panel keys, LCD, and LED. Panel Menu" p.5-12 • Initialize Serious error record
Sensor Displays the status of the following sensors: "5.5.4 Sensor • Confirming Printing information
• CR origin sensor Menu" p.5-13 • Confirming Operating Time
• Waste fluid tank sensor • Confirming S/C Log
• Wiper sensor • Initializing S/C Log
• Cover sensor Head Used to check the head-driving waveform. "5.5.8 Head
• Maintenance cover L sensor waveform Waveform Menu" p.5-
27
• Maintenance cover R sensor
• Lever sensor Spectro Vue Check the connection of Spectro Vue "5.5.9 Spectro
Vue Menu" p.5-28
• Paper edge sensor
• Paper rear sensor Time Check Confirming Operating ＲＴＣ(real Time clock) "5.5.10 Time
Check Menu" p.5-29
• Head Gap
• Head thirmistor sensor
• Head Trans istor Thermistor Sensor 1/2/3/4
• Cartridge Not （8 pieces）
• Ink Not （8 pieces）
• INK ID （8 pieces）
• Cutter Solenoid
• Tank status
• Choke Valve
• Lock Solenoid
• Wiper Solenoid

5.5 Inspection Menu P.5-8

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

Panel Menu

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]

=?MG[
[Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨜㨍㨏㨕㨠㨥 Ram Capacity Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚 Varsion Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘 Panel Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 Sensor Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞 Encoder Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧲㨍㨚 Fan Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 History Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘 Head Signal Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧿㨜㨑㨏㨠㨞㨛㨂㨡㨑 SpectroVue Menu

㨀㨑㨟㨠㧝㧜㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗 Time Check Menu

5.5 Inspection Menu P.5-9

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.1 Memory Size Menu

This menu is used to display the size of memories installed on MAIN board Assy on
Operation panel

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨜㨍㨏㨕㨠㨥
[Enter]
㧾㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨜㨍㨏㨕㨠㨥‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡㧢㧹㧮

5.5.1 Memory Size Menu P.5-10

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.2 Version Menu

This menu is used to display the following items on Operation panel.

• Firmware version of the MAIN side

• Backup parameter version
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy
• Revision of MAIN board Assy
• Company code
• Serial No.

TIP
The following is a supplement explanation about display contents.
• Settings for the DIP switch on the MAIN board Assy are displayed as follows:
• ON: 0, OFF: 1
• Switch No.1: LSB
• Switch No.2: MSB
• When Serial No. is not set , the following window is displayed.

㨂㨑㨞㧦㧿㨑㨞㨕㧚‫ޓޓޓ‬㧺㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚
[Enter]

=?MG[
[Enter]
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧲㨕㨞㨙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 Firmware version
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 Backup parameter version
Setting of DIP switches
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧰㨕㨜㧿㨃‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧟
of MAIN Board Assy
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧮㨛㨍㨞㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨢‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧝 Revision of MAIN board Assy

㨂㨑㨞㧦㧯㨛㨙㨜㨍㨚㨥㧯㨛㨐㨑‫ޓ‬㧜˜㧜㧝 Company code

㨂㨑㨞㧦㧿㨑㨞㨕㧚‫ޓ‬㧳㧽㧢㨁㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Serial No.

5.5.2 Version Menu P.5-11

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu

This menu is used to check the operations of Operation panel keys, LCD, and LEDs.

(1) Operation Panel Key Check

When you press a key on Operation panel, the name of the key is displayed on LCD. To exit
Operation panel key check, press [Cancel] key twice.

(2) LCD Check

The entire LCD screen is filled in black. You can check for any missing dots.

(3) LED Check

The following LEDs light up in the following order. The LCD displays the name of LED that is
currently illuminated.

• Power lamp
• Errr lamp
• High lamp
• Low lamp
• Take Up lamp
• Auto Cut lamp
• Long lamp
• Normal lamp

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘
[Enter]

=?MG[ Operation Panel Key Check

[Enter]
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧝㧦㧷㨑㨥 㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧦㧷㨑㨥‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧫㧫㧫㧫㧫
[Cancel]
= ?MG[ 㧔twice㧕 LED Check
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧞㧦㧸㧯㧰 ‫عععععععععععععععععععع‬
LCD Check
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧟㧦㧸㧱㧰
㧸㧱㧰㧦㧷㨑㨥‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧫㧫㧫㧫㧫

5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu P.5-12

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.4 Sensor Menu No. Sensor name Status in Reference

display
This menu is used to display the sensor status on Operation panel.
If the displayed sensor status does not match the actual machine status, replace or adjust the 17 Ink END KkCcMmY "3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-
relevant sensor. y 187
18 Ink　ID ALL "3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy" p.3-190
No. Sensor name Status in Reference 19 Cutter Solenoid Chk - "(1) Cutter Solenoid Check" p.5-15
display 20 Tank Status - "(2) Tank status" p.5-15
1 CR origin sensor ON / OFF "3.6.8 Replacing CR Origin Sensor" p.3-115 "3.9.6 Replacing Sub tank Assy、TANK_H/L
Cable Assy" p.3-195
2 Waste fluid tank ON / OFF "3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and
sensor Waste Fluid Level Switch" p.3-201 21 Tank Valve - "(3) Tank Valve Check" p.5-15
"3.9.3 Replacing 2-way Solenoid Assy" p.3-
3 Cover sensor ON / OFF "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
191
22 Lock Solenoid Chk - "(4) Lock Solenoid Check" p.5-16
4 Maintenance cover Open / "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy" p.3-29
L sensor Close 23 Wiper Solenoid Chk - "(5) Wiper Solenoid Check" p.5-16
5 Maintenance cover Open / "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy" p.3-29
R sensor Close
NOTE
6 Lever sensor Up / Down "3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever
sensor cable Assy" p.3-84 For the following sensors, the sensor sensitivity is displayed in decimal number.
• P_EDGE sensor
7 Edge AD 0 ～ 255 "3.7.14 Replacing P_EDGE Sensor" p.3-160
（P_EDGE sensor） "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4- • P_REAR sensor
68
8 Rear AD 0 ～ 255 "3.5.6 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-82
（P_REAR Sensor） "4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-
68
9 Head Gap High/Low "3.7.12 Replacing Print Head" p.3-152
10 Head 1 ** ℃
11 Head 2 ** ℃
12 Head transistor ** ℃
thermistor sensor 1
13 Head transistor ** ℃
thermistor sensor 2
14 Head transistor ** ℃
thermistor sensor 3
15 Head transistor ** ℃
thermistor sensor 4
16 Ink NOT KkCcMmY "3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-
y 187

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-13

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

HTQONGHV[RCIG 6QNGHVRCIG
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] = ?MG[ =?MG[
[Cancel] 㧿㨑㨚㧞㧜㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧿㨠㨍㨠㨡㨟 To tank status Menu
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠‫ޓ‬㧦㧿㨑㨚
[Enter] 㧿㨑㨚㧞㧝㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑 To Tank Valve Menu
=?MG[
㧿㨑㨚㧞㧞㧦㧸㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐 To Lock Solenoid Menu
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨞㨕㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨒㨒
= ?MG[ 㧿㨑㨚㧞㧟㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐 To Wiper Solenoid Menu
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨃㨍㨟㨠㨑㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧸‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨜㨑㨚

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨜㨑㨚

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧸㨑㨢㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧰㨛㨣㨚

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧱㨐㨓㨑㧭㧰‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧭㧰‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠

㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧝㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧞㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧝‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧟㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧠㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧟‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧡㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧠‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧢㧦㧵㧚㧺㧻㨀‫ޓ‬㧷㨗㧯㨏㧹㨙㨅㨥

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧣㧦㧵㧚㧱㧺㧰‫ޓ‬㧷㨗㧯㨏㧹㨙㨅㨥

㧿㨑㨚㧝㧤㧦㧵㧚㧵㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧷㨗㧯㨏㧹㨙㨅㨥
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧥㧦㧯㨡㨠㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐 Cutter Solenoid
[Cancel] Check Menu

To right page from right page

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-14

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Cutter Solenoid Check (3) Tank Valve Check

Check the up/down operations of Cutter solenoid. Check the operation of 2-way valve of Subtank.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel] 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 [Enter]
[Enter] [Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧥㧦㧯㨡㨠㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐 [Enter]
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨚㧞㧝㧦㧯㨡㨠㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐
㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㧰㨛㨣㨚‫ޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
[Cancel] [Enter]
=?MG[
㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㨁㨜‫ޓޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 㧻㨚㧦1RGP
= ?MG[ 㧻㨒㨒㧦%NQUG
(2) Tank status 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞

Displays the status of Sensor and Solenoid valve of Subtank. 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞

㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧠‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧡‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧢‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧣‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
㧿㨑㨚㧞㧜㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧿㨠㨍㨠㨡㨟

[Enter]
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧤‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
=?MG[
㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚 㧴㧦5WDVCPM*KIJUGPUQT [Cancel] [Enter]
= ?MG[ 㧸㧦5WDVCPM.QYUGPUQT 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘
㨂㧦6CPM8CNXG
㧞‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚
‫ޓޓ‬㧔1P㧦1RGP1HH㧦%NQUG㧕
㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚

㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚

㧡‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚

㧢‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚

㧣‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨚㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚㧛㧻㨒㨒

㧤‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨚㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚㧛㧻㨒㨒

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-15

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Lock Solenoid Check (5) Wiper Solenoid Check

Check the operation of Carriage lock solenoid. Check the operation of Wiper solenoid.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
[Enter] [Enter]

㧿㨑㨚㧞㧟㧦㧸㨛㨏㨗㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐 㧿㨑㨚㧞㧟㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐
[Cancel] [Enter]
[Cancel]
[Enter]
(Carriage is Locked㧕 (It will be in Up state.㧕
㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 㧿㨛㨘㧚㨁㨜‫ޓޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞

[Cancel] [Enter] [Cancel] [Enter]

㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㧸㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘 㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㧰㨛㨣㨚‫ޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-16

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.5 Encoder Menu

This menu is used to display the detected values from the following encoders:

• CR encoder
• PF encoder

NOTE
For the encoder-detected values, the encoder pulse numbers are displayed in
hexadecimal number.
• Encoder values are displayed as follows.
・ CR Encoder ： about 35.28μｍ
・ PF Encoder ： about 2.73μｍ

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?MG[
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜

5.5.5 Encoder Menu P.5-17

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.6 Fan Menu

This menu is used to check if the following fans operate normally by turning them ON and
OFF:

• Vacuum FAN
• Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN board)
• Exhaust Fan

NOTE
• The “Cooling fan” on the Panel indicates Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN
board).
• While the power is on, Cooling FAN is always on.
• Depending on the type of FAN, the operation after the [Enter] key is pressed
differes as below.

Name While Power is After [Enter] is After [Cancel] is

ON pressed pressed
Vacuum Fan OFF ON OFF
Cooling FAN ON OFF ON
Exhaust Fan OFF ON OFF

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧲㨍㨚
[Enter]

=?MG[
[Enter]
㧲㨍㨚㧝㧦㨂㨍㨏㨡㨡㨙‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
[Cancel]
= ?MG[ Adsorption Fan㧦ON
[Enter]
㧲㨍㨚㧞㧦㧯㨛㨛㨘㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
[Cancel]
Cooling FAN㧔24V㧕Assy
[Enter] 㧔For MAIN Board Assy㧕OFF
㧲㨍㨚㧟㧦㧱㨤㨔㨍㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 [Cancel] ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
Exhaust FAN ON

5.5.6 Fan Menu P.5-18

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.7 Record Menu

This menu is used to check the following record. In addition, it initializes serious error record.

• Maintenance record
• Serious error record
• Printing Information
• Operation Time
• S/C Log
Initiallizing Record and S/C Log.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧾㨑㨟㨛㨞㨐㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑 Maintenance Record

= ?MG[
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞 Serious error Record

Initialization of the
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧟㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚 serious communication

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing Information

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Operation Time

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓 S/C Log.

Initialization of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠 S/C Log

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-19

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Maintenance Record From left page To Left page

= ?MG[ =?MG[
TIP
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧯㧦㧜
• The number of ink discharge is the average value of the total discharge number
divide by 180 per 1 nozzle. 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧰㧦㧜
• The ink discharge number is shown in the units of mega dot.
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧱㧦㧜
Average amount of the discharged ink from
Head 2 Row C(Unit: Mdots)
Average amount of the discharged ink from
Head 2 Row D (Unit: Mdots)
Average amount of the discharged ink from
Head 2 Row E (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧲㧦㧜 Head 2 Row F (Unit: Mdots)
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 Average amount of the discharged ink from
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧳㧦㧜 Head 2 Row G (Unit: Mdots)
[Enter]
Average amount of the discharged ink from
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧴㧦㧜 Head 2 Row H (Unit: Mdots)
[Enter]
[Cancel] 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of Cleaning
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter] 㨃㨕㨜㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of Wiping
=?MG[
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of printing 㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of Wiper Solenoid Downs
㧔Including inside pattern)
= ?MG[
Number of CR Motor activation Number of Cutting
㧯㨡㨠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 (Unit㧦Operation count)
(OriginψOpposite side of Origin‫ޔ‬
Opposie side of OriginψOrigin) 㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of Cutter Solenoid Downs
㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of PF Motor activation(Unit㧦10m)
㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Number of LockSolenoid Downs
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Opeation time of Pump motor 1
(Unit: second)
Opeation time of Pump motor 2 㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧼㨛㨟㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨄㧚㨄㨄㨄㨙㨙 Unlock Position㧔Unit:0.001mm㧕
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 (Unit: second)
Average amount of the discharged ink from 㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 (1-a)Head Wiping number Menu
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 *GCFRow A (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from 㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row B (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧯㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row C (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row D (Unit: Mdots)
Average amount of the discharged ink from
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row E (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row F (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row G (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 1 Row H (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Head 2 Row A (Unit: Mdots)

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Average amount of the discharged ink from

Head 2 Row B (Unit: Mdots)

To right page From right page

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-20

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1-a)Head Wiping number

Displays the number of wiping operation of Head (nozzles).

Up to two previous counts can be displayed.

TIP
• Wiped 1: Current count information
• Wiped 2: Previous count information
• Wiped 3: One before previous count information
• Maximum value: 65535 (the counter stops at 65535 and does not go over that)
• When there is no history, [No Dada] is displayed. (When there is no history of
Wiped 2, Wiped 3 is not displayed.)

㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ?MG[
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧢㧡㧡㧟㧡

㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧟㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨍

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-21

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Serious Error Record (3) Error Initialization

This menu is used to display serious error record on Operation panel. This menu is used to initialize the serious error record.

NOTE 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
• The serious error history does not include CPU error.
• The serious error history menu indicates up to 64 history of items. 㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧟㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚
[Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
[Enter]
After Initializing [Enter] [Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] [Enter]
[Cancel] After Displaying
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧴㧱㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㧭㧮㧸㧱‫ޓ‬㧝
= ?MG[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾

㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾

㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀

=?MG[
㧱㨞㨞㧢㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾
= ?MG[

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-22

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Printing Information (4-a)Number

Check printing information (number of printed copies of each print mode, print area, and Check the number of printed copies of each print mode.
number of printed copies of each effect). The inner pattern will not be accumulated.
[Cancel]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙
[Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 [Enter]
[Enter] =?MG[
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 Total Number
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓ‬㧜
(Not including inside pattern)
[Enter]
[Cancel] = ?MG[
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Quality1
[Enter]
㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Quality2
=?MG[
[Enter] Quality3
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙 Number Menu 㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Cancel]
= ?MG[ 㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Quality4
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍 Area Menu
㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Graphics1
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠 Effect Menu
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Graphics2

㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Banner1

TIP 㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Banner2

Displayed as a decimal.
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Banner3

㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 banner4

㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Other mode shown above

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-23

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4-b)Area
Check the number of printed copies of each effect
[Cancel]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍
[Enter]
[Enter]

=?MG[
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 䌔䌯䌴䌡䌬䇭䋨䋛䋩
= ?MG[
㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality1䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality2䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality3䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality4䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics1䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics2䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner1䇭䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner2䇭䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner3䇭䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner4䇭䇭䋨䋛䋩

㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧭㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Other mode shown above

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-24

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4-c)Effect From left page To left page

Check the number of printed copies of each print effect.
[Cancel] 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
[Enter] 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧠‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter]
=?MG[
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ?MG[ 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧢‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 A-Super Fine&Wave
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 B-Super Fine&Wave
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

To right page from right page

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-25

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(5) Operation Time (7) Initialization of S/C Log

Check the accumulated operation time of each activation mode. Initialize the Smart chip log.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] [Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter] [Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚
[Enter]
[Enter] [Cancel]
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
=?MG[
[Enter]
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 All mode㧔Total㧕
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
= ?MG[
㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 User mode
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㧰㨕㨍㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨙 Self Diagnosis mode

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨙 Maintenance mode2

(6) S/C Log

Check the Smart chip log.
It Displays up to error 24.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧝
= ?MG[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧟‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧞

=?MG[
㧱㨞㨞㧞㧠㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧝㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧠
= ?MG[

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-26

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠

This menu is used to check the head-driving waveform. [Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘
This is a function that is not normally used in maintenance work. [Enter]
= ?MG[ =?MG[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧸
NOTE [Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧹
• Nozzles can be selected A~H, ALL, A/C/E/G, B/D/F/H, and so on.
= ?MG[ =?MG[
• The number of shots can be selected in a range from 1 to 655. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧿
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓ‬㧭
• Magnification can be selected from the × 1, × 100、 × 10000， × 1000000. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧸
• During DRIVE (waveform output), the [Cancel] key is invalid.
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧹
• When the number of waveform output is larger than 65535 shots, waveform is
= ?MG[
output in units of 65535 shots. (Temperature is corrected by waveform output 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧿
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓ‬㧴
unit.)
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧸 = ?MG[ =?MG[

㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧹 㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓ‬
=?MG[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧿

㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦㧼㨛㨣㨑㨞㧲㧸 = ?MG[
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓ‬㧴
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧲㧸
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㧛㧯㧛㧱㧛㧳

㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓ‬㧮㧛㧰㧛㧲㧛㧴

㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓ‬㧭㧛㧯㧛㧱㧛㧳
[Enter]
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧭 㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓ‬㧮㧛㧰㧛㧲㧛㧴
[Enter]
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
㧿㨔㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝
[Enter] 㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧿㨔㨛㨠㧾㨍㨠㨕㨛㧦‫˜ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜㧜
[Enter]
‫ޓ‬㧰㧾㧵㨂㧱 [Cancel]

[#HVGTUJQVVKPI]

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu P.5-27

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.9 Spectro Vue Menu

Check the connection of Spectro Vue.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧿㨜㨑㨏㨠㨞㨛‫ޓ‬㨂㨡㨑
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧻㨜㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧾㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉 If Maintenance cover R is closed.

[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧰㨑㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㨠㨔㨑‫ޓ‬㨏㨍㨜㧚㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

[Cancel]
㧰㨑㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫=ޓޓޓ‬㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞‫ޓޓ‬㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

㧿㨑㨚㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨗‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨟㨡㨘㨠=㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]/[Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㨠㨔㨑‫ޓ‬㨏㨍㨜㧚㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫=ޓޓޓ‬㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]

5.5.9 Spectro Vue Menu P.5-28

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.5.10 Time Check Menu

Check the date which is managed by RTC (Real Time Clock) on MAIN borad.
You can only check it in Self-diagnosis function. To setup, use Mutoh Service Assistance.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗
[Enter]
[Enter]
㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧜㧞㧛㧞㧡‫ޓ‬㧝㧤㧦㧞㧝

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-29

 5.6 Ink Charging Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.6 Ink Charging Menu

In the ink charging menu, you can execute the initial wash of Print head and ink charge.
The charging items of the ink charging menu are as follows:

Charging item Contents

Normal Initial INK charge
Little Economy INK charge

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
[Enter]
=?-G[ [Enter]
㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑㧝㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘 㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
After Finishing
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[Enter]
㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑㧞㧦㧸㨕㨠㨠㨘㨑
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
= ?-G[ After Finishing

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-30

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7 Adjustment Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Uni-D/ Bi-D Adjust pattern is printed with the head height "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
This menu is used to align the printing position and correct the media feed operation. CCW of High and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu" p.5-
When replacing Head, perform head wash (after this, turn off the power and replace Head), adjustment 45
• Misalignment of between Heads
head nozzle check,UniD adjustment、BiD adjustment、Side margin adjustment、Test High and nozzle lines (Uni-D CW)
pattern printing.
• Bidirectional printing position
• Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-
Diagnosis item Contents Reference
D CCW)
Rear ／ Edge Automatically adjusts the sensor sensitivity for "5.7.1 Rear/ Edge
Top & Bottom Adjusts Top, bottom, and side margins. "5.7.7
Sensor adjustment Media detection. Sensor Adjustment"
adjustment Top&Bottom
p.5-33
adjustment Menu" p.5-
Head nozzle check Checks whether the ink is normally "5.7.2 Head Nozzle 64
discharged from Head nozzles from the Check Menu" p.5-35
Test printing Prints out adjustment pattern ALL, adjustment "5.7.8 Test
printing results.
parameters ALL, and serious error history. Printing Menu" p.5-65
Skew check Performs media feed and detects the degree "5.7.3 Skew Check
Longstore Cleans Ink tubes and Print heads using "5.7.9 Longstore
of skew in media feed by Sensor. Menu" p.5-38
Cleaning liquid. Menu" p.5-68
Head slant check Checks Print head slant (horizontal and "5.7.4 Head Slant
Longstore2 Cleans Ink tubes and Print heads using "5.7.10
vertical direction) from the printing results. Check Menu" p.5-39
Shipping fluid to maintain the condition at the Longstore2 Menu" p.5-
Mechanical adjustment must be performed as
time of shipping. 69
necessary.
Software counter Clears various software counters. "5.7.11 Software
Uni-D/ Bi-D Adjust pattern is printed with the head height "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
initialization Counter Initialization
CCW of Low and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu" p.5-
Menu" p.5-70
adjustment • Misalignment of between Heads 45
Low and nozzle lines (Uni-D CW) Feed amount Checks whether there is an error in feed "5.7.12 Feed Pitch
check amount per band from the printing results. Check Menu" p.5-71
• Bidirectional printing position
• Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-
D CCW)
Bi-D Copy The values are corrected to the adjusted "5.7.6 Bi-D Copy"
values of all Bi-D Low items and copied to the p.5-63
adjusted values of Bi-D High and Mid.
Uni-D/ Bi-D Adjust pattern is printed with the head height "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
CCW of Mid and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu" p.5-
adjustment 45
Mid • Misalignment of between Heads
and nozzle lines (Uni-D CW)
• Bidirectional printing position
• Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-
D CCW)

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-31

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚
[Enter]
[Enter]

=?MG[
[Enter]
Rear/Edge Sensor Check Menu
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗 Head Nozzle Check Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣 Skew Check Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠 Head Slant Check Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Uni-D/Bi-D Low Adjustment Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨜㨥 Bi-D Copy Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧹㨕㨐 Uni-D/Bi-D Mid Adjustment Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 Uni-D/Bi-D High Adjustment Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㨀㨛㨜㧒㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙 Top&Bottom Adjustment Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧜㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Test Print Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧝㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑 Longstore Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑㧞 Longstore Menu

Software Conter Initialization Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧟㧦㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧯㨘㨑㨍㨞

Feed Amount Check Menu

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔

5.7 Adjustment Menu P.5-32

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment (1) Calibration

TIP TIP
• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper
proper values. values, panel displays results.
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. adjusting process.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Using MF-3G for adjusting sensor.
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
#HVGTUGVVKPIRCRGTRWUJ[Enter] key
#DPQTOCNVGTOKPCVKQP
"4.9 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-68
㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞

[Enter]
[Cancel]
[Enter]
[Cancel] GAIN
=?MG[ Meaning iof displays
[Enter] VR㧦Sensor setting value
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸 AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
=?-G[ = ?MG[
GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting
[Enter] %CNKDTCVKQP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑 /GPW 㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
[Cancel]
= ?-G[
5GPUKPI2.CVGP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓 /GPW
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during ‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 +PRWV/GPW

㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞

After removing paper, push [Enter] key

㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
After measuring
=?MG[
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
= ?MG[ THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
when sensoe LED is OFF
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX㧛XXX㧛XXX‫ޠ‬display‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
㧭㧰㧶‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

5.7 Adjustment Menu P.5-33

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

TIP NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen. • Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is • Use only in:
displayed on the panel. When any problems are occurred at paper recognition, while adjusting the sensor
Origin side at Calibration.
When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media type
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝
and so on) of user.
Platen • You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Calibration.
• Setting values are displayed immediately.
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 Ａ Ｄ （Sensor reflecting value） ： ０ ～ 255
After removing paper push [Enter] key
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍T㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 [Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠
[Enter] or [Cancel] When saving setting values,
[Enter]
push [Enter] key while
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 =?ࠠ࡯ displaying [Edge VR].

㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?ࠠ࡯
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

Setting by 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key 㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸㨪㧴

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment P.5-34

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu TIP

This menu is used to check if Head nozzles can discharge ink correctly from the printing • The following pattern will be printed.
results. • The letters and arrow will not be printed.

TIP Patternԛ
• CW : In this manual, it indicates the direction from origin to opposite side of the
origin.
• CCW : In this manual, it indicates the direction from opposite side of the origin to
PatternԚ
origin.

Paper feed direction

To check Head nozzles, follow the procedure below.
Patternԙ
1. Set media as necessary.
• After media is set, the machine prints out head nozzle check patterns in the
following modes:
• 1 pass, Uni-D PatternԘ
• PF: 360 dpi
• CR: 360 dpi
2. Nozzle check pattern will be printed.
opposite side of origin origin side
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Display during adjustment pattern
After printing

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu P.5-35

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

3. Check the printed head nozzle check patterns for the following points: Pattern ③
• Ink nozzle discharge (missing dots, discontinuity, meandering) Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CW direction): Prints out the pattern in
• Satellite the order of 1A to 2H from the paper origin side.
• Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction Printing direction

Paper feed direction

• Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction
Origin side
Pattern ①
Prints out the following pattern in the order of 1A to 2H from the paper origin side.

Printing direction

Paper feed direction

Origin side

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A 0Q\\NG

Pattern ④
Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CCW direction): Prints out the pattern
in the order of 1A to 2H from the paper origin side.
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A Nozzle

Paper feed direction

Printing direction

Pattern ②
Opposite side of origin
Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction: Prints out the pattern in the order of 1A to
2H from the paper origin side.

Paper feed direction

Printing direction

Origin side

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A ࡁ࠭࡞

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A 0Q\\NG

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu P.5-36

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

4. If any abnormal conditions are found in the ink discharge status of Head nozzles, perform
cleaning.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
If paper is not set
Set Paper
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Display during adjustment printing

= ?MG[
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
=?MG[
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

[Enter] When Cleaning

is selected
= ?MG[
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠 After finishing cleaning,
adjustment pattern is printed
=?MG[
automatically.
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

[Cancel] 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓

[Enter]

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5. After cleaning, print out head nozzle check patterns again.

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu P.5-37

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.3 Skew Check Menu

Feed the paper to check the skew size using Sensor.

When you select this item from the Adjustment Menu, the printer feeds the loaded media
(specified amount) and checks difference of the media edge positions before and after the
media feed detected by Sensor.

NOTE
Before performing skew check, ensure that the media is set correctly.
The printer determines the media setting reference position during the first detection
of media left edge. Therefore, the media that is not set correctly may cause errors as
below:
• Media error occurs during skew check and printer operation stops.
• During media initial operation after power is turned on, "Undefined Paper" is
frequently displayed.
• When the skew result is beyond ± 9.99mm, +9.99mm or -9.99mm is displayed.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣
[Enter]
Set by [+]/[-] key
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㨙 0.1㨙 increments
[Enter] 0.1㨙 to 10.0㨙

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If paper is not set

Set Paper
㧱㨤㨏㧚㧿㨗㨑㨣
Paper edge detection finishes normally
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧗㧜㧚㧜㧝㨙㨙

5.7.3 Skew Check Menu P.5-38

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu

Check the Head slant {Horizontal direction, front/back direction (position between
two Heads)} from the print result.
Perform mechanical adjustment as required.
Since there are eight nozzle lines per Head, adjustment has to be done so that each
nozzle line's slope is even.
Since there are two Heads, the position between Heads has to be adjusted as well.

TIP
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing.

The items for head slant is as follows

Items Contents
Head slant：slant1 Head slant check horizontal direction (left/
right)
Head slant check front/back direction
(between two Heads)
Head slant：slant2 Head slant check vertical direction

NOTE
When printing "Head slant: Slant1" adjustment pattern, the pattern for Head slant
check vertical direction is also printed.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-39

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1) 「Head slant ： slant 1」 (1-b)Confirming 「① Adjustment pattern (Horizontal Slant)」

(1-a)Adjust pattern will be printed. TIP

Rough adjustment pattern and Micro adjustment pattern are printed for both Head 1
TIP and Head 2.
Print methods
• 2 passes Uni-D Printing result of Head2 Printing result of Head1
• PF direction: 360dpi, CR direction: 360dpi Rough
adjustment
• 320cps、 VSD1、 Middle dot pattern
• Side margins of Origin side: 20mm

• Panel Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter] Micro adjustment pattern
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠
[Enter]

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧦㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧝
[Enter]

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
Change to PG_LOW

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 1. Check Rough adjustment pattern.

Finish printing

A Nozzle
• Adjustment Pattern
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌫䋩
Origin side H Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌫䋩
A Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌋䋩

• Check if A nozzle lines are printed between H nozzle lines.

• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
"4.7.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Slant)" p.4-54
ԙAdustment pattern (Front-Back Slant) ԘAdustment pattern (Horizontal Slant)

○ ×
H nozzle line is printed 㨯The image is overlapped.
between A nozzle lines. 㨯H nozzle lines are not between A nozzle lines.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-40

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

2. Check Micro adjustment pattern.

3. Check if the pattern is printed on the appropriate location by the connecting points 1, 2, ○ ×
and 3 shown below. • Black and Yellow are Yellow and Black are misaligned.
• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result aligned.
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart. "4.7.1 Head
Alignment (Horizontal Slant)" p.4-54 ①
䋨Black䋩 䋨Black䋩
䌁 Nozzle 䌁 Nozzle
Connecting Point

• The pattern is printed in the • Black and Cyan are not printed
order of Black and Cyan alternately.
alternately from the top and • The print order is inverted.
spaced equally. • The pattern is printed alternately but
not spaced equally.
2 1 1 3 ②
䌆 Nozzle 䌇 Nozzle H Nozzle
䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Yellow䋩 䋨Black䋩

• The pattern is printed in the • Black (H nozzle) and Black (A nozzle)

order of Black (H nozzle)
and Black (A nozzle)
alternately from the top and
spaced equally.
③
are not printed alternately.
• The print order is inverted.
• The pattern is printed alternately but
not spaced equally.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-41

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1-c)Confirming 「② Adjustment Pattern front -back slant」 2. Check Micro adjustment pattern.
Check if the pattern is printed on the appropriate location by the connecting points 1, 2,
Rough adjustment pattern and Micro adjustment pattern are printed.
and 3 shown below.
Nozzle#16
• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result
Nozzle#175
Nozzle#15 becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
Nozzle#11
Nozzle#170 "4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant )" p.4-59
Head1䇭A Nozzle Nozzle#10 Head2䇭䌂 Nozzle
䋨䌂䌬䌡䌣䌋䋩 Nozzle#6
Nozzle#165 䋨䌙䌥䌬䌬䌯䌷䋩
Nozzle#8
䋨Yellow) 䋨Magenta) 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Black)
Nozzle#160 Head1 Head1 Head1 Head1
G Nozzle E Nozzle C Nozzle A Nozzle

Rough
Micro adjustment pattern adjustment Connecting point
pattern

Head2 Head2 Head2

H Nozzle F Nozzle Head2
D Nozzle B Nozzle
䋨Black䋩 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Magenta䋩
䋨Yellow) 䋨Magenta) 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Black) 䋨Yellow䋩
Head1 Head1 Head1 Head1
G Nozzle E Nozzle C Nozzle A Nozzle
#1~#21 #1~#21 #1~#21 #1~#21
٤ ˜
• Lines of Head 1 and • Head 1 and Head 2 are not printed alternately.
Head2 Head2 Head2 Head2 Head 2 are spaced • The print order is inverted.
H Nozzle F Nozzle D Nozzle B Nozzle equally.
#160~#180 #160~#180 #160~#180 #160~#180 • The pattern is printed alternately but not spaced
䋨Black䋩 䋨Cyan䋩 䋨Magenta䋩 䋨Yellow䋩 • The pattern is equally.
printed in the order
1. Check Rough adjustment pattern. of Head 1 and Head
• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result 2.
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ in the following chart.
"4.7.2 Head Alignment (Front-Back Slant )" p.4-59

○ ×
• Yellow lines are printed • Yellow lines are not printed between Black
between Black lines. lines.
• The pattern is printed in • The print order is inverted.
the order of Black and
Yellow from the top.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-42

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2) 「Head slant ： slant 2」 TIP

1. Select Head Slant: Slant2 on Operation panel and print out Adjust pattern.
䇸Details of pattern䇹
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter] The pattern is printed by nozzles A, C, E, and G of each Head (CW direction)
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠
[Enter]

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧦㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧞 CW print
[Enter]

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
Change to PG_LOW
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 The media is fed by 1/360 inch.
finish printing Media feed by 1/360 inch
• The following adjust pattern will be printed.

Origin side

OO
The pattern is printed by nozzles A, C, E, and G of each Head (CCW direction)
OO
(overlapped by 1 dot on the pattern i).

For print methods, refer to the Reference on the right column.

䌃䌃㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋

Check at
these connecting points -> Step 2
Enlarged connecting points (Black)

1/360㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿 1/180 inch

Print methods
• 1 pass, Bi-D, 460cps, PF direction: 360dpi, CR direction: 180dpi, Waveform:
VSD1, Dot: Small, Side margins: 20mm on Origin side, 5mm on the opposite side
of Origin

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-43

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

2. Check Adjust pattern.

• Repeat mechanical adjustment and adjust pattern printing until the result
becomes appropriate as shown under ○ as follows.
"4.7 Head Accuracy Adjustment" p.4-54

٤ ˜ ˜

Adjust until the connecting points are lined up.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-44

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu Table 5-1 Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment items(Continued)

This menu is used to adjust the gap of the nozzle rows and perform the print position of the Panel Contents
bi-directional printing. Bi-D ALL Batch adjustment of all Bi-D items

• For the gap of the nozzle rows, check the printing results of the Uni-D adjustment CCW 320 VSD1 CCW adjustment with 320cps, VSD1
check patterns and adjust the gaps.
CCW 320 VSD3 CCW adjustment with 320cps, VSD3
• For the print position of the bi-directional printing, check the printing results of the
Bi-D adjustment check patterns and adjust the positions. CCW 320 VSD4 CCW adjustment with 320cps, VSD4
CCW 460 VSD1 CCW adjustment with 460cps, VSD1
TIP CCW 460 VSD3 CCW adjustment with 460cps, VSD3
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
CCW 460 VSD4 CCW adjustment with 460cps, VSD4
• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing.
• Because of the Print head specification, only one adjustment value corresponds
to all nozzle rows.
• The cps (Characters Per Second) is the unit of printing speed.

The following is the chart of Uni-D/Bi-D menu items.

Table 5-1 Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment items

Panel Contents
Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD1
Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD3
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD4
Uni-D 460 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD1
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD3
Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD4
Uni-D ALL Batch printing and adjustment and of all Uni-D items
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD1
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD3
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD4
Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD1
Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD3
Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD4

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-45

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

Table 5-2 Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment item(details）

Adjustment 1st sub item 2nd sub Contents Refer to
Item （Select） item
Uni-D H_Adjust1 Setup Enter the adjusted values for misalignment between reference lines of Head 1 and "(6-a) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 1)" p.5-60
Head 2. Adjusted value input unit: 2880dpi
Print Print out Adjust pattern with the current adjusted value and check the misalignment "(3-a) Uni-D H_Adjust 1　Print" p.5-48
of reference lines between Head 1 and Head 2.
H_Adjust2 Setup Enter the adjusted value for for each line when adjusting the misalignment of other "(6-b) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 2)" p.5-60
lines within the same Head which has the reference line.
Adjusted value input unit: 720dpi
Print Print out Adjust pattern with the current adjusted value and check the misalignment "(3-b) Uni-D　H_Adjust 2　Print" p.5-50
between the reference line and other lines within the same Head.
Uni-D ALL H_Adjust1 Setup Enter the adjusted values for misalignment of reference lines between Head 1 and "(6-a) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 1)" p.5-60
Head 2 for each Head.
(Enter all adjusted items.) Adjusted value input unit: 2880dpi
Print Print out the pattern with the current parameters of all H_Adjust 1 items of Uni-D and "(3-c) Uni-D ALL　H_Adjust1　Print" p.5-52
check the current misalignment.
H_Adjust2 Print Print out the current parameters of all H_Adjust 2 items of Uni-D and check the current "(3-d) Uni-D ALL　H_Adjust 2　Print" p.5-52
misalignment.
Bi-D - Setup Enter the misalignment degree of bidirectional printing of the reference line for each "(6-c) Setup Menu　Bi-D" p.5-61
Head.
Print1 Print out the patterns with the current parameters and the patterns with the current "(4-a) Bi-D Print1" p.5-53
parameters ± 2, ± 4, ± 6, and ± 8 (one vertical line with each parameter).
Check the degree of misalignment.
Print2 Print out the patterns with the current parameters and check the degree of "(4-b) Bi-D　Print 2" p.5-55
misalignment.
Bi-D ALL - Setup Enter the misalignment degree of bidirectional printing of the reference line for each "(6-d) Setup menu(Bi-D ALL）" p.5-61
Head. (Enter all Bi-D items)
Print3 Print out the current parameters of all Bi-D items (6 items from Bi-D320VSD1 to Bi- "(4-c) Bi-D ALL Print 3" p.5-56
D460VSD4) and check the current misalignment.
CCW - Setup Enter the adjusted value for the misalignment between the reference line and other "(6) Setup menu" p.5-60
lines within the same Head. Adjusted value input unit: 720dpi
Print Print out Adjust pattern with the current adjusted value and check the misalignment "(5-a) CCW Print" p.5-57
between the reference line and other lines within the same Head.
CCW ALL - Print Print out all CCW items with the current adjusted value and check the misalignment "(5-b) CCW ALL Print" p.5-59
between the reference line and other lines within the same Head.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-46

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

[Enter]
=?MG[
[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 =?MG[ =?-G[ "(6-a) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 1)"
= ?MG[ 㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧝㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧝 㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 p.5-60
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 = ?MG[ = ?MG "(3-a) Uni-D H_Adjust 1　Print" p.5-48
㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧞㧦㧴㨋㧭㧰㨖㨡㨟㨠㧞 㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠 When ALL is selected → "(3-c) Uni-D
䋪For Uni-D ALL, ALL　H_Adjust1　Print" p.5-52
[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Select2: H_Adjust2 cannot be selected.
=?-G[ "(6-b) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 2)"
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 p.5-60
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠 = ?MG[ "(3-b) Uni-D　H_Adjust 2　Print" p.5-50
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 When ALL is selected → "(3-d) Uni-D
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
ALL　H_Adjust 2　Print" p.5-52
[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
=?-G[
"(6-c) Setup Menu　Bi-D" p.5-61
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜
= ?MG[
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠 "(4-a) Bi-D Print1" p.5-53
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧝㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 "(4-b) Bi-D　Print 2" p.5-55
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧞㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧠㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
=?-G[
"(6-d) Setup menu(Bi-D ALL）" p.5-61
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧡㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜
= ?MG[ "(4-c) Bi-D ALL Print 3" p.5-56
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧢㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧣㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧤㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
=?MG[
"(6) Setup menu" p.5-60
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧥㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜
= ?MG[
㧸㨛㨣㧞㧜㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠 "(5-a) CCW Print" p.5-57
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 When ALL is selected → "(5-b) CCW ALL
㧸㨛㨣㧞㧝㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 Print" p.5-59
㧖For CCW ALL
‫ޟ‬Setup] can not be seleced

Low/Mid/High

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-47

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Uni-D Menu 1. Prints out the pattern.（When Uni-D 320 VSD3 is selected.）

(3-a)Uni-D H_Adjust 1 　 Print

( % ( %
Panel transition diagram
Uni-Lo
320cps C
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 VSD3
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or Mid or High. Connecting points
   
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select UniD䋨䋱~7䋩

[Enter]

㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧝㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧝 Select 㧴_Adjust 1 or 2. Print method

[Enter]
 
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select from Print/Setup Uni-Lo Lo/Md/Hi
(Head height㧕
( %

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set.

320cps 320cps/460cps
㧔Print speed㧕
VSD3 VSD1/VSD3/VSD4
(Wave form㧕
When head height is wrong
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 (Low,Mid, or High is displayed㧕 a:Media feeding direction
After switching The items executed will be printed.
When the temperature is below
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 the temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer.
Finish
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 2. If connection points above do not match, enter adjust values under ‘setup’.
printing print adjustment pattern.
"(6-a) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 1)" p.5-60
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until connecting points match.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-48

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

TIP
The following is the description of the print method of Uni-D H_Adjust 1 adjustment pattern.

Ԙ‫ޓ‬1st pass Print direction

Head1‫ޓ‬line C ( % ( %

Head 1
Head1
Lines C and F from the origin side

Head1‫ޓ‬line C    

Head 2
Head2
Line C(2C)
Line F(2F)
 
( %

ԙ‫ޓ‬The media is fed by 22.578mm

Head 1
Ԛ‫ޓ‬2nd pass
Only Head 2 is used for printing

( % ( %
Head 2
Head 2
Lines C and F
from the origin side

   

 
( %

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-49

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(3-b)Uni-D 　 H_Adjust 2 　 Print 1. Print out Adjust pattern (the following is the example of Uni-D 320 VSD3)

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or Mid or High
[Enter] Uni-Lo
320cps
㧸㨛㨣㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 1~7 VSD3
[Enter] C
㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧝㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧞 Select 㧴_Adjust1 or 2.                
[Enter]
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print or Setup.

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set.

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 When the head height is wrong       - + 

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A
After switching When the temperature is below the
temperature set in the User mode,
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯
press [Cancel] to start printing while (Print method)
warming up the printer.
Connecting points Lo/Md/Hi
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern. Uni-Lo (Head height㧕
320cps/460cps
䇭Finish prinig
320cps 㧔Print speed㧕

a:media feed direction

VSD3 VSD1/VSD3/VSD4
(waveform㧕

The items executed will be printed.

2. If connection points above do not match, enter adjust values under ‘setup’.
"(6-b) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 2)" p.5-60
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until connecting points match.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-50

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

TIP
The following is the description of the print method of Uni-D H_Adjust 2 adjustment pattern.

Head1‫ޓ‬Line C
Ԙ‫ޓ‬1st pass Print direction
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A

Head 1
Head1
‫ޓ‬Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

               

Head 2
      - +  Head 2
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

ԙ‫ޓ‬The media is fed by 22.578mm

Head 1
Ԛ‫ޓ‬2nd pass
Only Head 2 is used for printing

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A

Head 2

               

Head 2
Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

      - + 
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-51

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(3-c)Uni-D ALL 　 H_Adjust1 　 Print (3-d)Uni-D ALL 　 H_Adjust 2 　 Print

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 TIP
[Enter] Uni-D ALL H_Adjust 2 Print is used only for checking Adjust pattern.
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or Mid or High
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧣㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 Select 1~7

[Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧝㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧝 Select 㧴_Adjust1 or 2.
[Enter]
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print or Setup.
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧣㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 Select 䋱~7

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set. [Enter]

㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧞㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧞 Select 㧴_Adjust1/2

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 When the head height is wrong
[Enter]
After switching When the temperature is below the
temperature set in the User mode, 㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print/Setup
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern.

䇭Finish prinig
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 When the head height is wrong
After switching
(Printing speed is different in each item.） When the temperature is below the
temperature set in the User mode,
1. All items of Adjust patterns are printed at once.The items to be printed are as follows. 㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer
Uni-D 320 VSD1 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing Adjustment pattern
Uni-D 320 VSD3 finish printing
(Printing speed is different in each item.）
Uni-D 320 VSD4
1. All items of Adjust patterns are printed at once.The items to be printed are as follows.
Uni-D 460 VSD1
Uni-D 320 VSD1
Uni-D 460 VSD3
Uni-D 320 VSD3
Uni-D 460 VSD4
Uni-D 320 VSD4
2. For Adjust pattern, refer to "(3-a) Uni-D H_Adjust 1　Print" p.5-48. When the
connecting points are not connected, enter the adjusted values in the Setup menu. Uni-D 460 VSD1
"(6-a) Setup menu Uni-D（H_Adjust 1)" p.5-60 Uni-D 460 VSD3
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check. Uni-D 460 VSD4
4. Repeat (1) to (3) until each connecting point is connected.
2. For Adjust pattern, refer to "(3-b) Uni-D　H_Adjust 2　Print" p.5-50.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-52

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Bi-D Menu 2. After the pattern is printed, enter the adjusted value (the value you checked at the
connecting points) in the Setup menu.
"(6-c) Setup Menu　Bi-D" p.5-61
(4-a)Bi-D Print1

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
○ ×
[Enter] Connecting points are connected Connecting points are not connected
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter]
(Enter this set value in the Setup menu.)

㧸㨛㨣㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 8䌾14

[Enter]

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝 Select Print1/Print2/Setup

[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set
  
When the head height is wrong
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 (Low, Mid, or High is displayed.)
After switching 3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
When the temperature is below the
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 temperature set in the User mode, 4. Repeat (1) to (3) until connecting points are connected at 1C,1F2C, and 2F.
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern.

Finish printing

1. The pattern will be printed with reference to Nozzle 1C and Nozzle 2C lines.
(the following is the example of Bi-D 320 VSD1)
set value

Uni-Lo
320cps
VSD3

                 
㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪝 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪏

Check the set value whose Bi-D

connecting point is connected. (Print method)
Lo/Md/Hi
Bi-Lo (Head height㧕
a:media feed direction 320cps 320cps/460cps
㧔Print speed㧕
VSD1/VSD3/VSD4
VSD3 (Waveform㧕

The items executed will be printed.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-53

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

TIP
The following is the description of the print method of Uni-D H_Adjust 1 adjustment pattern. Ԛ‫ޓ‬Media feed (Front feeding by 22.578mm)

Ԙ‫ޓ‬1st pass㧔CW print㧕 Head1‫ޓ‬LineC

Print direction ԛ‫ޓ‬11th to 19th pass (CCW print)
The following is the print result of the 11th pass.
㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏

Head 1
Print direction

Head 1
Head1‫ޓ‬Line F

Head 2‫ޓ‬Line F Head 2‫ޓ‬Line C

㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪝 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪝 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏
                                   

Head 2
Head 1‫ޓ‬Line C

Head 2
                                   

ԙ‫ޓ‬2nd pass to 10th pass(CCW Print㧕

㧔The following is the print result of the 2nd pass.㧕
Print direction                  
㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏

Head1‫ޓ‬Line F Head1‫ޓ‬Line C Head 1‫ޓ‬Line F Head 1‫ޓ‬Line C

㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪝 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪉㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪝 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 㪄㪏 㪄㪍 㪄㪋 㪄㪉 㪈㪚 㪂㪉 㪂㪋 㪂㪍 㪂㪏 Each pattern is printed by each nozzle shown above
in the order of +8, +6, +4, +2, 0, -2, -4, -6, -8.
Head 1

                                   
Head 2

 
㪂㪏 㪂㪏

Head 2‫ޓ‬LIne F Head 2‫ޓ‬Line C

Each pattern is printed by each nozzle shown above in the order of

+8, +6, +4, +2, 0, -2, -4, -6, -8.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-54

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4-b) Bi-D 　 Print 2 1. The pattern is printed from 1A to 2H from the origin side. (the following is the example
of Bi-D 320 VSD3).
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter] Bi-Lo
320cps
㧸㨛㨣㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 8䌾14
VSD3
[Enter] C
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞 Select Print1/Print2/Setup                
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 When the head height is wrong

(Low, Mid, or High is displayed.)
After switching
When the temperature is below the
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 temperature set in the User mode,        
press [Cancel] to start printing while 2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A
warming up the printer
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern. Bi-D
Finish printing (Print method)
Connecting point Lo/Md/Hi
Bi-Lo (Head height㧕

320cps 320cps/460cps
㧔Print speed㧕
VSD1/VSD3/VSD4

a:media feed direction

VSD3 (waveform㧕

The items executed will be printed.

2. If connection points above do not match, enter adjust values under ‘setup’.
"(6-c) Setup Menu　Bi-D" p.5-61
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until connecting points match.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-55

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4-c)Bi-D ALL Print 3

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
[Enter]

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟 Select Print3/Setup

[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

When the head height is wrong

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 (Low, Mid, or High is displayed.)
After switching
When the temperature is below the
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjstment pattern
Finish Printing

(Printing speed is different in each item.）

1. Prints out all adjustment patterns (Print2).

Printing items are as shown below.
Bi-D 320 VSD1
Bi-D 320 VSD3
Bi-D 320 VSD4
Bi-D 460 VSD1
Bi-D 460 VSD3
Bi-D 460 VSD4

2. About adjustment pattern, refer to "(4-b) Bi-D　Print 2" p.5-55

When the connecting points are not connected, enter the adjusted values in the Setup
menu.
"(6-d) Setup menu(Bi-D ALL）" p.5-61
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
4. Repeat (1) to (3) until each connecting point is connected.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-56

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(5) CCW 　 Menu 1. Print out Adjust pattern (the following is the example of CCW 320 VSD3)

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A
(5-a)CCW Print

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 CCW-Lo
[Enter] 320cps
VSD3
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧢㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 䋱5~21                

[Enter]
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print/Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is nort set

When the head height is wrong       - + 

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
(Low, Mid, or High is displayed.) 2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A
After switching
When the temperature is below the
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while Print method
warming up the printer
Conneting Point Lo/Md/Hi
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern CCW-Lo (Head height㧕
Finish printing
320cps 320cps/460cps
㧔Print speed㧕
VSD1/VSD3/VSD4
VSD3 (waveform㧕
a:media feed direction
The items executed will be printed.

2. When the connecting points are not connected, enter the adjusted values in the Setup
menu.
"(6) Setup menu" p.5-60
3. After entering the adjusted values, print out Adjust pattern again and check.
4. Repeat (1) to (3) until each connecting point is connected.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-57

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

TIP
The following is the description of the print method of CCW adjustment pattern.

Head1‫ޓ‬LineC Print direction

Ԙ‫ޓ‬1st pass
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A

Head 1
Head 1
Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

               

Head 2
      - +  Head 2
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

ԙ‫ޓ‬The media is fed by 22.578mm

Ԛ‫ޓ‬2nd pass

Head 1
㧔Only Head 2 is used for printing㧕

2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A 1H 1G 1F 1E 1D 1C 1B 1A

Head 2

               

Head 2
Lines A, B.. and H from
the origin side

      - + 
2H 2G 2F 2E 2D 2C 2B 2A

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-58

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(5-b)CCW ALL Print

TIP
CCW ALL is used only for checking Adjust pattern.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter]

㧸㨛㨣㧞㧝㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
[Enter]
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print/Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is nort set

When the head height is wrong

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 (Low, Mid, or High is displayed.)
After switching When the temperature is below the
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing adjustment pattern
Finish printing

1. All items of Adjust patterns are printed at once.

The items to be printed are as follows.

CCW 320 VSD1

CCW 320 VSD3
CCW 320 VSD4
CCW 460 VSD1
CCW 460 VSD3
CCW 460 VSD4
2. For Adjust patterns, refer to "(5-a) CCW Print" p.5-57.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-59

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Setup menu (6-b)Setup menu Uni-D （H_Adjust 2)

Select the Setup menu for parameter, and then press [Enter] to renew the parameter. Inputting Uni-D_H_Adjust 2 adjustment value (When Uni-D 320 VSD3 is selected.）

NOTE 㧸㨛㨣㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select Low1~Low7.

[Enter]
The initial value is set to values that are suited for the manufacturer genuine ink.
㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧞㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧞 Select H_Adjust1 or 2.
[Enter]
Enter setting values from panel. 㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print or Setup.
[Enter]

(6-a)Setup menu Uni-D （H_Adjust 1) [Enter]

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter]
Inputting Uni-D 320 H_Adjust 1 adjustment value （When Uni-D VSD3 is selected.）
=?MG[
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧸㨛㨣㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select Low1 to Low7
= ?MG[
[Enter]
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 ̌1C̍ is not displayed,
㧿㨑㨘㨑㨏㨠㧝㧦㧴㨋㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧝 Select H_Adjust1/2
because the position is
[Enter] 㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 reffered as the basis
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print/Setup when adjusting.
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter]
Press [+] or [-] key
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬ 㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter] 1 pulse = 1/2880 inch: about 8.8OǴO Press [+] or [-] key
Pulse range: -400 VQ400 㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰 1 pulse = 1/720 inch: about 35OǴO
[Enter]
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 Pulse range: -400 VQ400

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 #1㧩Head height Low

#2㧩Head height Mid
#3㧩Head height High
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-60

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(6-c)Setup Menu 　 Bi-D (6-d)Setup menu(Bi-D ALL）

Inputting Bi-D adjustment value (when Bi-D 320 VSD1 is selected.）
NOTE
Bi-D ALL adjusts all setting values.
㧸㨛㨣㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Select 8㨪12.
[Enter]
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print1 or Print2 or Setup.
[Enter] 㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/Mid/High
[Enter]
Press [+] or [-] key [Enter]
=?MG[ to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬ 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧠㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 1 pulse = 1/2880 inch
[Enter]
= ?MG[ Pulse range: -400 to 400
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print3 or Setup.
㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 [Enter]
#1㧩Head height Low
[Enter]
#2㧩Head height Mid
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰 #3㧩Head height High =?MG[
H1㧩Head 1 㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧢㧝
H2㧩Head 2
= ?MG[
After entering adjustment values, print again adjustment patterns, and check. 㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧟㧤

㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧟㧣

㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧤

㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧤 Press [+] or [-] key

to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧢 1 pulse = 1/2880 inch:about 8.8Ǵm
Pulse range: -400 to 400
㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧢㧝

㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧟㧤 #1=Head height Low

#2=Head height Mid
#3=Head height High
㧮㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧟㧣

㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧤

㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧤

㧮㨕㧰㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-61

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(6-e)Setup menu （CCW）

Inputting CCW 320 adjustment value. （when CCW VSD3 is seleced.）

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧢㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 15㨪21

[Enter]
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print/Setup
[Enter]
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ?MG[
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
̌1C̍ is not displayed,
because the position is
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
reffered as the basis
when adjusting.
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
Press [+] or [-] key
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
1 pulse = 1/720 inch:about 35Ǵm
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 Pulse range: -100 to 100

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 #1㧩Head height Low

#2㧩Head height Mid
#3㧩Head height High
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
̌2C̍ is not displayed,
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 because the position is
reffered as the basis
㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 when adjusting.

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㧯㨃‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-62

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy

Copy All adjustment values form Bi-D Low,Middle or High.
(When Copying adjustment values, which are adjusted for Bi-D Middle or High.)

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨜㨥
[Cancel]
[Enter]

㧯㨛㨜㨥‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
='PVGT?VQEQR[

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy P.5-63

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu 4. Enter each measured value as the parameter.

After printing and cutting the media, enter the distances of between Front sensor and Head 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
(Top margin), Cutter and Head (Bottom margin), and Media edge sensor and Head (print start [Enter]
location), and adjust Top, Bottom, and Side margins.
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧥㧦㨀㨛㨜㧒㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙
[Cancel]
[Enter]
　 　 Follow the procedure below to adjust.
1. Set media as necessary. 㧹㨑㨐㨕㨍㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦㧝㧜㧜㧜㨙㨙
[Enter]
2. After media is set, the printer prints out band feed correction adjustment patterns in the
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘 Select Initial or Check by 䇸+䇹/䇸-䇹䌫䌥䌹.
following modes.
[Enter]
• Black、 1 pass、 Uni-D、 360 dpi、 320cps、 VSD4、 Large dot
㨃㨍㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨍‫ޓ‬㨣㨔㨕㨘㨑 display while cutting or ditecting
3. Check the printed top & bottom adjustment patterns for the measurement.
1:Top margin（front sensor position）
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
2:Bottom margin（cutting position）
3:side margin（print start position）
Measure each margins with a scale and so on. 㨃㨍㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨍‫ޓ‬㨣㨔㨕㨘㨑 display while cutting or ditecting

=?MG[

media feed direction

Bottom margin 㨀㨛㨜㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㧚㧜㨙㨙
= ?MG[
㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙

Side margin
Press down [Enter]
㧿㨕㨐㨑㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 at "SideMargin" to
save the input value.

Use the [㫧] key by 0.1mm to set

䌔䌯䌰䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭35.0䌾45.0䌭䌭
䌂䌯䌴䌴䌯䌭䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
䌓䌩䌤䌥䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭

Top margin 5. Print out the Top&Bottom adjustment pattern, and cut the media.
6. Measure the followings on the print result and check that the print margins are adjusted.

１：Top margin
２：Bottom margin
３：Side margin
7. If the margins are not adjusted, repeat (3) to (7).

5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu P.5-64

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu 3. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to start the selected test printing.

This menu is used to print out the following terms. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

[Cancel]
Finish printing
Item Contents 㧭㨐㨖㧝㧜㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[Enter]
[Enter]
Adjustment pattern ALL Prints adjustment patterns.
=?MG[
Parameter ALL Prints each adjustment parameter setting value. 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 To (1) Adjust ALL Menu

Log info. Prints the serious error history. = ?MG[ If media is not set

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧭㧸㧸 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
S/C Log info. Prints S/C Log history
Print Adjsutment parttern [Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㨕㨚㨒㨛
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
NOTE 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧠㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㨕㨚㨒㨛

If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the
number before you can start the parameter ALL printing.

TIP
This menu provides the same functions with"5.9 Sample Printing Menu" p.5-
73.

For Adjust patterns, refer to ...

1. Set media as necessary.

2. After media is set, the machine prints out the following test printings.
• Adjust ALL: Prints adjustment patterns.
• Parameter ALL: Prints adjustment parameters.
• Log info.: Prints the serious error history.
• S/C Log info.:Prints the S/C Log history.

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu P.5-65

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Adjust ALL Menu

TIP
This menu is used to print out Head print confirmation and Adjust pattern.
• Sample printing (parameter ALL print）
᲻᳤᳞ᳯ᳭ᳮų᳊᳛ᳬ᳧᳟᳛ᳮ᳟ᳬ᳭
㧺㨛㧚㧳㧜㧢㨁㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖 ‫ޓޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨑㧞㧜㧝㧝㧛㧜㧝㧛㧝㧠 㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧠
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 㧺㨍㨙㨑 㨂㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 㧰㨕㨜㨟㨣‫ޓ‬㧜㧟㨔

㧖㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧫
㧖㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧫

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low ‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨍㨚㨗‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖

‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧝㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧞㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧟㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧠㨉

㧔Set Head height to Low㧕 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing. 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧔After Printing㧕 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧹㨕㨐 If Head height is not Mid. 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧔Set Head height to Mid㧕 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧠㧝ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing. 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧝㧥
㧔After printing㧕 ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧞

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧜
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 If Head height is not High. ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧠㧡

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧝㧤
㧔Set Head height to High㧕 ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧞㧢

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧞㧢

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧥ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing.

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧣

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧠㧣

[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕 ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨍㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 ‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢
㧔Finish Printing㧕 ‫ޓ‬㨀㨛㨜‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧚㧜㧜㨙㨙

‫ޓ‬㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧚㧠㧜㨙㨙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 ‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨐㨑‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧣㧚㧞㧜㨙㨙

㧖㧯㨛㨙㨜㨍㨚㨥‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨐㨑‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜˜㧝

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧠

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧞

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧠

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧞

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

When adjustment values are initial values, "*" is displayed at the head of the
adjustment variable.

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu P.5-66

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

TIP
• Sample printing (error record)

᳆ᳩ᳡ų᳃᳨᳠ᳩᳬ᳧᳛ᳮ᳣ᳩ᳨
㧺㨛㧚㧳㧜㧢㨁㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖 ‫ޓޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨑㧞㧜㧝㧝㧛㧜㧝㧛㧜㧢 㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧟‫ޓޓ‬

㧺㨍㨙㨑 㨂㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 㧰㨕㨜㨟㨣‫ޓ‬㧜㧟㨔

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧜‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧥

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧥

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧣

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧞

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧠‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧢㧤‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧯㧻㧰㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧝㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧢

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧝㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧡

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧢‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧟

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧣‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧞

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧤‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧜

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧥‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧝㧥

‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧝㧜‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧺㧻‫ޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨍‫ޓ‬

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu P.5-67

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.9 Longstore Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

This menu is used to clean the ink tube and print head with cleaning liquid.
Follow the procedures below when cleaning.. 㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧝㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑

1. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to determine the Head Cleaning Menu.
㧾㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
2. Remove all ink cartridges.
Remove all cartridges and press [Enter] key to discharge ink
3. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to discharge ink.
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧰㨕㨟㨏㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
After discharging Ink
NOTE 㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
T

When performs the ink discharge only for maintenance parts replacement (Solenoid Set the cleaning cartridge and press [Enter] key to charge cleaning liquid
head Assy, head FFC, Carriage Assy, etc.), turn OFF the power now. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
After cleaning liquid is charged

㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
4. After ink is discharged, install the cleaning cartridge.
Remove the cleaning jig and press [Enter] key to discharge
5. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid. cleaning liquid
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
6. After cleaning liquid is charged, remove the head cleaning jig. After cleaning liquid is charged
7. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid. 㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
8. After ink is discharged, install the cleaning cartridge. Set the cleaning cartridge and press [Enter] key to charge cleaning liquid

9. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
After cleaning liquid is charged
10. After cleaning liquid is charged, remove the head cleaning jig.
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
Remove the cleaning jig and press [Enter] key to discharge
cleaning liquid
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
After cleaning

5.7.9 Longstore Menu P.5-68

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu

This menu is used to maintain the conditions of the heads at the time of shipping by cleaning
ink tubes and print heads with shipping fluid.
* This function is not usually used in maintenance work.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
㨇Enter㨉
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑㧞
㨇Enter㨉

㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
Insert Cleaning jig, press㨇Enter㨉to charge shipping liquid
㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓㧲㧚㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㨓
After shipping liquid charging
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
Remove Cleaning jig, press㨇Enter㨉to discharge shipping liquid
㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧰㨕㨟㨏㨔㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㨓
#HVGTENGCPKPI

5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu P.5-69

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu

This menu is used to initialize various software counters.

NOTE
The counters are initialized before delivery. Do not initialize them during
maintenance.

The software counters that can be initialized through this menu are as follows.

Counters to be initialized Initial

value
Cumulative print timer 0
Ink consumption counter 0
(each cartridge)
Ink amount count in the cap 0
Waste ink count 0
User not-filled flag 0
Not-filled flag 1
User First Start up flag 1
Plug replacement count of 1L adapter 0
Debug Bit 1
Dot control OFF

Pressing [Enter] key on Operation panel in the “Counter Reset ?” screen performs the
software counter initialization.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
㨇Enter㨉
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧟㧦㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧯㨘㨑㨍㨞
㨇Enter㨉

㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨟㨑㨠㧫
㨇Enter㨉
㨃㨍㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㧸㨕㨠㨠㨘㨑‫ޓ‬㨀㨕㨙㨑
After Initializing

5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu P.5-70

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu 4. Print out with 320cps, VSD4, and Large dots.

This menu is used to check whether there is an error in the media feed amount for one band
by reviewing a sample printing. There are no adjustment items. Feed amount
To check the feed pitch, follow the procedure below. for 1 band

Paper feed direction

1. Set media as necessary.
2. Select "Adj 12: SendPitch".
3. Select the feed pitch.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
㨇Enter㨉
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔
㨇Enter㨉
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧚㧥㧤㧥㨙㨙 㨇Enter㨉

㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧚㧥㧥㧠㨙㨙

㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧟㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧥㧥㧣㨙㨙

㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧠㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧚㧥㧥㧥㨙㨙

㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧡㧦㧳㨞㨕㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
Finish printing (*1) or [Cancel]

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔
(*1) Printing finishes after printing about 1m.

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu P.5-71

 5.8 Cleaning Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.8 Cleaning Menu

This menu is used to clean Print heads.
The cleaning menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents

Short Performs economy cleaning
Normal Performs normal cleaning
Long Performs strong cleaning

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
[Enter] =?MG[
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠
= ?MG[
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓
[Enter]

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu P.5-72

 5.9 Sample Printing Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.9 Sample Printing Menu [Cancel]

This menu is used to print out a sample printing. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

[Enter]
=?MG[
Diagnosis item Contents
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
Adjust ALL Prints adjustment patterns. = ?MG[
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧭㧸㧸
Parameter ALL Prints out the set values of various adjustment parameters.
Log info. Prints the serious error history and smart chip log. 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧸㨛㨒‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨒㨛㧚

S/C Log info. Prints the smart chip Log 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧠㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨒㨛㧚 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After setting the media
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
NOTE
If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
number before you can start the Parameter All printing.
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low

㧔Set Head height to Low㧕

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
TIP 㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing.
[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕
This is the same function as the "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-65.
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
For the screen and sample print of each item, refer to "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-
㧔After Printing㧕
65.
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧹㨕㨐 If Head height is not Mid.

㧔Set Head height to Mid㧕

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧠㧝ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing.
[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
㧔After Printing㧕
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 If Head height is not High.

㧔Set Head height to High㧕

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧥ࠑ㧯 warming up and start printing.
[Cancel] 㧔After warming up is complete㧕

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
㧔After Printing㧕

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧭㧸㧸

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu P.5-73

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.10 Parameter Menu

This menu is used to set the adjustment parameter and perform initialization.
The parameter menu includes the following items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Initialization Initializes the adjustment parameters. "5.10.1 Parameter
Initialization Menu" p.5-75
Update Updates the adjustment parameters. "5.10.2 Parameter
Update Menu" p.5-77

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] =?MG[
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑 Parameter Initialization Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 Parameter Update Menu

NOTE
To backup the parameter or recover the backup parameter, start up the printer with
“Board Manager Mode” and use the printer with Mutoh Service Assistance installed
on, via LAN cable.
"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu P.5-74

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu (1) Uni-D/Bi-D Initialization menu

This menu is used to initialize the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can This menu is used to initialize Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment parameters
be initialized through this menu are as follows.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
• Uni-D/ Bi-D Parameter、 Mechanical parameter、 Servo、 Printhead、 Wiper、
[Enter]
CR motor、 PF motor、 Pump、 Cutter
• Initialization of all items 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑

[>]key
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
[Enter]
After Initializing
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧹㨕㨐
[Enter]
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔
=?MG[
[<]key
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Shifts to the Initialization menu of Uni-D and Bi-D [Cancel] [Enter]
= ?MG[ [<]key
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧹㨕㨐 Low / 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
Mid / [>]key
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔
High 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫

[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
[Cancel]

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧜㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

Returns without initialization

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧝㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜㧝 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧞㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜㧞 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧝㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧠㧦㧭㧸㧸 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧞㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧠㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧡㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

To Next Page From Next Page

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu P.5-75

5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

From Previous Page To Previous page

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧢㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧣㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧤㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧥㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧸㨛㨣㧞㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧸㨛㨣㧞㧝㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
='PVGT?
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu P.5-76

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu (1) Rear/Edge Sensor

This menu is used to update the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can be updated Enter the set values of Rear/Edge sensors
through this menu are as follows.
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑
NOTE [Enter]

The updated parameters will not be stored in the flash memory unless the system =?MG[
power is turned OFF. 㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄 5GVD[= ?=?MG[
= ?MG[ 84㨪
)#+0㧦.*
• Rear/Edge sensor,Head rank,Uni-D/ Bi-D,Mechanical parameter, 㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
filled flag,DebugBit,Dot control,Heater flag,Head Gap,Processing
㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
[Enter]
[Cancel] [Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter] When Parameter is changed
=?MG[ 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑 (1)Rear/Edge sensor [Enter]
After updating
[Cancel] 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
= ?MG[

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧾㨍㨚㨗 (2)Head Rank

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧹㨕㨐 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㨍㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 (4)Mechanical Parameter

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓 (5)Ink filled flag

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠 (6)Debug Bit Update

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘 (7)DotCtrl.

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓 (8)Heater Flag Update

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧝㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜 (9)Head Gap

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧞㧦㧼㨞㨛㨏㨑㨟㨟㨕㨚㨓 (10)Processing

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-77

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Head Rank

NOTE
This menu is used to update the head rank parameters.
• When entering the head rank, once the eight-digit number is entered, it will
The head rank is used to determine Print head driving voltage and correct the head
proceed to the next screen.
temperature.
After head rank is entered, the system shifts to the Ink Charge Menu. • The sticker of head rank information is attached to the part shown below.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨍㨚㨗
[Cancel] [Enter]
=?MG[ [Enter]
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧝㧛㧟㧦㧝㧣㧱㧣㧖㧖㧖㧖
= ?MG[ input by [+]/[-] key
Shift the cursor by [Enter] key
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧞㧛㧟㧦㧥㧤㧤㧤㧖㧖㧖㧖 Change page by [<]/[>] key
Sticker of Head Rank
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧟㧛㧟㧦㧝㧥㧜㧥㧖㧖㧖㧖

㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧵㧰‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞㧍
When input value is right
[Cancel] Error will occur if input value is wrong.
㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧝㧛㧟㧦㧝㧣㧱㧣㧖㧖㧖㧖 Error will be displayed fro 3 seconds.
input by [+]/[-] key
Shift the cursor by [Enter] key
㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧞㧛㧟㧦㧥㧤㧤㧤㧖㧖㧖㧖 Change page by [<]/[>] key

㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㧵㧰㧙㧟㧛㧟㧦㧝㧥㧜㧥㧖㧖㧖㧖
[Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧵㧰‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞㧍
[Cancel] When input value is right
Error will occur if input value is wrong.
Error will be displayed for 3 seconds.
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫
[Enter]

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
After Upadating Initial Ink charge will
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑‫ާޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞ި not be executed.
[Cancel] Head ID will be updated.
[Enter]
㨇㧭㧸㧸㨉㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑 When ink cartridges are not inserted
䌁fter inserting the ink cartridges
㨇㧭㧸㧸㨉㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧱㨙㨜㨠㨥 When there is no ink
䌁fter changing the ink cartridges
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
After charging
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-78

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Uni-D/Bi-D 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

This menu is used to update the Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment parameters. [Enter]
The setting items for update menu for Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment parameters are as follows 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[>]key
TIP 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
Each head height (Low, Mid, or High) can be updated.
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧹㨕㨐

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕㧴㨕㨓㨔
[<]key
Item Contents [Cancel] [Enter]
[<]key
Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD1 [Enter]
Low/ 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 To when Uni-D is selected
Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD3 Mid/ [>]key
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD4 High 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
Uni-D 460 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD1
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD3
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD4
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD1 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD3 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD4 [Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 To when Bi-D is selected
Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD1
Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD3 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD4 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

CCW 320 VSD1 CCW adjustment for 320cps, VSD1 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
CCW 320 VSD3 CCW adjustment for 320cps, VSD3
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧝㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
CCW 320 VSD4 CCW adjustment for 320cps, VSD4
CCW 460 VSD1 CCW adjustment for 460cps, VSD1 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧞㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
[Enter]
CCW 460 VSD3 CCW adjustment for 460cps, VSD3 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 To when Bi-D is selected

CCW 460 VSD4 CCW adjustment for 460cps, VSD4

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧠㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧡㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧢㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧣㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧤㧦㧯㧯㨃‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-79

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

When Uni-D is selected（If Uni-D320 Low VSD3 is selected） When Bi-D is selected（If Bi-D 320 Low VSD4 is selected）

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 [Enter]

[Enter] 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 [Enter]
[Enter] 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 [Enter]

[Cancel] [Enter] 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠

[<]key
[Cancel] [Enter] * Press [Setting/Value +]
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 or [Setting/Value -] key
[>]key 㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬۲㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 to change the set value.
1count 1/ 2880inch:about8.8ǴO
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
Range: -400 to 400
* “1C” is not displayed [Enter] #1㧩Head Gap Low
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 because the value is the basis. #2㧩Head Gap Mid
#3㧩Head Gap High
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 [Cancel]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫 When parameter is changed.

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 [Enter]
* Press [+] or [-] key
After Updating
to change the set value. 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 1count 1/ 720inch:35ǴO
Range: -100 to 100
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧝㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
#1㧩Head Gap Low
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 #2㧩Head Gap Mid
#3㧩Head Gap High
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
* “2C” is not displayed
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 because the value is the basis.

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰
[Enter]
[Cancel] When Values are changing,
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫
display confirming message
[Enter]
#HVGTWRFCVKPI
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-80

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Mechanical Parameter (5) Ink filled flag

Update the machine position parameters. This menu is used to update the ink parameters. The setting items are as follows.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
Item Initial wash Initial Charge
[Enter] User/Init:Not Charge × ×
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
User/ : Charge ○ ×
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧢㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 User/Init: Charge ○ ○

[Cancel] [Enter] [<]key

㨀㨛㨜㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㧚㧜㨙㨙 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
Use the [㫧] key by 0.1mm to set
[>]key [Enter]
䌔䌯䌰䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭35.0䌾45.0䌭䌭
㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌂䌯䌴䌴䌯䌭䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
䌓䌩䌤䌥䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
[Enter]
㧿㨕㨐㨑㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓
[Enter] [Cancel] [Enter] * Press [+]/[-] key
[Cancel] When parameter
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 to change the settings
is changed. 㨁㨟㨑㨞㧛㧵㨚㨕㨠㧦㧺㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
[Enter] ̌User/ : Charge̍
After updating ̌User/Init:Not Charge̍
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 [Enter] ̌User/Init: Charge̍
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 When parameter is changed
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 [Enter]
After updating
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

NOTE
Before selecting "Reset", make sure that Ink cartridges are installed.

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-81

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(6) Debug Bit Update

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
This menu is used to update the debug bit. [Enter]
The debug bit is used for testing.
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]

TIP 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠

The debug bit is displayed in binary digits. The setting values and initial values at the [Cancel] [Enter] [<]key
time of shipping are as follows:
㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
• At the time of shipping D15-D8: 00000000,D7-D-0:00000000 [>]key
• Initial value D15-D8: 00000000,D7-D-0:00000000 㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Enter a single binary value (0 or 1).
Set value can be changed by the [+]/[-] key.
Shift the cursor by the [Enter] key.
㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

NOTE 㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜

This menu is not used for maintenance operation. 㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧝㧡㧙㧰㧤㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜

㧰㧮‫ޓ‬㧰㧣㧙㧰㧜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖

[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 When the parameters are changed.
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

After Updating
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-82

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(7) DotCtrl. From left page To left page from left page

Setup the waveform and dot size when printing.

When OFF is set, they are determined automatically to match printing. 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
NOTE
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
This menu is not used for maintenance operation.
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
TIP
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
• Ｌ ： Large
• M ： Middle 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
• S ： Small 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂
• V ： Variable
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
[Enter]
㨇㧙㨉key 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
[Enter]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧲㧲
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
㨇㧗㨉key
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
[Enter]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿 [Cancel]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫 When the parameters are changed.
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂 [Enter]
After Updating
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂

To right page from right page To right page

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-83

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(8) Heater Flag Update (9) Head Gap Update

This menu is used to update the heater flag. This menu is used to set the head height (PG gap number).
The functional PG sensors differ depending on the setting.

NOTE
Head Gap Functional sensor Head Gap setting whose sensor
• When setting the heater flag “Off,” heater warmup is not performed during
can be read
adjustment printing or waiting.
• Since the setting of the heater flag is not saved, the setting returns to "Flag On" 2 Positions PG Sensor 1 Low、Middle
every time the power is turned off.
3 Positions PG Sensor 1、2 Low、Middle、High

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 [Enter]
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 [Enter]
[Enter] 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧝㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓
[Enter] [<]key
[Enter] [<]key
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧼㨛㨟㨕㨠㨕㨛㨚㨟
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧺 [>]key
[>]key 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧼㨛㨟㨕㨠㨕㨛㨚㨟
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧲㧲
[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.
[Enter]
When parameter is not changed. When parameter is changed.
When parameter is changed.
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫
[Cancel]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫 [Enter]
[Cancel]
[Enter] After Updating
After Updating 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-84

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(10)Processing (data-analysis)
Changes the analysis timing for imaging data, and adjusts the wait time between
paths when printing an image.

Settings Contents
Stream Initial setting (without wait time adjustment)
Buffer Uniformly adjusts the wait time If there is a lot of printing data,
between paths when printing the wait time between paths
an image. will become uniform.
If there is not a lot of printing
data, the wait time between
paths will not change.

NOTE
When set to "Buffer", the printing speed may decrease.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]

㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧞㧦㧼㨞㨛㨏㨑㨟㨟㨕㨚㨓

[Enter] [<]key

㧼㨞㨛㨏㨑㨟㨟㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧿㨠㨞㨑㨍㨙
[>]key
㧼㨞㨛㨏㨑㨟㨟㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧮㨡㨒㨒㨑㨞

[Enter]
9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUPQVEJCPIGF
9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUEJCPIGF

㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫
[Cancel]
[Enter]
#HVGT7RFCVKPI
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-85

 5.11 Servo Setting Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.11 Servo Setting Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛

[Enter] [<]key
NOTE
㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧝㧦㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨃
Because this is a menu for evaluating problems of the printer (noise, vibration) and [>]key
improving the image quality (measures for vertical unevenness), basically do not 㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧞㧦㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧯㨃
change these parameters.
㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧟㧦㧠㧢㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨃

The menu items for servo setting are as follows. 㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧠㧦㧠㧢㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧯㨃

[Enter]
Servo setting items 㧔When selecting 320cps CW 㧕
Items Contents [<]key

320cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction 、320cps 㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧼

320cps CCW [>]key
Servo setting of CR CCW direction 、320cps
460cps CW 㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧵
Servo setting of CR CW direction 、460cps
460cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction 、460cps 㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧸㧼㧲

Servo setting items 㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧼㨃㧹‫ޓ‬㧿㨏㨍㨘㨑

Items Contents
㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㨣㧯
Proportional gain Proportional gain setting
[Enter]
Integral gain Integral gain setting
㧔When selecting GP 㧕
Low path filter Low path filter setting Change the value (unit to count)
㧳㧼㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨤㧢㧜㧜㧜 by pressing
PWM scale PWM scale setting [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Enter]
ωC ωC setting [Cancel]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫 When parameter has been changed.

Initial values of Servo setting Items [Enter]

After updating
Item GP Gi GLPF PWM ωC 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
320cps CW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45
320cps CCW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

460cps CW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 The minimum / maximum / count value for each item is shown below.
460cps CCW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45
Values of Setting Items
Items Min. Max. Count
GP（Propotional gain） 0x2000 0x7800 0x200
GI（Integral gain） 0x0002 0x0800 1
GLPF（Low-pass filter） 0 255 1
PWM（PWM scale） 10 15 1
ωC（ｗC） 30 60 5

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-86

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12 Endurance Running Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑

This menu is used to perform endurance running of printer mechanicals. [Enter]
The endurance running menu includes the following items. [<]key
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 CR Motor Endurance Menu
[Cancel]
Diagnosis item Contents Reference [>]key

CR Motor Performs carriage stroke to perform the "5.12.1 CR Motor 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 PF Motor Endurance Menu
endurance running of CR motor Assy. Endurance Menu" p.5-88
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞 Cutter Endurande Menu

PF Motor Performs media feeding operation to "5.12.2 PF Motor 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜 Pump Endurance Menu
perform the endurance running of PF Endurance Menu" p.5-89
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗 Head Lock Menu
motor Assy.
Cutter Performs cutter driving endurance "5.12.3 Cutter 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞 9KRGT/GPW
Endurance Menu" p.5-90 Print Head Endurance
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑 (Nozzle Print) Menu
Pump Performs endurance running of Pump "5.12.4 Pump
motor Assy. Endurance Menu" p.5-91 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧸㨕㨒㨑 General Endurance Menu

Endurance Running
Head Lock Performs endurance running of Head "5.12.5 Head Lock 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗 Check Menu
lock. Menu" p.5-92

Wiper Turns ON/OFF Wiper. "5.12.6 Wiper

Endurance menu" p.5-93

Nozzle Performs sequential printing to perform "5.12.7 Print Head

the endurance running of Print head. Endurance (Nozzle Print)
Menu" p.5-94

Total Life Performs endurance running on CR axis "5.12.8 General

(CR motor Assy, Bearing, Tube, etc) and Endurance Menu" p.5-95
PF axis (PR motor Assy, etc)
simultaneously.

Check Confirms the number of endurance "5.12.9 Endurance

running cycles. Running Check Menu" p.5-
96

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-87

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu

ࠪࡦ࠲ࠐࡦ㧥㧦࠲ࠗࠠࡘ࠙
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧸㨕㨒㨑
This menu is used to perform carriage stroke to perform the endurance running of CR motor [Enter]
Assy . 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧝㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
The available settings are shown below. Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing [+] or [-] key.
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟 CW-speed
Item Contents Values Remark [Enter]
[Enter]/
Speed Set Carriage running speed (CW 320、460 Unit：cps [Cancel] 㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟
(CW, CCW) direction, CCW direction). CCW-speed
[Enter]
Width Travel distance of Carriage mm travel distance
800 ～ 1848 㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧤㧠㧤㨙㨙 800mm~1848mm
Life Count Set the number of endurance running － 1 ～ 10000 - [Enter]
cycles. 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
[Enter]

㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬ Performing endurance

CAUTION
Completing Endurance or [Cancel]
When performing the CR motor Assy endurance running, install Ink cartridges. 㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
If the CR motor Assy endurance running is performed without ink cartridges, ink
inside the tube may leak through the ink holder during Carriage movement.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage continuously
repeats endurance running until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu P.5-88

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧸㨕㨒㨑
This menu is used to perform media feeding operation to perform the endurance running of [Enter]
PF motor . 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧞㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
Change the value (unit to count)
The available settings are shown below. by pressing [+] or [-] key.
[Enter]
㧲㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧭㨙㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧚㧝㨙㨙 Enter a media feed amount
Set item Contents Set value Remark by using [+]/[-] key
[Enter]/ [Enter]
Range : 0.1mm to 100.0 mm
Feed amount Set the media feed 0.1 to 100 Unit: mm [Cancel] 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
amount per endurance
[Enter]
running cycle.
㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬ Performing endurance
Life Count Set the number of -1 to 10000 -
After completing endurance or [Cancel]
endurance running
cycles. 㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

TIP
• The following table shows the motor transfer parameters to media feed amount.

Speed 35cps
Acceleration 0.05G
Deceleration 0.05G

• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, the PF motor Assy
continuously repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation
panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu P.5-89

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
Performs media cutting by the designated cut method for the designated number of times. [Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
Set item Contents Set value Remark
=?MG[
Page size Set the media feed 50 ～ 3000 Unit: mm
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
amount per endurance
= ?MG[
running cycle.
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
Life Count Set the number of － 1 ～ 10000 -
endurance running 㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
cycles.
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟

TIP Change the value (unit to count)

[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Cutter continuously repeats
㧼㨍㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨦㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜㨙㨙
endurance running until it is canceled from Operation panel. 50mm~3000mm

• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
displays 99999999.
㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ ޓ‬Performing endurance

or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu P.5-90

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu Pump motor Assy endurance running sequence is as follows.

This menu is used to perform endurance running for Pump motor Assy . 1. Pump motor Assy endurance running starts.
You can drive Pump motor Assy according to your desired settings.
2. Rotates at the specified suction speed. This rotation is counted as one cycle.
The available settings are shown below.
Step 2 above is repeated the number of times specified as follows:
Super high:: 2.5 s
Set item Contents Set value High : 3.0s
Running speed Set the running speed of Pump Super high / High / Normal / Normal: :3.0 s
motor Assy . Low Low: :5.0 s
Life Count Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000 3. The number of endurance is counted +1.
running cycles.
4. Pump motor Assy endurance running ends.
TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Pump motor Assy
continuously repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation
panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧿㨡㨜㨑㨞㧴㨕㨓㨔
= ?MG[
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧴㨕㨓㨔

㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧸㨛㨣

Change the value (unit to count)

[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count

[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ ޓ‬Performing endurance

or
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu P.5-91

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu

This menu is used to perform endurance running of Carriage lock.
Head is locked/unlocked by the number of times set.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Number of endurance Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000 -
running cycles running cycles.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Head lock continuously
repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter]
by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
[Enter]
㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ ޓ‬Performing endurance

or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu P.5-92

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.6 Wiper Endurance menu

This menu is used to perform endurance running of Wiper.
Wiper is turned ON/OFF times the set number.
The available settings are as follows.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Number of endurance Set the number of -1 to 10000 -
running cycles endurance running
cycles.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Wiper continuously repeats
endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
[Enter]
㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ ޓ‬Performing endurance

or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㧺㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.6 Wiper Endurance menu P.5-93

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu

This menu is used to perform sequential printing to perform the endurance running of Print
head.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Number of endurance Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000 -
running cycles running cycles.

TIP
If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Wiper continuously repeats
endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
[Enter]
Performing endurance
[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬
or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㧺㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu P.5-94

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
This menu is used to perform endurance running on the CR line (CR motor Assy , Bearing, [Enter]
Tube, etc) and PF line (PR motor Assy , etc) simultaneously.
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘
The available settings are shown below. Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㧯㧼㧿 CW-speed(320/460)
Set item Contents Set value Remark
[Enter]
Speed CW Set Carriage running 320、460 Unit：cps
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㧯㧼㧿 CCW-speed(320/460)
Speed CCW speed (CW direction,
CCW direction). [Enter]

Width Set the travel distance of 㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧤㧠㧤㨙㨙 CR travel distance(800㨪1848mm)

800 ～ 1848 Unit：mm
Carriage. [Enter]
㧲㨑㨑㨐㧭㨙㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧚㧝㨙㨙 Media feed amount
Feed Amount Set the media feed 0.1 ～ 100 Unit：mm
amount per endurance [Enter]

running cycle. 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance count

Life Set the number of - [Enter]
－ 1 ～ 10000
endurance running cycles. [Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬Performing endurance running
or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㧺㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
TIP
• In the general endurance menu, the following operations are performed as one
cycle of endurance running:
The counter indicates above-mentioned set number, and the count number
counts the same value as the only CR motor assemby endurance, etc.
• Carriage stroking: 1 stroke
• Media feed: 1 cycle
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage and PF Motor
continuously repeat stroking until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu P.5-95

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu

This menu is used to confirm the number of endurance running cycles.
The number of endurance running cycles is stored in NVRAM in the system. Therefore, even
if a serious error occurs during endurance running, you can confirm the number of the
performed cycles just before the occurrence of the serious error.

㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗
[Enter]

[<]key

[Enter] 㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
or
[>]key
[Cancel]
㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣

㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣

㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣

㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣

㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧸㨕㨒㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧤㧤 general endurance count

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu P.5-96

 5.13 Paper Feed Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.13 Paper Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
The mechanical initialization should be done if it is not performed yet.
The media is fed continuously when the [+]/[-] key is pressed down.
Hold down a[Enter] key for two second to cut media.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐
[Enter]

㧲㨑㨑㨐㧦࡯㧛㧗‫ޓޓ‬㧯㨡㨠㧦㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 [-]key㧦Front Feed

[+]key㧦Back Feed
Hold down [Enter] key
for two second to cut.

TIP
This is the same function as the "6.3.5 Paper Feed Menu" p.6-16

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu P.5-97

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.14 ExControl Menu 5.14.1 Version Menu

This menu is used to diagnose the following items on HEATER CONT board Assy . This menu is used to check the firmware version of the controller side, and the revision of
Controller board. The firmware version (AP version) is displayed as “XX.XX”. The controller
board version is displayed in hex format (2 digits).
Items Contents Items
Version Firm、Board Rev. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
Sensors Pre-Heater thermistor,Platen Heater thermistor1/2、 [Enter]
After Heater Thermistor 1/2 [Cancel]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚

Heater Pre-Heater,Platen Heater,After Heater,ALL [Enter]

=?MG[

[Cancel]
㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧭㧼‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧝㧜
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
= ?MG[
[Enter]
㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧼㧯㧮‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜˜㧜㧜
=?MG[
[Enter]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚 Version Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[

㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 Sensor Menu

㧯㨠㨞㨘㧟㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞 Heater Menu

5.14.1 Version Menu P.5-98

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.14.2 Sensor Menu

This menu is used to display the status of the following sensors on Controller board.

[Enter] 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
or
[Cancel]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
[Enter]

[<]key

㧝㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
[>]key
㧞㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧟㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧝‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧠㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧡㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧢㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

5.14.2 Sensor Menu P.5-99

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.14.3 Heater Menu

This menu is used to check if Pre heater, Platen heater, and Drier (After heater) correctly
operate.
When selecting Pre, Platen, After, or ALL (Pre, Platen, and Driers are controlled
simultaneously), the heater temperature is controlled with the target temperature of 50°C.
When the temperature reaches the target, the temperature will be maintained.

㧯㨠㨞㨘㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞

[Enter] [<]Key

㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑
[>]Key
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚

㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞

㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧭㧸㧸

[Enter]

[<]Key

㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
[>]Key
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧯㨔㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧯㨔㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

5.14.3 Heater Menu P.5-100

 5.15 Paper Initial Menu VJ1638E-M-01

5.15 Paper Initial Menu

This menu is used to set the media detection.
The default value is the same as that of the normal operation mode (chart mode).

Select either Top & Width, Width, or Off. When Off is selected, you can set the media width
in the media width setting menu.

The available settings are shown below.

Items Contents
Top & Width Detects media. (Media width and media edge)
Width Detects media width.
Off Does not detect media.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘

[Enter] [㧗]key

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㨀㨛㨜㧒㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔
[࡯]key
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㧻㨒㨒

When setting ‫ޟ‬OFF‫ޠ‬

Input media width
㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧢㧞㧡㨙㨙 Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter]
by pressing [+] / [-] key.
or
[Cancel] 1000mm to 1625mm

5.14.3 Heater Menu P.5-101

 VJ1638E-M-01

6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction .................................................................. 6- 2

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 ............................ 6- 2

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2.................. 6-2

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2.......................... 6-3

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu.......................................... 6- 4

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu ..................................... 6-5

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu................................ 6-14

6.3.3 Cleaning Menu .................................................. 6-15

6.3.4 Counter Print Menu ........................................... 6-16

6.3.5 Paper Feed Menu ............................................. 6-16

P.6-1
 6.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

6.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on the maintenance mode 2.

The maintenance mode 2 provides the user with functions of displaying and initializing the life
counters. It is used in the manufacturing process, adjustment, and maintenance.
The maintenance mode 2 is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available
from the operation panel.

"8.2.3 Operation Panel" p.8-4

TIP
This manual is created based on firmware Ver.2.01.

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2

This section explains how to start up and operate the maintenance mode 2 as well as
provides the list of available diagnosis items.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2

Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed
on Operation panel.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup
menu display status.

1. If the system is in the operation mode or

the setup menu mode, press the [Power]
key to turn the power off.
2. While holding down [<] key, [Setting/Value-
] key and [>] key on Operation panel
simultaneously, press [Power] key.
The operation panel displays the
maintenance mode 2 menu.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-2

 6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 VJ1638E-M-01

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 3. To save the changed setting, press [Enter] key on
Operation panel.
Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed *The setting is saved and the next diagnosis item is
on Operation panel. displayed.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup
menu display status.
NOTE
TIP If you press [Cancel] key, or, [Setting/value +]
key or [Setting/value -] key, instead of [Enter]
For details of operating procedure, refer to the flow chart of each diagnosis item. key, the modification is not stored.

1. Press either [<] or [>] of Operation panel to select the

item to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key. 4. To quit diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on Operation
• Determine the diagnosis item panel.
• When the diagnosis item has a submenu, shift *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the
to the next hierarchy of menus. diagnosis menu.

2. If the set value is displayed on the LCD of Operation

panel, the value can be changed.
5. When quitting Self-diagnosis menu, press [Power]
Press either [Setting/value +] or
key.
[Setting/value -] to change the value.

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-3

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu

The maintenance mode 2 menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Indication Displays the life counter. "6.3.1 Counter
Indication Menu" p.6-5

Init Counter Initializes the life counter. "6.3.2 Counter

Initialization Menu" p.6-14

Cleaning Cleans Print heads. "6.3.3 Cleaning Menu"

p.6-15

Print Prints the life counter. "6.3.4 Counter Print

Menu" p.6-16

MediaFeed Feeds media into the printer frontward "6.3.5 Paper Feed
or backward.Cut media. Menu" p.6-16

=?MG[
[Enter]
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧝㧦㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚 Counter Indication Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧞㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞 Counter Initialization Menu

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧟㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓 Cleaning Menu

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Counter Print Menu

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧡㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 Paper Feed Menu

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-4

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu

This menu is used to display the life counters.
It consists of the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Mainte. Total number of copies printed "6.3.1 Counter
CR motor counter Indication Menu" p.6-5
PF motor counter
Pump counter
Head discharge counter
Cleaning number
Number of Wiper use
Number of cutting
Number of solenoid downs
Unlock position
Head wiping display
Print Number of copies printed per mode "6.3.2 Counter
Printed area per mode Initialization Menu" p.6-14
Number of copies printed by effect
Ope.Time Operating time per running mode "6.3.4 Counter Print
Menu" p.6-16

=?MG[
[Enter]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㧚 Maintenance Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Menu

㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧟㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Ope.Time Menu

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-5

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1) Maintenance Menu from left page To left page

This menu is used to display the life counters. =?MG[

Diagnosis item Contents Unit 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

= ?MG[
PrintNumber Displays the total number of printed copies. copy 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧯㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
CR Motor Displays the life counter of CR motor. scanning count
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
PF Motor Displays the life counter of PF motor. 10m
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Pump Displays the life counter of Pump unit. Number of
rotation 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Head 1A~2H Displays the life counter of each nozzle. Mega dot 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Cleaening Displays the life counter of Cleaning unit. Number of 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

cleanings
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Wiper Displays the life counter of Wiper. Number of
wiping 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
CutNumber Displays the life counter of Cutter. Number of 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧯㧦㧜
cutting
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧰㧦㧜
CutteSol. Displays the life counter of Solenoid. Number of
Solenoid 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧱㧦㧜
downing
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧲㧦㧜 Displayed as a decimal
UnlockPos. Displays the unlock position. 0.001ｍｍ
H1,H2 Wiped Displays the wiping number of Head 1 and 2 Times 㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧳㧦㧜

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧞㧴㧦㧜
[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter]
[<]key 㨃㨕㨜㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㨚㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
[>]key
㧯㧾㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧯㨡㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧼㧲㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞㧿㨛㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧼㨡㨙㨜㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧸㨛㨏㨗㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Unadjusted㧦x.xxxmm
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗㧼㨛㨟㧚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨄㧚㨄㨄㨄㨙㨙 Other than unadjusted㧦99.999mm㨪
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬-99.999mm
㧴㨑㨍㨐㧝㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 [Enter]
Wiped Menu
[Cancel]/
㧴㧞‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
To right page from right page [Enter]

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-6

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(1-a)Wiped Menu
NOTE
Displays the wiping number of Head (nozzles)
• Cleaning count does not rely on the cleaning type. (Including ink charge and
economy ink charge)
• CR motor is counted every time the print head moves sideways (left to right, right TIP
to left).
• Up to two previous counts can be displayed.
• Number of Pump wheel rotations: The conversion of the number of Pump wheel
• Maximum value: 65535
rotations from the number of Wiper motor driving steps is as follows:
1 rotation of Pump wheel = 330 steps (2-phase excitation conversion) • When the count goes over the max. value: 65535
• When there is no history, [No Dada] is displayed.
• When there is no history of Wiped 2, Wiped 3 is not displayed.

[Cancel]
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 Current count information
= ?MG[
㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧢㧡㧡㧟㧡 Previous count information

㧴㧝‫ޓ‬㨃㨕㨜㨑㨐㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨍 One before previous count information

㧴㧝QT㧴㧞

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-7

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2) Print Menu

Confirming printing information.

Diagnosis item Contents

Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed copies per mode

Area Displays the counter value of the print area per mode

Effect Number of the printed copies per effect

[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[Enter]

=?MG[
[Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙 Num Menu
[Cancel]
= ?MG[
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍 Area Menu

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠 Effect Menu

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-8

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2-a)Num [Cancel]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙
Check the number of printed copies per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.) [Enter]
[Enter]

=?MG[
TIP 㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Displayed as a decimal. = ?MG[

㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Maximum value : 99999999
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999 㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Diagnosis item Contents Unit 㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Total Num Displays the counter value of the total number of Copies 㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
printed copies of all modes
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
QX　Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
copies of Quality 1 to 4 㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

GX　Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies 㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
copies of Graphics1 to 2
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
BX　Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
copies of Banner 1 to 4 㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Other Num Displays other counter values of the number of Copies 㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
printed copies

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-9

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2-b)Area [Cancel]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㨍㨞㨑㨍
Check the print area per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.) [Enter]
[Enter]

=?MG[
TIP 㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Displayed as a decimal. = ?MG[
Maximum value : 99999999 㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999
㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Diagnosis item Contents Unit 㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Total area Displays the counter value of the total print area of ㎡ 㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
all modes
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
QX　area Displays the counter value of the print area of ㎡
Quality 1 to 4 㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

GX　area Displays the counter value of the print area of ㎡ 㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

Graphics 1 to 2
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
BX　area Displays the counter value of the print area of ㎡
Banner 1 to 4 㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
Other area Displays other counter values of the print area ㎡ 㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-10

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(2-c)Effect Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Check the number of the printed copies per effect. (Excluding the inner patterns.)
Fine&Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz3 copies
TIP Fine&Fuzz4 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz4
Displayed as a decimal. Fine&Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz3
Maximum value : 99999999
Fine&Fuzz4 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz4
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999
Fine&Fog1 Number of printings in Fine&Fog1

Fine&Fog2 Number of printings in Fine&Fog2

Diagnosis item Contents Unit A-S.F&W Number of printings in A-S.F&W
None 1 Number of printings in None1 copies B-S.F&W Number of printings in B-S.F&W
None2 Number of printings in None2

None3 Number of printings in None3

Wave1 Number of printings in Wave1

Wave2 Number of printings in Wave2

Wave3 Number of printings in Wave3

Fog1 Number of printings in Fog1

Fog2 Number of printings in Fog2

Fog3 Number of printings in Fog3

Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fuzz1

Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fuzz2

Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fuzz3

Wow1 Number of printings in Wow1

Wow2 Number of printings in Wow2

Wow3 Number of printings in Wow3

Fine&Wave1 Number of printings in Fine&Wave1

Fine&Wavw2 Number of printings in Fine&Wave2

Fine&Wavw3 Number of printings in Fine&Wave3

Fine&Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz1

Fine&Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz2

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-11

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

[Cancel]
From left page To left page
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
[Enter]
[Enter]
=?MG[ 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧠‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ?MG[
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧢‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 A-Super Fine&Wave

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 B-Super Fine&Wave

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

To right page from right page

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-12

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

(3) Ope.Time
Confirming Operation time.

TIP
Displayed as a decimal.
Maximum value : 99999999
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999

Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Total Operation time of All modes. minutes

Normal Operation time of User mode.

Diag. Operation time of Self Diagnostic mode.

Mainte. Operation time of Maintenance mode 2.

[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑
[Enter]

=?MG[
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚
= ?MG[
㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚

㧰㨕㨍㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-13

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu

[Cancel]
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧞㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞
This menu is used to initialize the life counters.
The parameters that can be initialized in this menu are as follows. [Enter]

=?MG[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙
Diagnosis item Contents
= ?MG[
Print Num Initializes the total print counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙
PrintInfo. Initializes the number of printed copies per mode, print area per
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧭㧸㧸
mode, and the number of printed copies per effect
ALL Initialize Timer,Life counter,Mechanical counter,Mechanical 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑㨞
adjustment values,Head ID.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
Timer Initialize the Timer.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
CR Motor Initializes the CR motor life counter.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜㧝
PF Motor Initializes the PF motor life counter.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜㧞
Pump1 Initializes the Pump1 life counter.
Pump2 Initializes the Pump2 life counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㨁㨚㨕㨠㧝

HeadUnit 1 Initializes the head nozzle life counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㨁㨚㨕㨠㧞

HeadUnit 2 Initializes the head nozzle life counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧝㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

Cleaning Initialize the number of Cleaning.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧞㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㨁㨚㨕㨠
WiperUnit Initializes the wiper life counter.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞㨁㨚㨕㨠
CutterUnit Initializes the Cutter life counter.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧠㧦㧸㨛㨏㨗㧿㨛㨘㧚
LockSol. Initializes the number of Lock Solenoid actuation.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧡㧦㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧼㨛㨟㧚
Unlock Pos. Initializes the position of unlocking Head lock.
Shipping Batch initializing only before shipping 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧢㧦㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓

[Enter]
=?MG[
[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧺㧻
= ?MG[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫‫ޓޓޓ‬㨅㧱㧿 [Enter]

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu P.6-14

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

6.3.3 Cleaning Menu

This menu is used to clean Print head.
The Cleaning menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Description

Short Performs short cleaning
Normal Performs Normal cleaning
Long Performs Long cleaning

[Cancel]
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
[Enter] =?MG[
㨀㨕㨙㨑㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠
= ?MG[
㨀㨕㨙㨑㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

㨀㨕㨙㨑㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓

[Enter]

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓 After Cleaning

6.3.3 Cleaning Menu P.6-15

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1638E-M-01

6.3.4 Counter Print Menu

This menu is used to print the life counter values.

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[Enter]
㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨠㨍㨞㨠
[Enter]

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After media is set
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

6.3.5 Paper Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
To cut media, press down the [Enter] key for more than two seconds.
The mechanical initialization should be performed, if it is not performed yet.

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 [–] key: Feeds frontward

[Cancel] [Enter] [+] key: Feeds backward
Press down the [Enter] key
㧲㨑㨑㨐㧦࡯㧛㧗‫ޓ‬㧯㨡㨠㧦㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 for more than two seconds
to cut the media

TIP
This is the same function as the "5.13 Paper Feed Menu" p.5-97

6.3.4 Counter Print Menu P.6-16

 VJ1638E-M-01

7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction .................................................................. 7- 2

7.2 Periodical Services ...................................................... 7- 3

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts................................ 7-3

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement.... 7-4

7.3 Part Life Information .................................................... 7- 5

7.4 Jigs and Tools .............................................................. 7- 6

7.4.1 Required Tools.................................................... 7-6

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding .................................................... 7- 7

7.6 Transportation of Product ........................................... 7- 8

P.7-1
 7.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

7.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information about the periodical services, part life, lubrication/bonding,
and transport.

WARNING

Before starting any maintenance work, always perform the following operations.
• Turn the printer power OFF.
• Remove Power cable from Power outlet.
Not doing so may cause electric shock or damage to the electric circuit.
• Unplug the cables connected to the printer.
Failure to do so could result in damage to the printer.

CAUTION
• Make sure there is sufficient space around the printer when performing
maintenance work.
• When servicing the machinery inside with some covers removed, pay special
attention not to be injured by the driving mechanisms.
• Maintenance must be done by two or more persons for the following work.
• When disassembling or reassembling the printer and Dedicated stand
• When packing the printer for transportation

P.7-2
 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1638E-M-01

7.2 Periodical Services

This section describes the periodical services required for this printer.
The periodical services ensures stable plotting quality of the printer.
Perform periodical inspections according to “Periodic Replacement Parts “ and perform
cleaning and part replacement as necessary.

TIP
『Operation manual』
Exploded View

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts

The parts in the following table require replacement once per year.

Maintenance part name Maintenanc Remark

e part
numbers
Regular Maintenace Kit DG-43499 " 　Exploded View Other" p.Ex-29

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts P.7-3

 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1638E-M-01

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement

Table 7-1 Periodical Inspection Part List
Part Timing Check point Action
Platen front surface Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.
times per Foreign objects
year Damages If ink deposits are
present, remove
them with a
dampened cloth and
wipe the area with a
clean dry cloth.

Timing fence Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.

(CR encoder times per Foreign objects
detection slit plate) year Damages If any damage is
found, replace the
part.
Paper rear sensor Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.
front surface times per Foreign objects
year
Daily maintenance Several Ink deposits If the stain is left, tell
check point by the times per Foreign objects the user to clean it
user year Damages periodically
(Platen, pressure according to the
roller, wiper, outer Daily cleaning explanation of the
surface of the print User’s Manual.
head) (Parts should be
replaced more often
if stain is left.)
Pressure roller Several Ink deposits Clean it.
times per Foreign objects
year Damages Refer to "7.5
Lubrication Lubrication/Bonding"
p.7-7 for lubrication if
necessary.

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement P.7-4

 7.3 Part Life Information VJ1638E-M-01

7.3 Part Life Information

This section shows how to check the life of the service parts.
To know the life of the service parts, check the maintenance counter from the counter display
menu in the maintenance mode.

TIP
"6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu" p.6-5

Part life information of this printer is shown in the table below.

Part Life Warning How to Replacement 参照

expectancy display restore parts
CR motor 4,370,000 Check Life Counter At the first "3.6.2
passes [CR motor] clear warning: Replacing CR
CR motor Motor" p.3-101
CR following "3.6.6 Replacing CR
movment belt Return Pulley" p.3-
pulley 111
(Check Ink tube "3.6.12 Replacing
as well.) Ink Tube" p.3-123
At the next "3.6.11 Replacing
warning: CR_FFC" p.3-119
Replace CR
cable after above
parts is replaced.
PF motor 21Km Check Life Counter Replace as "3.5.4
[PF motor] clear necessary Replacing PF Motor
Assy" p.3-78

Print 6 × 109 Check Life Counter Replace as "3.7.12

head (6 thousand [Head] clear necessary Replacing Print
million) dots Head" p.3-152

DC Pump 310 hours Check Life Counter Replace as "3.8.6

[Pump] clear necessary Replacing
Maintenance Assy"
p.3-177

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement P.7-5

 7.4 Jigs and Tools VJ1638E-M-01

7.4 Jigs and Tools No. Name

Part
Remarks
number
This section provides lists of jigs and tools required for service operations.
14 Tube cutter Generic For replacing solenoid heads and ink tubes
product
7.4.1 Required Tools
15 Measure Generic For replacing Steel belt, longer than 3m
product
(1) Tools for Part Replacement
16 Loupe Generic For confirming adjustment pattern
Part product
No. Name Remarks
number
1 + driver No.2 Generic More than 250 mm shaft length is (2) Tools for Adjustment
product recommended.
2 + driver No.2 Generic Less than 50 mm shaft length is
No. Name Part number Remarks
product recommended. 1 Personal computer Generic Network interface connector (RJ-45)
product should be equipped.
3 + driver No.1 Generic -
(10M/100M Ethernet I/F)
product
2 Network interface Generic Cross-type cable
4 Flat-head driver Generic For replacing E rings
cable product * Use stratight-type cable to connect HUB.
product
3 Dedicated network - MUTOH Service Assistance
5 Box driver Generic For replacing CR board assemblies
software
product
4 Tension gauge Generic Max. 40 N (4,080gf) for measurement
6 Ratchet Generic -
product product Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co.,
Ltd.
7 Long-nose pliers Generic -
5 Tension gauge Generic Max. 2N (204gf) for measurement
product
product Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co.,
8 Tweezers Generic - Ltd.
product
6 MF-3G Dedicated For Paper edge sensor, for print accuracy
9 Hex wrench Generic - paper adjustment
(1.5 to 6 mm) product
7 PG height check DG-43196 For Print head height adjustment
10 Hex wrench Generic For screws retaining Head base, with shaft tool (1.3mm/1.4mm)
（2.5mm） product length of 150mm or longer and not L-shaped
8 Steel belt tension DG-43197 For adjusting Steel belt tension
11 E ring holder (E-2.5) Generic Name: JIS E-2.5 attachment 2
product Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd
9 Level Generic For confirming installation environment.
12 E ring holder (E-6) Generic Name: JIS E-56 product
product Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd
10 Cutter Adjusting Jig DG-43194 For adjusting Cutter holder.
13 Penlight Generic -
11 Colorimeter Bracket DG-43195 For mounting Colorimeter Bracket
product
Adjusting Jig

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-6

 7.5 Lubrication/Bonding VJ1638E-M-01

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding Parts name Location Manufacturer Model name

This section covers the lubrication/bonding information. Cursor Head U/D cam Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
After disassembling/assembling this printer, always perform necessary lubrication/bonding referring section cam. Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
the following table. GREASE
Rack Apply to Gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
CAUTION Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
GREASE
• Only use specified lubricants to the printer. The use of unauthorized lubricants
may damage the components and shorten the printer life. Head base Head mouting Apply to the position Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
section plate of the screw hole Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
• Pay attension not to lubricate too much on a part.
securing shoulder GREASE
screw.
Head base Apply to the part Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
Parts name Location Manufacturer Model name
pressing screw contacting with the Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
PF drive Up/down gear on Apply to gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R CR cursor. GREASE
section pressure lever Toray Co., Ltd. )EM60L
PF drive Set screw Apply screw-locking Three Bond Co., 1401
GREASE
section agent to the Ltd.
CR drive Y rail machining Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R coupling set screw.
section diagram securing Y drive Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
CR drive CR Following After adjusting Steel Three Bond Co., 1401
base. GREASE
section Movement Belt belt, apply screw- Ltd.
Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R pulley adjusting locking agent.
securing the return Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L screw
pulley bracket. GREASE
Others Screw Apply to the area Three Bond Co., 1401
Y rail and Roller While inserting Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R screw-locking agent Ltd.
guide Roller guide, apply Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L is applied.
to the downside of GREASE
The areas Attach acetate tapes Not specified -
Roller guide.
sharpened edge to the tape wires or
Pressure level Apply to the contact Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R is likely to harnesses where
adjustment gear surface of Pressure Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L emerge sharpened edge is
level adjustment GREASE likely to emerge.
rack on Y rail.
Pressure cam Apply to cam part. Dow Corning SUPERMULPA
Toray Co., Ltd. SS32（Super
multi dia tetrat）
Roller guide Apply to the front Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
surface of Roller Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
guide. GREASE
Cursor Head U/D collar Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R
section collar. Toray Co., Ltd. )EM-60L
GREASE

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-7

 7.6 Transportation of Product VJ1638E-M-01

7.6 Transportation of Product

This section describes how to transport the product.
Before transporting the product, you must package it in the same manner as it was delivered
using protective materials and packaging materials so that the product will not be subject to
excessive impact and vibrations during the transportation.
Refer to the INSTALLATION MANUAL

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-8

 VJ1638E-M-01

8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction .................................................................. 8- 2

8.2 Part Names and Functions .......................................... 8- 2

8.2.1 Front Section....................................................... 8-2

8.2.2 Rear Section ....................................................... 8-3

8.2.3 Operation Panel .................................................. 8-4

8.3 Printer Status................................................................ 8- 6

8.3.1 Operating Status Type ........................................ 8-6

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status................................. 8-7

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language .................................. 8-9

P.8-1
 8.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

8.1 Introduction No. Name Function

3 Front cover Keeps the operator safe from the drive parts of the printer while
This chapter explains the features, part names and functions of this printer. it is operating.
Opened and closed when media is set or jammed.
8.2 Part Names and Functions 4 Dedicated stand
It is normally closed.
Used to set the printer on the level surface of the floor.
Part names and functions are explained below. 5 Media guide Feeds the media smoothly when printing and/or setting the
media.
8.2.1 Front Section The heater (Dryer) for drying ink is installed inside.
6 Platen Installed inside the front cover.
7 3 11 2 The heater (platen heater) for drying ink is installed.
7 Pressure roller Installed inside the front cover.
6
Presses the media from above and holds it when printing.
11 8 Media cut groove Installed inside of the front cover.
Used to cut printed media straight.
9
9 Maintenance cover Protects users from the mechanical parts inside the printer in
9
8 the following cases:
- Cleaning the cleaning wiper
5
- Cleaning around the print head
This cover must usually be closed.
1 10 Adjuster Used to keep the printer level.
11 Media holding plate Installed inside of the front cover.

13
12 Connector Used to install spectrophotometer (SPECTROVUE VM-10).
13 Waste fluid Tank Used for collecting waste ink discharged from the printer.

4 10 12 10 4

No. Name Function

1 Media set lever Fixes or releases the media.
Lower the lever to fix the media.
Raise the lever to release the media.
2 Operation panel Used for setting operational conditions, the status of the printer,
and other functions.

8.2.1 Front Section P.8-2

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1638E-M-01

8.2.2 Rear Section

2 4

5 6

No. Name Function

1 Roll media holders Holds the roll media.
Includes flanges where roll media is attached, and the levers
that fixes the roll media holders.
2 Media feed slot Insert media from here when feeding media.
3 Ink cartridge slot Install the ink cartridges.
4 Media guide Used for feeding media smoothly when the media is set or
printed.
The heater (Pre-heater) to warm media is installed.
5 AC inlet Connector toconnect a Network Interface connector.
6 Networa interface Not used for this printer.
connector
7 Waste fluid valve Open and close when discharging the waste fluid from the
waste fluid tank.

It is normally closed.

8.2.2 Rear Section P.8-3

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1638E-M-01

8.2.3 Operation Panel (1) Operation Keys

Operation panel is used to set operational conditions, display the status of the printer, and set
other functions. TIP
The names and functions of the operation keys and status lamps are explained below. Some keys have multiple functions and names depending on the printer status
(normal or setup menu display). See "8.3 Printer Status" p.8-6 for more details.
TIP
Operation manual
No. Name Normal Setup menu display
1 [Menu] Changes LCD monitor display to Changes the setup menu display
key setup menu status. status to normal status.
8,9 10 2 [Enter] key Restarts printing when it is pressed - Selects the menu to be set and
while the printer pauses printing. shifts to the next hierarchy.
- Determines and saves the
parameter value.
[Cleaning] Hold down the key for over 2 -
key seconds to start cleaning the printer
17 head.
13 3 [Pause] Pauses printing. —
14 15 key
16 [Cancel] .When printing: Returns to the previous menu
11
12
6 key When pressed for more than two hierarchy.
seconds, forcefully terminates Changes made in the setting are
printing and deletes one file of the discarded.
1 remaining data. .Shifts from Setup menu display
5
.When receiving or analyzing data: to Normal.
When pressed for more than two
seconds, deletes the data already
received and analyzed.
4 [<]Key — －
[Nozzle Press and hold this key for two —
Check]Ke seconds or more to perform Nozzle
y Check printing.
5 [>]Key Sets Cleaning Mode. Down the menu level in the
3 4 7 2 .The lamp of Cleaning Mode that directory tree.
you set lights up in green.
[Cleaning] When pressed for more than two —
Key seconds, cleaning starts.

8.2.3 Operation Panel P.8-4

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1638E-M-01

No. Name Normal Setup menu display No. Name Color Statu Function
6 [Backward Media is fed in the reverse direction. — s
↑]Key 12 Lowlam Gree Lamp The head height is set to Low.
[+]Key — Changes to the previous item in p n ON
the displayed menu. Lamp The head height is set to High.
.The setting is changed to the OFF
reverse direction. 13 Take Gree Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Take-up".
.The numeric value is increased Uplamp n ON
during numerical input.
Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Auto cut".
7 [Forward↓ Media is fed in the forward direction. — OFF
]Key
14 Auto Gree Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Auto cut".
[–]Key ― .Changes to the previous item in Cutlamp n ON
the displayed setting.
.The setting is changed to the Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Take-up".
forward direction. OFF
.The numeric value is decreased 15 Longlam Gree Lamp Cleaning mode is set to Long.
during numerical input. p n ON When the Normal lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set
8 [Power]Ke Turns the printer ON and OFF. Turns the printer ON and OFF. to Short.
y Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
OFF
(2) LCD Monitor and Status Lamps 16 Normall Gree Lamp .Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
amp n ON When the Long lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set to
No. Name Color Statu Function Short.
s Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Strong.
9 Powerla Blue On The printer is switched on. OFF
mp Blinki An error has occurred. The contents will be displayed on 17 LCD — — Displays operation status of the printer or an error
ng LCD monitor. display message.
section
Off The printer is switched off.
10 Errorlam Oran On - The printer is analyzing received data.
p ge - The printer is printing data.
Blinki The printer is receiving data.
ng
Off The printer is not receiving, analyzing or printing data.
11 Highlam Gree Lamp The head height is set to High.
p n ON
Lamp The head height is set to Low.
OFF

8.2.3 Operation Panel P.8-5

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1638E-M-01

8.3 Printer Status (4) Maintenance Mode 2

Indicates that each setup concerning to the life counter on this printer can be
The status of the printer is explained below. operated by using Operation panel. Names and functions of Operation panel keys
are the same as those of setup menu display.
8.3.1 Operating Status Type
TIP
(1) Normal "6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2" p.6-2
Indicates that the printer can print when media is loaded.
Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.

TIP
『Operation manual

(2) Setup Menu

Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.
The settings required for normal printing are usually made on the printer driver or
application, but can also be made using Operation panel.

TIP
『Operation manual

(3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Indicates that each settings concerning printing using Operation panel. Names and
functions of Operation panel keys are the same as those of setup menu display.

TIP
"5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode" p.5-4

8.3.1 Operating Status Type P.8-6

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1638E-M-01

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status (3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Follow the steps below to switch the operation conditions. Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup
menu display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps
(1) Normal Status →　Setup menu display below:
Press the [Menu] key of Operation panel when the printer is in a normal status.
1. When the printer is in the operation mode
• [Menu 1: Setting>] is displayed on Operation panel and transits to a setup menu or in the self-diagnosis menu mode, press
status. the [Power] key to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [Setting value - ],
[Setting value + ], and [>] keys on
TIP
Operation panel simultaneously, press the
Operation manual [Power] key.

The system will transit to the self-

diagnosis menu display mode.
(2) Setup Menu display → Normal Status
When the setup menu is displayed, operate either of the following. Operation panel transits
to the normal status display.

• Press [Cancel] key on Operation panel.

• When in the setup menu status, leave the printer without any key operations for
3 minutes.

Normal Status

[Menu] key [Cancel] key

or no key response for 3 minutes

Setting menu will be displayed.

TIP
Despite of the operation described as above, while displaying the CR maintenance menu,
Operation panel does not go back to the normal status.

Operation manual

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status P.8-7

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1638E-M-01

(4) Maintenance Mode 2 Display status

Display the maintenance mode 2 menu on Operation panel to use the maintenance mode.
The maintenance mode 2 is completely independent from the normal operation mode and
setup menu display mode. Switch to the maintenance mode menu display mode, following
the steps belo

1. When the printer is in the operation

mode or in the setup menu mode, press
the [Power] key to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [>], [Setting
value -], and [<] keys on Operation
panel simultaneously, press the [Power]
key.

The system will transit to the

maintenance mode 2 menu display
mode.

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status P.8-8

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1638E-M-01

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language 2. Select the language either from English or Japanese then press [Enter] to determine.

This section explains how to select the language displayed on Operation panel. 3. Select the temperature either from Celsius or Fahrenheit then press [Enter] to determine.
Follow the steps below to select the language. 4. Select the length either from mm or inch then press [Enter] to determine.

= ?MG[
TIP
㧸㨍㨚㨓㨡㨍㨓㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨓㨘㨕㨟㨔 Choose the language
For this printer, you can choose the following:
=?MG[ = ?MG[ to be displayed
• Language: Japanese or English with the [+] key[ - ] key.
㧸㨍㨚㨓㨡㨍㨓㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧶㨍㨜㨍㨚㨑㨟㨑
• Temperature: Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F).
• Length: mm or inch =?MG[
• The select screen is displayed only at the initial startup.It changes by the following ='PVGT?
operations after a setup. 　 = ?MG[
㨀㨑㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟㨇ࠑ㧯㨉
Choose the temprature
=?MG[ = ?MG[ to be displayed
㨀㨑㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧲㨍㨔㨞㨑㨚㨔㨑㨕㨠㨇ࠑ㧲㨉 with the [+] key/[ - ] key.
1. Press [Power] key on Operation panel
=?MG[
while pressing [Cancel] key.
='PVGT?
= ?MG[
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨙㨙
Choose the length
=?MG[ = ?MG[ to be displayed
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨕㨚㨏㨔 with the [+] key/[ - ] key.

=?MG[
='PVGT?

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨕㨚㨓 Printer starts initial operation.

5. The printer starts initial operation.

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language P.8-9

 VJ1638E-M-01

9 Specifications
9.1 Introduction .................................................................. 9- 2

9.2 Product Specifications ................................................ 9- 2

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications..................................... 9-2

9.3 Interface Specifications ............................................... 9- 3

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications......................... 9-3

9.4 Options/Supplies List .................................................. 9- 4

9.4.1 Supplies .............................................................. 9-4

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer................................ 9- 5

P.9-1
 9.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

9.1 Introduction Item Specifications

Ink Supply method Supplied through tubes from four-color
This chapter explains the specifications of the product, optional parts, supplies, and user independent cartridges
support.
Cartridges Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow: 220ml ± 5ml
each or 440ml ± 5ml (1000ml ± 5ml when the
9.2 Product Specifications optional high capacity pack adapter is used)
Environmental Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C
conditions environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications
Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C
Item Specifications
warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
Model name VJ-1638
printing method On-demand piezo drive Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour
Motor driving method Firmware servo / DC motor drive Humidity: within 5 % per hour
Media feeding method Multi-point pressure grid roller method Archiving condition Temperature: -20 °C to 60 °C
(Ink not filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
Media fixing method Pressurizing roller manual-down method
Storage life: six months
Media supply and ejection Roll media: Rear feeding / front ejection
Archiving condition Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C
Roll media Outer diameter 150 mm (5.91 inch) or less (Ink filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
Media core 2inch/3 inch Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)
diameter Power source Voltage AC 90V ～ 132V
Weight 30 kg (66.14 lb.) or less Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz ± 1Hz
Max. length 50 m (1969 inch) Power consumption During printing MAIN：under 1100W
Max. width 1625 mm (64 inch) HEATER：under 1200W
Max. thickness 0.3mm（PG_Low） During standby 55W
1.3ｍｍ(PG_Middle）
2.8ｍｍ（PG_High） Outer dimensions Height 1261mm（Including dedicated Stand）
Max. print length 1615mm Width 2698mm
Printing margins Top: 15 mm, Bottom: 5 mm, Left: 5-25 mm, Depth 885mm
Right: 5-25 mm
Weight 221kg（Including dedicated Stand）
Media cutting method Horizontal manual cut system
Head height adjustment Two adjustable positions of Normal/High
CPU 64Bit RISC CPU
Menory 256MB
Command MH-RTL（RTL-PASS）
Interface Network Interface (Ethernet IEEE802.3)

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications P.9-2

 9.3 Interface Specifications VJ1638E-M-01

9.3 Interface Specifications

This section explains the specification of the interfaces Supported for this printer.

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications

Item Specifications
Network type Ethernet IEEE802.3

Network I/F 10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX Auto-switching

(RJ-45 connector twist pair cable)
MDI / MDI-X Auto-switching

Corresponding protocol TCP/IP

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications P.9-3

 9.4 Options/Supplies List VJ1638E-M-01

9.4 Options/Supplies List

9.4.1 Supplies

(1) Ink Cartridges

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』
• For problems resulting from using a non-genuine ink will exempt the warranty.

(2) Roll Media

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』
• For problems resulting from using a non-suggested media will exempt the
warranty.

(3) Other

NOTE
For more information about the other supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』

9.4.1 Supplies P.9-4

 9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer VJ1638E-M-01

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer NOTE

WARNING
• Do not place the printer in a location under the following conditions. Doing so may
cause the product to fall, become damaged, or cause injury.
• Unstable surfaces
• Slanted areas
• Locations that are subject to vibration from other product
Confirm the horizontal with a level when installation environment might inclined, and
set up the printer in horizontal place.
• Do not stand on the printer or place any heavy objects on it.
Doing so may cause it to fall over, become damaged, or cause injury.
• Do not cover the ventilation hole of the printer with cloth, such as a blanket or table
cloth. Doing so could prevent the printer from ventilating and cause fire.
• Keep the printer away from humid and dusty areas. Failure to do so may result in
electrical shock or fire.
• Avoid the following temperature and humidity conditions. Otherwise, printed
images may appear different from what you expectation.
• Places where sudden changes in temperature and humidity are expected,
even though the condition is within the range specified
• Places where direct sunlight or excessive lighting are expected
• Places where air conditioners blow directly
• MUTOH recommends that the printer should be installed where air conditioning
can be adjusted easily.
(2) Required Space
Install the printer on a flat surface that fulfills the following conditions.
• The place to install printer with the dedicated stand should have enough loading
capacity.

NOTE
(1) Installation Environment Requirements
For the printer and the dedicated stand, refer to"9.2 Product Specifications" p.9-2.
Choose a place for printer installation following the requirements of the table below.

Floor loading capability 2940Pa (300kgf/m2) or over a= 600 mm

b=1000 mm
c=1000 mm
d=1000 mm
Electrical Voltage AC90V ～ 132V e=1550 mm
specificati
ons Frequency 50/60Hz ± 1Hz

Environm Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C e

ental environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation a

d
conditions
Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C b c

warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation * Do not use the printer without dedicated stand.
Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour
Humidity: within 5 % per hour

Storage Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C

environment Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
(when ink is filled) Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)

9.4.1 Supplies P.9-5

 VJ1638E-M-01

10 Appendix
10.1 Introduction ................................................................ 10- 2

10.2 Maintenance Part List ................................................ 10- 2

P.10-1
 10.1 Introduction VJ1638E-M-01

10.1 Introduction
Table 10-2 X Rail
This chapter provides referential information such as service data.
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
10.2 Maintenance Part List View
Lever Sensor Cable Assy DG-43026 A-250 -
The following table lists the maintenance parts per unit (as of February 24, 2012)
The part number below is identical to that of the exploded view. CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 A-249 For Lever Sensor

Table 10-1 X Rail Assy （Board BOX） Table 10-3 PF Motor

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed ce part No. ed
View View
AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 A-288 - PF-ENC scale DG-40320 A-66 -

AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse BOX DG-43039 A-286 Including 1 piece PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy DG-42991 A-65 -
Cable Assy A-289
X Speed Reduction Belt DF-43883 A-82 -
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy DG-43025 A-305 -
PF Encoder Assy DG-43011 A-85 -
Terminal Block － P/S Cable DG-43312 A-306 -
PF Motor Relay Assy DG-43042 A-79 -
Assy
PF Motor Assy DF-49020 A-75 -
FUSE-RLY Cable Assy DG-43308 A-308 -
Power Board Assy DG-43172 A-321 -
Cooling FAN (24V)Assy DG-42943 A-319 -
MAIN Board Assy DG-43310 A-316 -
SODIMM 256M Assy DF-49716 A-312 -
Fuse DF-49683 Ａ-297 Including 1 piece
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 A-307 -
MAIN_DC Cable Assy DG-42993 A-329 -
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 A-328 -
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 A-327 -
CR-FFC Assy DG-43313 B-136 Including 1 piece
Panel FFC Assy DG-42994 F-45 -
Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy DG-43312 A-306 -

P.10-2
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-4 Platen Table 10-5 Paper guide F

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed ce part No. ed
View View
Platen Non-Reflecting Tape DG-42222 A-135 Including 2 pieces VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 A-195 Including 1 set
（9mm）
A-199
Media Holder 2 Assy DG-43181 A-157 Including 1 piece
A-200
Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-196 For After Heater
（Including 1 set）
A-197
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 A-203 -
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019 A-204 -
AFT_H RelayAssy DG-43017 A-202 -

P.10-3
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-6 Relay board, Controller board Table 10-7 Paper guide R

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed ce part No. ed
View View
Cooling Fan 24V Assy DF-49022 A-187 - PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 A-235 -
HEATER RELAY3 Board Assy DG-43169 A-180 - Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-228 For Pre Heater
（Including 1 set）
HAETER CONT Board 2Assy DG-41105 A-178 -
A-229
CNT-relay FFC1（VJ26） DG-40321 A-183 -
P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 A-159 -
PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 A-235 -
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 A-234 -
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 A-234 -
VJ16 Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 A-227 -
PRE_H1 relay Assy DG-43020 A-232 -
A-230 -
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 A-233 -
A-231 -
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 A-203 -
PRE_H1 relay Assy DG-43020 A-232 -
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019 A-204 -
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 A-233 -
AFT_H relay Assy DG-43017 A-202 -
FUSE-RLY Cable Assy DG-43308 A-308 -
CTL Board-Heater Relay Board DG-43041 A-182 -
AC Cable Assy
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 A-328 -
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 A-307 -
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 A-327 -

P.10-4
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-8 Roll Media Holder Table 10-9 Y Rail

Maintenance part name Maintenanc Explode Remark Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
e part No. d View ce part No. ed
View
Roll Media Holder HOME_Assy DG-43386 G-1 -
CR Return Pulley Assy DF-43868 B-106 -
(TorqueVaria) G-2
B-108 -
G-3
B-110 -
G-4
B-111
G-8
B-112 -
G-9
T Fence (64) DF-43901 B-56 -
G-12
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 B-42 For CR origin Sensor
G-13
CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43004 B-43 -
G-14
Steel Belt (64) DF-43937 B-116 -
G-15
G-18
G-19
G-20
Roll Media Holder FULL_Assy DG-43387 G-1 -
(TorqueVaria) G-2
G-3
G-4
G-8
G-9
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
G-18
G-19
G-20

P.10-5
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-10 CR Motor Table 10-11 Media Holder

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed ce part No. ed
View View
T Fence (64) DF-43901 B-56 - Pressure Roller DF-46666 B-24 -
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 B-42 For CR Origin Sensor
CR Motor Cable Assy DG-43337 B-87 -
Table 10-12 Cable Guide
CR Motor (Nidec）Assy DG-42456 B-81 -
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
B-82 - ce part No. ed
B-83 - View

CR Deceleration Belt (210) Assy DG-42458 B-96 - Steel Bare Assy(VJ-1618) DG-41919 B-133 -

DG-41919 B-133 - CR_FFC_Assy DG-43313 B-136 Including 1 piece

Steel Bare Assy（VJ-1618)
Carriage Lock Solenoid Assy DG-41076 B-62 -

CR Deceleration Pulley （Z=78） DG-42457 B-90 -

Assy
B-91 -
B-89 -
B-92 -
B-93 -
B-94 -
CR Lock Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43338 B-74 -

P.10-6
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-13 CR(Cursor)(Continued)

Table 10-13 CR(Cursor) Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
View
ce part No. ed
View Cursor Assy（1638） DG-43314 C-56 -

Cursor Assy（1638） DG-43314 C-3 - （Continued） C-61 -

C-5 - C-62 -
C-6 - C-63 -
C-7 -
C-64 -
C-9 -
C-65 -
C-10 -
C-66 -
C-11 -
C-67 -
C-12 -
C-91 -
C-14 -
C-92 -
C-15 -
C-16 - C-94 -

C-17 - C-95 -
C-19 - C-100 -
C-21 - C-101 -
C-23 - C-102 -
C-24 - C-104 -
C-26 - C-105 -
C-28 -
C-106 -
C-29 -
C-108 -
C-30 -
C-109 -
C-32 -
C-111 -
C-33 -
C-112 -
C-35 -
C-113 -
C-36 -
C-115 -
C-53 -
C-54 -

P.10-7
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-13 CR(Cursor)(Continued)

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Table 10-14 CR （Head Base）
ce part No. ed Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
View ce part No. ed
VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy DG-40326 C-21 Including 1 set View
C-22 Connector_Solenoid _Head DG-41915 C-81 -
Assy_Maintenance
C-23
C-82 -
C-24
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 C-23 For PG origin sensor O Ring M6 DF-46671 C-82 -
（Including 1 piece） Solenoid Head Assy DG-41543 C-79 -
PG Origin Sensor Cable 2Assy DG-43316 C-27 - C-80 -
Strong Solenoid Spring Assy DG-43292 C-100 - C-81 -
P-Edge Sensor Assy DG-43319 C-105 -
C-82 -
Cutter Solenoid Assy DF-42234 C-39 -
C-83 -
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43318 C-103 -
Print Head Assy DG-43345 C-72 -
Color Measuring Bracket Assy DG-43320 C-116 -
C-73 -
C-117 -
C-76 -
C-118 -
C-78 -
C-119 -
C-80 -
C-120 -
C-86 -
C-123 -
Cutter Cap Assy DG-43498 C-101 - C-88 -

Cutter Spring Assy DG-43484 C-109 - C-89 -

P.10-8
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-15 CR Board Assy

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark

ce part No. ed
View
CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 C-126 -
CR Board Assy DG-43321 C-146 -

Head FFC（D) DG-41072 C-85 Including 1 piece

CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 C-23 -
CR-FFC Assy DG-43313 B-136 Including 1 piece

P.10-9
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-16 Maintenance(Continued)

Table 10-16 Maintenance
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark ce part No. ed
ce part No. ed View
View Maintenance Assy(1638） DG-43329 D-14 -
Flushing Box Assy(1638) DG-43332 D-61 - （Continued） D-16 -
D-62 - D-17 -
D-63 - D-18 -
Wiper Assy（1638） DG-43330 D-2 - D-20 -
D-41 - D-21 -
D-42 - D-23 -
D-43 - D-24 -
D-44 - D-26 -
D-45 - D-27 -
D-46 - D-28 -
D-38 - D-30 -
D-37 - D-31 -
D-48 - D-32 -
D-49 - D-33 -
D-50 - D-35 -
D-51 - Wiper Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43331 D-49 -
D-54 - Pump Motor Cable Assy DG-43333 D-81 -
D-55 - Waste Fluid Level Switch Assy DG-41091 L-29 -
D-56 - （VJ16)

DC Pump DG-41089 D-75 - Waste Fluid Bottle Assy DG-43501 L-28 -

Cap Head Assy DG-41179 D-2 - Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 A-340 -

Maintenance Assy(1638） DG-43329 D-8 - Wiper Solenoid SDC630（KG) DG-41090 D-48 -

D-9 - Wiper S Assy DG-43497 D-43 -

D-10 -
D-12 90mm × 1
D-13 -

P.10-10
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-17 Cartridge 　 R L(Continued)

Table 10-17 Cartridge 　 R L Maintenance part name Maintenanc Exploded Remark
Maintenance part name Maintenanc Exploded Remark e part No. View
e part No. View Cartridge Holder Assy1 DG-42997 E-112
O Ring M6 DF-46671 E-123 Including 100 pieces Cartridge Holder Assy2 DG-42998 E-113
E-212
Cartridge Holder Assy3 DG-42999 E-114
Cartridge Holder Assy1 DG-42997 E-88 Common parts
Cartridge Holder Assy4 DG-42300 E-109
Cartridge Holder Assy2 DG-42998 E-87
(Continued) E-119
Cartridge Holder Assy3 DG-42999 E-89
INK ID Board Assy DF-43968 E-88 -
Cartridge Holder Assy4 DG-42300 E-90 （E-177)
E-92 E-89
E-93 （E-178)

E-94 Cartridge Holder Assy5 DG-43322 （E-177) Common Parts

E-97 Dedicated part for Cartridge Cartridge Holder Assy6 DG-43323 （E-176)
Holder Assy1 Cartridge Holder Assy7 DG-43324 （E-178）
E-98 Dedicated part for Cartridge Cartridge Holder Assy8 DG-43325 （E-179)
Holder Assy2
（E-181)
E-99 Dedicated part for Cartridge
Holder Assy3 （E-182)
E-100 Dedicated part for Cartridge （E-183）
Holder Assy4
（E-186) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-101 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy5
Holder Assy1
（E-187) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-102 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy6
Holder Assy2
（E-188) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-103 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy7
Holder Assy3
（E-189) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-104 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy8
Holder Assy4
（E-190) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-105 Common Parts Holder Assy5

E-106 （E-191) Dedicated part for Cartridge

Holder Assy6
E-110
（E-193) Dedicated part for Cartridge
E-111 Holder Assy7

P.10-11
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-17 Cartridge 　 R L(Continued)

Maintenance part name Maintenanc Exploded Remark
e part No. View

Cartridge Holder Assy5 DG-43322 （E-193) Dedicated part for Cartridge

Holder Assy8
Cartridge Holder Assy6 DG-43323 （E-194) Common Parts
Cartridge Holder Assy7 DG-43324 （E-195)
Cartridge Holder Assy8 DG-43325 （E-199)
(Continued) （E-200）
(E-200)

（E-202)
（E-203)
（E-198)
（E-208)

P.10-12
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-18 IHAssy2 （Sub tank R、 L） (Continued)

Table 10-18 IHAssy2 （Sub tank R、 L） Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark ce part No. ed
ce part No. ed View
View 2 way Solenoid Assy(VJ16) DG-41092 E-62 -
Sub tank Assy DG-41093 E-21 - E-63 -
E-22 - E-64 -
　 E-23 - E-66 -
E-24 - E-67 -
E-25 -
E-26 -
E-27 -
E-28 -
E-30 -
E-31 -
E-32 -
E-33 -
E-34 -
E-40 -
E-47 -

Subtank under Sponge Assy DG-41096 E-8 -

E-9
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 E-28 Including 1 piece（For Subtank
High/Low Sensor）
O Ring M6 DF-46671 E-49 Including 100 pieces
E-59
JUNCTION Board Assy DG-42966 E-78 -
TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 DG-43005 E-34 for K, for M
TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 DG-43006 E-35 for k, for m
TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 DG-43007 E-36 for C, for Y
TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 DG-43008 E-37 for c, for y
Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43003 E-65 -

P.10-13
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-19 IH_Assy3 （JUNCTIONBoard_R、 L）

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explode Remark
ce part No. d View
JUNCTION Board Assy DG-42966 E-78 Common parts of R and L.
（E-167)
CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43004 B-43 Dedicated part for R-side.
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 A-340 Dedicated part for R-side.
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy DG-43032 B-123 Dedicated part for R-side.
Two-Way Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43003 E-65 Common to R,L
TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 DG-43005 E-34 Common to R,L
（E-34)
TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 DG-43006 E-35 Common to R,L
（E-35)
TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 DG-43007 E-36 Common to R,L
（E-36)
TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 DG-43008 E-37 Common to R,L
（E-37)
JUNC_FFC Assy DG-43037 E-252 Dedicated part for R-side.
CR_FFC Assy DG-42965 （E-253) Dedicated part for L-side.
JUNC_ID Cable Assy DG-43009 E-255 Dedicated part for R-side.
JUNC_ID Cable 2 Assy DG-43326 （E-256) Dedicated part for L-side.

P.10-14
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-20 Cover Assy1 （Front）

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 F-164 For front cover sensor R,L
F-184 （Including 1 piece）
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 F-196 -
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 F-195 -
Vacuum Fan DG-40311 F-59 For exhaust fan
Exhaust fan Cable Assy DG-43032 - -

Table 10-21 Cover Assy 2 （R-side）

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-39 For Maintenance cover sensor
R,L
Panel FFC Assy DG-42994 H-66 -
Panel Unit Assy DG-42984 F-44 -
J-17 -
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 F-196 -

Table 10-22 Cover Assy 3 （L-side）

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-117 For Maintenance cover sensor
R,L
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 H-215 -

P.10-15
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-23 Stand Table 10-24 Other

Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark Maintenance part name Maintenance Exploded
ce part No. ed part No. View
View
VJ tube 3-4(3m) DG-42724 - -
Waste Fluid Level Switch（VJ16) DG-41091 L-29 -
VJ tube 2-3(1m) DG-42725 - -
Waste Fluid Bottle Assy DG-43501 L-28 -
Solenoid Head Washing Kit DG-41787 - -
Caster Assy DG-42207 H-4 Including 50 pieces （VJ Ink）
H-11
Cutter Adjusting Jig DG-43194 - -
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 A-340 -
Colorimeter Bracket Adjusting Jig DG-43195 - -
Head Height Adjusting Jig DG-43196 - 1.3mm/1.4mm
Steel belt Tension Attachment DG-43197 - -

P.10-16
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

The following is the list of the maintenance parts for take-up unit.
The maintenance part No. correspond to those of the Exploded view’s.
Table 10-26 Take-up unit 2

Table 10-25 Take-up unit 1 Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark
ce part No. ed
Maintenance part name Maintenan Explod Remark View
ce part No. ed
View Holder roller L DG-40474 M-124 Including 3 pieces

VJ take-up motor Assy DG-40471 M-10 - Drive collar DG-40475 M-166 -

M-11 - M-167 -

M-12 - VJ Take up Scroller 16 DG-40477 M-165 -

M-14 - M-166 -

Drive roller DG-40472 M-28 - M-167 -

M-29 - M-168 -

Holder roller DG-40473 M-35 - M-170 -

M-36 - M-171 -

M-37 - M-172 -

M-38 - Power supply Cable 15A（USA） DG-42392 M-203 -

（A)
M-39 -
M-40 -
Drive collar DG-40475 M-166 -
M-167 -

CR_HP Sensor、Lever Sensor DF-49471 M-86 -

VJ take-up CNT board Assy DG-40478 M-92 -

Power supply（External Take DF-44506 M-93 -

up）
VJ take-up SW board Assy DG-40479 M-99 -
W_ON sensor Relay Assy DG-40480 M-105 -
W_OFF sensor Relay Assy DG-40481 M-106 -
AC Cable Assy DG-40482 M-107 -
DC Cable Assy DG-40483 M-108 -

P.10-17
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1638E-M-01

Table 10-27 Take Up (Heavy)

Table 10-27 Take Up (Heavy)
Maintenance Part Name No. Exploded Remarks
Maintenance Part Name No. Exploded Remarks View
View Feeding Center Gear Assy DG-42056 O-301 Including 1set
5V/24V Power Board DF-49662 Q-417 - O-91

FW Control Board Assy DG-42042 Q-419 - Winder Flange Assy DF-47876 O-97 Including1set
O-98
FW_AC Switch Cable Assy DG-42043 Q-428 - O-99
FW_DC Cable Assy DG-42044 Q-429 - O-106

W_SW Cable Assy DG-42046 Q-431 - O-307

O-308
F_SW Cable Assy DG-42045 Q-430 - O-309
O-312
F_Sensor Cable Assy DG-42047 Q-432 -
Flange （Return） Assy DG-42057 O-346 Including1 set
W_Sensor Cable Assy DG-42048 Q-433 -
O-353
F_Motor Cable Assy DG-42049 Q-434 -
O-136
W_Motor Cable Assy DG-42050 Q-435 - O-139
FG Cable Assy DG-42051 Q-436 - Roller DG-42058 O-100 Including1set
O-310
AC Inlet DF-46652 Q-437 -
O-137
CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 O-224 Including 1 piece O-347
O-21
Roll Handle Assy DG-42059 O-115 Including1set
Feeding Sensor Plate Assy DG-42053 O-20 Including 1 set O-116
O-21
O-152
O-223 O-153
O-224
O-325
F SW Board Assy DG-42054 O-272 - O-326

W SWBoard Assy DG-42055 O-274 - O-362

O-363
Winder Motor Gear Assy DF-47874 O-296 Including 1set
O-297
O-86
O-87
Roll Motor Assy DG-42149 O-84 Including1set
（Heavy Duty） O-87
O-294
O-297

P.10-18
　 Self Diagnosis Function Diagram1,2 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Self Diagnosis Function Diagram1,2

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-1P.11-p.Ex-1
　 Self Diagnosis Function Diagram 3 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Self Diagnosis Function Diagram 3

Self Diagnosis Function Diagram㧔3 / 3㧕 Maintenance Mode 2 Diagram for V.1.00

Check㧝㧦Adj.Platen Mainte. 1 : Indication Indication㧝㧦Mainte. Printnumber

Check㧞㧦Test Refer to Self Diagnosis Function Diagram(1/3) CR Motor
Check㧟㧦Ink Charge PF Motor
Check㧠㧦Adjustment Pump㧝
Check㧡㧦Cleaning Pump㧞
Check㧢㧦Print Refer to Self Diagnosis Function Diagram(2/3) Head㧝A
Check㧣㧦Parameter Head㧝B
Head㧝C
Head㧝D
Head㧝E
Check㧤㧦Servo Servo㧝㧦320 cps‫ޓ‬CW GP Head㧝F
Servo㧞㧦320 cps‫ޓ‬CCW GI Head㧝G
Servo㧟㧦460cps‫ ޓ‬CW GLPF Head㧝H
Servo㧠㧦460cps‫ ޓ‬CCW PWM Scale Head㧞A‫ޓ‬
ȁC Head㧞B‫ޓ‬
Head㧞C‫ޓ‬
Check㧥㧦Endurance LIfe㧝㧦CR Motor Head㧞D
Life㧞㧦PF Motor‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬ Head㧞E
Life㧟㧦Cutter Head㧞F
Life㧠㧦Pump Head㧞G
Life㧡㧦Head Lock Head㧞H
Life㧢㧦Wiper Cleaning
Life㧣㧦Nozzle Wiping
Life㧤㧦Total Life WiperSol.
Life㧥㧦Check CutNumber
Check㧝㧜㧦Ppaer Feed CutterSol.
CHeck㧝㧝㧦Ex Control Ctrl㧝㧦Version LockSol.
Ctrl㧞㧦Sensor UnlockPos.
Ctrl㧟㧦Heater H1 Wiped
H2 Wiped
Check㧝㧞㧦Paper Initial Initial㧦Top&Width
Initial㧦Width
Initial㧦Off

Indication㧞㧦Print Print㧝㧦Num
Print㧞㧦Area
Print㧟㧦Effect

Indication㧟㧦Ope.Time Total
Noramal
Diag
Mainte.
Mainte.2 : Init Counter 㧝 : Print Num
㧞㧦Print Info.
㧟㧦ALL
㧠㧦Timer
㧡㧦CR Motor
㧢㧦PF Motor
Mainte.3 : Cleaning 㧣㧦Pump1
Mainte.4㧦Print 㧤㧦Pump㧞
㧥㧦Head Unit1
Mainte.5 : PaperFeed 㧝㧜㧦Head Unit㧞
㧝㧝㧦Cleaning
㧝㧞㧦Wiper Unit
㧝㧟㧦Cutter Unit
㧝㧠㧦Lock Sil.
㧝㧡㧦Unlock Pos.
㧝㧢㧦Shipping

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-2P.11-p.Ex-2
　 　 Electric Wiring Diagram 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Electric Wiring Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 (%0 , 016
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
'PF
%QPPGEVGF 㪧㪦㪮㪜㪩㩷㪪㪮 㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㩷㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪪㪦㪛㪠㪤㪤䇭㪉㪌㪍㪤㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 ,
㪚㪩㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 (%0
, , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
,㧝 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪋 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪉㪈 㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 4%0
㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋 㪛㪝㪄㪋㪐㪎㪈㪍 , 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㪈
SUB_TANK H
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪊㪊 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪌 SUB_TANK L
016%QPPGEVGF , 㪝㪘㪥㪈 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 4%0
Pump1
㪧㫌㫄㫇㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪝㪘㪥㪉 , 㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷㪝㪝㪚䋨㪛㪀 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
Pump2 , , 016
, , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
(%0 'PF
016/QWPVGF %.-&8,6#) , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 , 㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪊㪈 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 (%0 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪮㫀㫇㪼㫉㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪮㫀㫇㪼㫉㩷㪪㪦㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊
, , , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉
㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻
, SUB_TANK H
, 4%0 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㪉
㧰㧯 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪊㪏 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪍 SUB_TANK L
AC 㪚㪸㫉㫉㫀㪸㪾㪼㩷㪣㫆㪺㫂㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻 , 5[U&+(RIC , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 ,
㪚㪩㩷㪣㫆㪺㫂㩷㪪㪦㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 %QPHKI%0 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪇㪎㪉 4%0 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹
㧺 㧗㧡㨂 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪋 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 , 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 , , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪋㪎 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪍㪍 , 016
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪶㪩 㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪩㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , 㪚㪩㩷㪜㫅㪺㫆㪻㪼㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 'PF
㧸 㧗㧝㧞㨂 +525;5 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 ,
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪐 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 ,
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 , , 㪧㪶㪜㪻㪾㪼㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
AC_HEATER 㧗㧞㧠㨂 㪤㪘㪠㪥㪫㪜㪶㪩
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪌 , SUB_TANK H
㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㪊
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪊 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪊 , , 㪧㪞㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉 SUB_TANK L
.㧺 㧗㧠㧞㨂 㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 㪧㪞㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㪻㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪎
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪶㪣 㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹
㪚㪩㪄㪝㪝㪚㪶㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪏 䋲㪪㪦㪣
, 㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪠㪆㪚㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪋㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪧㪞㪉 , 016
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪤㪘㪠㪥㪫㪜㪶㪣 'PF
㪪㪜㪥㪪 ,
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪇
, 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪧㪶㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , 㪧㪿㫆㫋㫆㫄㪼㫋㪼㫉㩷㪡㫌㫅㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 ,
㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪋㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪦㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㪸㫃㩷㫇㪸㫉㫋 , SUB_TANK H
㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㪋
㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㪝㪘㪥㪈䋨㪤㪘㪠㪥㪀 , 㪚㪩㪄㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪏 SUB_TANK L
,
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪍 , 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪧㪞㪉㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪊
㪪㫇㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㩷㪭㫌㪼 㪫㫎㫆㪄㪮㪸㫐㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪧㪞㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㪻㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪚㪩㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋㩿㪤㪸㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㪀㪄㪝㫌㫊㪼㩷㪙㫆㫏㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪝㫌㫊㪼㪄㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪎 ,
, 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪋
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪌
, 㪤㪘㪠㪥㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , ,
,
㪝㫌㫊㪼 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪐 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪣㪼㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪝㪈㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪇 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪍
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪋㪉 㪧㪝㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪮㪸㫊㫋㪼㩷㪝㫃㫌㫀㪻㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, / 㪧㪝㪶㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉 ,
㪝㪉㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪈
㩷㩷㪝㪞㪶㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪈 㪧㪝㩷㪜㫅㪺㫆㪻㪼㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪜㫏㪿㪸㫌㫊㫋㩷㪝㪸㫅㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, , , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪉
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪊㪎 㪚㪩㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, , / 㪚㪩㪶㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉
㧲㧳 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪏㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪘㪻㫊㫆㫉㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪝㪸㫅㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 016
, 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥䋱㩿㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㪀 'PF
,
, 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪉 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪏㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪣㪘㪥 , , 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㪋
SUB_TANK H
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㫊㪄㪧㪆㪪㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪊 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪏 SUB_TANK L
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㪄㪚㪥㪫㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪬㪪㪙
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪈㪉 , 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪐 㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪋䋨㪦㫇㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䋩
㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪎㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 016
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋㩿㪤㪸㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㪀㪄㪝㫌㫊㪼㩷㪙㫆㫏㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㧯㧺 㧯㧺 , 'PF
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪈㪎㪉
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪐 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪍㪌 㪚㪩㪶㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㩷㩷㩷㩿㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪝㪝㪚㩷㪉㪀 ,
㪝㫌㫊㪼 㪤㪘㪠㪥㪶䌄䌃㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪝㪊㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪊 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪎㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋
, ,
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪊㪉㪍 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㪘㫊㫊㫐 , SUB_TANK H
㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㪊
㪝㪋㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㪝㪬㪪㪜㪄㪩㪣㪰㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 .8&5 &GDWI%0 219 SUB_TANK L
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪎
㩷㩷㪝㪞㪶㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪉㪈㪇
, , , 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㧲㧳
Platen Heater R Extension Cable Assy 㪤㪘㪠㪥㪄㪚㪥㪫㩷㪚㪥㪫㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪚㪥㪫㪶㪧㪪 㪦㫇㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼 ,
㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪍㪘㫊㫊㫐
016
, , , 㪛㪝㪄㪋㪐㪍㪎㪉 㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
Plt_Heat 㪛䌇㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪌
㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 'PF
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
Plt_Heat㧞 J2 #%176
PLT_H1 Cable㩷Assy , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
, , 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪍㪘㫊㫊㫐

㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼 Plt_Heat Platen Heater L Extension Cable Assy

㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽 21910
㪉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㪉
SUB_TANK H
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 J5 SUB_TANK L
Plt_Heat㧞
PLT_H2㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷Assy 㪟㪜㪘㪫㪜㪩㩷㪩㪜㪣㪘㪰 , #%+0
&%+0 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪍㪍 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪍
䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 PRE_H1㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy
㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼
㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽 Pre_Heat
J7 㩷㩷㪊㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪚㪫㪣㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㪄㪟㪼㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪌㪘㫊㫊㫐
016
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
PRE_H2㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷Assy J8
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪈㪍㪐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪋㪈䇭䇭 ,
'PF

㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼 , ':6#%176 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛

Aft_Heat J9 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪌㪘㫊㫊㫐
㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽 AFT_H 㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪎 ,
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 , SUB_TANK H
㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷㪈
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪌 SUB_TANK L
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 Platen_䌴䌨䌲䌭
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪌 J12 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪇㪊㪉㪈 , 4'.#;‫ޓ‬# , 㪘㪚㪄㪦㪬㪫
㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼 PLT_T1㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷Assy , 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪊
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 Platen_䌴䌨䌲䌭 J13 㪚㪥㪫㪩㪦㪣䊷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪝㪝㪚㪈䋨㪭㪡㪉㪍㪀 㪉㪄㫎㪸㫐㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
PLT_T2㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪍 , 㪩㪜㪣㪘㪰㩷㪙
㪩㪪㪭㪠㪥㪈 , ,
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 Pre_䌴䌨䌲䌭 J15 , 㪝㪜㪜㪛㪄㪤
㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼
㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽
PRE_T㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪉
,
㪩㪪㪭㪦㪬㪫㪈 , 㪟㪜㪘㪫㪜㪩㩷㪚㪦㪥㪫 ,
J15 , 㪝㪜㪜㪛㪄㪪
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 Pre_䌴䌨䌲䌭
PRE_T㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪊
,
㪩㪪㪭㪠㪥㪉 , 㩷㩷㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪉㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪮㪠㪥㪛㪄㪤
,
,
J17
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪦㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼
After_䌴䌨䌲䌭
AFT_T1㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪏
,
㪩㪪㪭㪦㪬㪫㪉 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪈㪇㪌 , 㪮㪠㪥㪛㪄㪪
,
㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽 After_䌴䌨䌲䌭 J18
㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 AFT_T2㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪐 㪜㪯㩷㪫㪟㪩㪤㪈 , ,
, , 㪪㪤㪘㪩㪫㩷㪚㪘㪩㪛
,

Electric Wiring Diagram

㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㪝㪘㪥 J10 㪜㪯㩷㪫㪟㪩㪤㪉 %QPHKI%0
, , 㪛㪼㪹㫌㪾

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-3P.11-p.Ex-3
　 　 Exploded View Board Box 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Board Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Refer to the Electric Wiring Diagram for details of cables.
CR-FFC_Assy
B-136 .DG-43313
A-7
A-6 A-6
Power Board Assy
.DG-43172 F-45
Panel FFCAssy
A-316 .DG-42994
A-315

A-276
A-277
MAIN_DC Cable Assy
.DG-42993 A-7
A-329

Terminal Blocks-P/S Cable Assy A-327

.DG-43312
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy
.DF-49672
A-312 SODIMM256MAssy A-276
A-313 .DF-49716
A-306 A-336
A-321
to P/S CN001 A-15
A-322 MAIN Board Assy A-277
. DG-43310
A-303 A-311
to H_CONT
A-307 A-16
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy Cooling FAN(24V)Assy A-1
A-319 .DG-42943
.
DG-43029
A-302 A-320
A-301 to Fuse Holder
F1/F2 A-334
A-305
A-274 A-333

A-281
A-332 A-291
A-280
A-337

A-335
A-278
A-297 A-291

Fuse AC Inlet Assy

.DF-49683 A-288 .DG-43177 AC Inlet Assy
A-296 .DG-43177
Fuse Holder
F1/F2

Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy to A-301 A-288

.DG-43025 A-305
to Fuse Holder
A-294
A-296 F1/F2
to H_Relay Fuse Holder
F3/F4 A-290 to Fuse Holder
FUSE-RLY Cable Assy F3/F4 A-290 AC Inlet (Main side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy
.DG-43308 A-295
A-289 .DG-43039
A-298
A-308 A-298 A-289 $QCTF$1:
AC Inlet (Main side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy
.DG-43039 2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name: VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-4P.11-p.Ex-4
　 　 Exploded View X Rail 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View X Rail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-344

A-343

A-346

A-27 A-345

DF-49471
A-26 .CR_HP sensor‫ޔ‬Lever sensor
A-24

DG-43026
A-27 .Lever Sensor Cable Assy
L-34
A-249 A-264
A-23 A-250 A-265

A-251
A-242 A-256
B-30

A-3 A-25 A-257

A-258
A-5
A-248 A-259
A-243 A-262

A-269 A-252 A-260

A-261

A-268

A-8 A-253
A-254
A-255
A-18 A-9
F-18 F-19 A-10
A-19
A-12

A-15 A-4

A-16 A-1

:4CKN
T
N
O
R

A-11
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-5P.11-p.Ex-5
　 　 Exploded View Grid Roller 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Grid Roller
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-94

A-58

Refer to PF Motor

A-57

B-4

A-34
A-36 B-11
A-35
B-10
A-39
B-9
A-33
A-35

A-32 A-38

B-5

B-6
A-54

B-4

B-11 B-10
A-35
A-53 A-35
A-36
A-51
A-34
A-52 A-33
B-5 B-9

A-52 A-32
A-49
A-47 B-6

A-48

A-50

)TKF4QNNGT
T
N
O

A-25
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-6P.11-p.Ex-6
　 　 Exploded View PF Motor 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View PF Motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-86 To MAIN J17

A-94

A-62 A-87
A-89
PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy
A-67 .DG-42991
A-66 PF_ENC scale
.
DG-40320
A-93 A-90
A-85
A-63
A-65
PF Encoder Assy
A-61 .DG-43441
A-60
A-88
A-78
A-68

A-77

A-44
PF Motor relay Assy
A-59
A-42 . DG-43042
A-82 To MAIN J17

X Speed Reduction Belt

.DF-43883 A-79

A-72

A-71
A-43
A-70

A-75 A-58
A-76
A-57

PF Motor Assy
.DF-49020

A-25

PF Motor
T
N
O
R
F

2011.10.12 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-7P.11-p.Ex-7
　 　 Exploded View Platen 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Platen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
A-135

R
DG-42222
.Platen Non-Reflecting Tape(9mm)
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪉 ‫(ޓ‬Included 2 pieces)

DG-43181
.Media Holder 2 Assy
A-134

㪘㪄㪉㪌

A-140
A-124 A-151
A-150
A-136
A-148
A-105
A-142
A-126 A-141
A-143
A-125
A-149

A-120 A-137 A-152

A-103
A-116 DG-43181
.Media Holder 2 Assy
A-117 A-99
A-109
A-118 A-100
A-129
A-104
A-138
A-139 A-105

A-130
A-154

A112
A-111
A-126

A-123
A-147
A-125
A-113

A-108

A-107

A-145

A-146
A-101
A-144
2NCVGP
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-8P.11-p.Ex-8
　 　 Exploded View Paper Guide F 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Paper Guide F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
R
A-194

AFT_T2 Relay Assy

.DG-43019
A-170

Thermistor Assy
.DG-43001

A-201
A-197
A-198

A-206 Thermistor Assy

A-204 .DG-43001
A-196 A-1
AFT_T1 Relay Assy
A-198 .DG-43018
A-203

A-196
A-197
A-170
A-202
A-213 AFT_H Relay Assy
.DG-43017

A-195

A-169 VJ16 After Heater Assy

.DG-40350 A-170
A-213
A-200
A-171
A-168

A-212
A-199

A-168 A-167

A-171
A-169
A-175
A-211

A-211

Details of Board section refer to Relay board Controller board A-174

A-210
A-176

A-207
Paper Guide F
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-9P.11-p.Ex-9
　 　 Exploded View Relay Board Controller Board 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Relay Board Controller Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PRE_H2 Cable Assy
AFT_H Relay Assy .DG-43021 To PRE_H2
A-188 A-190 .DG-43017 To PRE_H1
To AFT_H A-233 PRE_H1 Relay Assy
FUSE-RLY Cable Assy .DG-43020
.DG-43308 A-202
To Fuse A-232
To PLT_H2

Cooling Fan 24V Assy

.DF-49022 A-187
A-189 A-145
A-308
To PLT_H1

HEATER RELAY 3 Board Assy

.DG-43169
A-180
A-144
PRE_T2 relay Assy CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy
.DG-43023 .DG-43041
To PRE_T2 A-181
A-235
PRE_T1 relay Assy A-182
.DG-43022 To PRE_T1
To MAIN J40
To Terminal
A-234
To PLT_T2

A-147
A-307

A-328
To AFT_T2
A-183
To PLT_T1
To AFT_T1
A-179 CNT-PS Cable Assy
A-204 .DG-43035
A-203
A-146
A-178

CNT-relay FFC1(VJ26㧕
AFT_T2 Relay Assy .DG-40321
.DG-43019 Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy
To MAIN .DG-43029

A-327

AFT_T1 Relay Assy MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

.DG-43018 .DF-49672
HEATER CONT Board 2 Assy
.DG-41105

A-174

Relay Board/Controller Board

T
N
O
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-10P.11-p.Ex-10
　 　 Exploded View Paper Guide R 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Paper Guide R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DG-43010
. P_REAR sensor Assy

䌁-160
䌁-224

䌁-159

Thermistor Assy
.DG-43001
To MAIN J35

䌁-162
䌁-161
䌁-219
PRE_T2 Relay Assy
.DG-43023

DG-43021
.PRE_H2 Cable Assy
To RELAY J16
䌁-228 䌁-235
To RELAY J8 䌁-233
䌁-218
䌁-227
䌁-229
A-220

䌁-228 To RELAY J15 䌁-231

䌁-223
䌁-234 䌁-230
䌁-229

䌁-226
䌁-237
PRE_T1 Relay Assy
Thermistor Assy .DG-43022
.DG-43001
To RELAY J7

䌁-232
DG-40351
.VJ16 Pre Heater Assy

DG-43020
. PRE_H1 Relay Assy

RE
䌁-227

AR
䌁-231

䌁-230 Paper Guide R

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-11P.11-p.Ex-11
　 　 Exploded View Roll Holder Assy 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Roll Holder Assy

G-2

G-8 G-12

G-20
G-14 G-19

G-15

G-3

A-230
G-4
G-6

G-9

G-13
G-18

G-14
G-2

G-15

Roll Media Holder FULL_Assy(Torque Varia)

.DG- 43387

G-8

G-3
G-18

G-5
G-13

G-20 Roll Media Holder Home_Assy(Torque Varia)

G-19 G-4 .DG- 43386

R
E
A
R
G-9

G-12 Roll Holder Assy

2012.3.8 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1638

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-12P.11-p.Ex-12
　 　 Exploded View Y Rail 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Y Rail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-55 B-57
B-54
B-101

B-100

B-53

B-52
B-51
DF-43901
B-104 B-56 .T Fence (64)
B-47

B-102

B-49 B-46
B-113
B-103 DF-49471
B-48 .CR_HP sensor,Lever sensor

B-108
B-45
B-112

B-42
B-2
to Main J24
B-43 DG-43004
B-110 .CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy

B-41
B-111
B-39 B-40
B-106 B-1

DF-43868
.CR Return Pulley Assy
B-109
B-8
B-7 B-116

B-9
DF-43937
.Steel Belt(64)

To A-25(X Rail)
B-8

C-48
Refer to CR Motor
B-5

B-9
B-73

B-7
C-46 Y Rail
T
N
O

To A-25(X Rail)
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-13P.11-p.Ex-13
　 　 Exploded View CR Motor 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View CR Motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B-42

to Main J24
DF-43901 B-87
B-56 .T Fence(64) DG-43337
DG-42456 .CR Motor Cable Assy
B-43 .CR Motor(Nidec)Assy B-86
DF-49471
.CR_HP sensor㨮Lever sensor

B-41
B-81 to Main J21
B-40
B-39

DG-43338
.CR Lock SOL Cable Assy B-82

B-83
B-71 B-84
B-64

B-65
B-85

B-66
DG-42458
to H_Junc J17㧔L side㧕 .CR Deceleration Belt 210 Assy
B-96

B-75
B-74

B-70
E ring DG-42457
. CR Deceleration Pulley (Z=78) Assy

B-63
B-89
DG-41076 B-68 B-62 B-94
.Carriage Lock Solenoid Assy
B-93

B-72
B-79
B-90

B-91
B-67

B-69
B-61 B-73
B-92

B-77

B-78 CR Motor
T
N
O
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-14P.11-p.Ex-14
　 　 Exploded View Media Holder 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Media Holder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
B-8

E
R
B-29
B-27
B-7

B-26

B-35
B-1

B-34
B-4
B-33

B-8
B-15

B-8
B-19
B-7 B-31 B-7
B-5
B-6
B-2

B-2
B-22 B-14

B-21
B-13
B-4
B-20 B-30

B-24 B-23 B-5

DF-46666
.Pressure Roller B-6

/GFKC*QNFGT
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-15P.11-p.Ex-15
　 　 Exploded View Cable Guide 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cable Guide
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
R
B-133
DG-41919
.Steel Bare Assy (VJ-1618㧕
DG-43313
.CR_FFC_Assy (Included 1piece㧕

B-136
B-165
㪤㪈 㪈㪎㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪤㪉 㪈㪎㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢 B-141 C-92
㪰㪈 㪈㪏㪇㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪰㪉 㪈㪏㪇㪺㫄 㪊㱢
B-134
To IH Assy L
B-138 To Cable Guide

B-166

B-119

B-124
B-139
㪢㪈 㪉㪌㪈㪺㫄 㪊㱢 To CR Board
B-130 㪢㪉 㪉㪌㪈㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪚㪈 㪉㪋㪊㪺㫄 㪊㱢
B-128 㪚㪉 㪉㪋㪊㪺㫄 㪊㱢
B-131
To print head
B-129 To MAIN Board
To IH Assy R
B-126 B-140
㪤㪈 㪈㪏㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢
B-125
E-52 㪤㪉 㪈㪏㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪢㪈 㪉㪍㪺㫄 㪊㱢 㪰㪈 㪈㪏㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢
B-127 㪢㪉 㪉㪊㪺㫄 㪊㱢 㪰㪉 㪈㪏㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪚㪈 㪉㪇㪺㫄 㪊㱢
㪚㪉 㪈㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢

B-145

B-143
B-122
B-144

B-121

%CDNG)WKFG
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-16P.11-p.Ex-16
　 　 Exploded View CR(Cursor） 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View CR(Cursor）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DG-43320 DG-43498
.Color Measuring Bracket Assy Cutter Cap Assy C-33 C-35
DG-43316
C-123 PG Origin Sensor Cable 2 Assy
C-29 C-33 DF-49471
C-30 . CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor
DG-40326
.VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy
To CR J24 C-28
C-118 C-36
C-31 C-27
C-102
C-121
DG-43318 C-32
C-101 .Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy C-36 To CR board
C-119 To CR J22 C-26 C-12
C-103 C-18 C-23
C-20 C-9 C-159
C-116 C-157
C-21
C-117 C-15
DF-42234 C-6 C-10
Cutter Solenoid Assy C-16
C-11
C-5
C-12 C-9
C-14
C-17 C-7 C-10
C-39 C-159
C-100 DG-43292 C-6
C-112 Strong Solenoid Spring Assy C-166 C-11
C-158 C-5
C-111 C-41
C-38 DG-40326
C-120 C-109 C-31 . VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy
C-106 C-30
C-28
C-43 C-33
C-122 To CR J21 C-46 C-3 C-158
C-108 C-29
C-67
DG-43484 C-113
Cutter Spring C-106 C-44 C-15
C-67
C-49
C-40 C-16
C-114
C-115 C-18 C-19
C-105
DG-43319 C-43 C-14
.P-EDGE Sensor Assy C-104 C-50 C-46 C-21

C-64
C-52 C-56
C-44 C-17
C-49
C-62 C-47

C-54 C-53
C-65 C-95
C-95 C-61 C-166
C-50 C-67 For CR Cover retaining
C-66 C-91

C-92 C-63

DG-43314
.Cursor Assy (1638)
C-166 is not included

C-94
CR㧔Cursor㧕
T
N
O
R
F

2012.3.8 Rev.B Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-17P.11-p.Ex-17
　 　 Exploded View Cartridge L 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cartridge L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-180
E-208 E-218 E-225
INK ID Board Assy
. DF-43968

E-226
E-177
E-182 E-219

DF-46671 E-222
.O Ring M6 E-181 E-176
E-211 E-114 E-221

E-212 E-183
E-223

E-206 E-179 E-220

E-225
E-217
E-194
E-178 E-229
E-213 E-200
E-202

E-199 E-186‫ޓ‬for M1 E-241

E-195 E-222
E-187‫ޓ‬for M2
E-188‫ޓ‬for Y1
E-203 E-189‫ޓ‬for Y2
E-201
E-228 E-228
E-229

E-208 E-235
E-203 E-175 E-205

E-198 E-234
E-190‫ޓ‬for M1 E-235
E-191‫ޓ‬for M2 E-239
E-192‫ޓ‬for Y1 E-234 E-238
Cartridge Holder Assy5 E-193‫ޓ‬for Y2
(for M1) .
DG-43322
Cartridge Holder Assy6
(for M2) .DG-43323
E-173 E-244
Cartridge Holder Assy7
(for Y1) .DG-43324
Cartridge Holder Assy8
(for Y2) .DG-43325

E-238
E-244

E-214 E-223 E-244

E-236

DG-42722 E-70 E-239

(40cm˜4 pieces) E-244 RE
. VJ tube 3-4(1m) AR
E-233

E-248

E-174
Cartridge‫ޓ‬L
T
N

Parts not directed are common in L and R E-172

O
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-18P.11-p.Ex-18
　 　 Exploded View CR (Head Base) 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View CR (Head Base)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Exploded View
C-1 (25cm)

DG-42725
.VJ tube 2-3(1m)

C-83

C-82
DF-46671
.O ring M6

DG-41915 C-81
.Connector_Solenoid_Head Assy_Maintenance

C-80
DG-41072
DG-41543 .Head FFC㧔D) (Including 1 piece)
.Solenoid Head Assy
C-85

C-86
C-69
C-79

C-89
DG-43345 To CR
. Print Head Assy
㧔C-75 is not included㧕 C-85 C-95
C-97

C-97
C-78

C-70
To CR

C-98
C-76

C-75 C-74
C-75
C-94
C-91(Origin side Print Head only㧕
C-72
C-92(Origin side Print Head only㧕

CR㧔Head Base㧕
T
N
O

C-88 C-73
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-19P.11-p.Ex-19
　 　 Exploded View CR Board 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View CR Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C-141
C-154
C-139
C-140

C-153

㧮-138

C-154
B-133 C-136

C-1 C-135 C-134

(25cm x 16pieces㧕

DG-42725
.VJ tube 2-3(1m) C-132

C-151
䌔䌯䇭㪤㪘㪠㪥 C-133
To Print Head

C-127

B-136 (7 Pieces㧕
C-129 DG-42947 DG-43313
.CR Encoder Assy C-130 . CR-FFC Assy 㧔Including 1 Piece)
C-128 To CR J23 C-126
C-131
C-129

C-87 C-148
C-165 C-87
C-125

C-149 C-85

DG-41072 C-146
.Head FFC㧔D) (Including 1Piece)‫ޓ‬
C-145
C-166 C-25 DG-43321
.CR Board Assy
䌔䌯䇭㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻 C-150 C-145
C-125 C-145
C-166 C-124
C-85
C-160

DG-41072 C-149
C-128 C-24 .Head FFC㧔D) (Including 1Piece)‫ޓ‬ C-144
C-23

DF-49471
.CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor

DG-43315 B-40 C-147

CR Board
T

PG Origin Sensor Cable Assy

N
O
R
F

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-20P.11-p.Ex-20
　 　 Exploded View Maintenance 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Maintenance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DG-43332 D-63 DG-43497 DG-43330 DG-41179
D-89
.Flushing BoxAssy㧔1638㧕 Wiper S Assy . Wiper Assy㧔1638㧕 D-24 .Cap Head Assy㧔1 piece㧕
D-43

D-62
D-44 D-23
D-55
D-88
D-21
D-64 D-54
D-20
D-61 D-42 D-39
D-56
D-2 D-33
D-18
D-17 D-30
D-59 D-32
D-41 D-31
D-45 D-37
D-46 D-16 D-13

D-38 D-14
D-49 D-12
D-58 D-35 D-36
D-48 D-50 D-51 D-26
(235mm)
D-48
D-9 D-27
(165mm)
D-89
D-53
D-8
D-75 DG-41090
.Wiper Solenoid SDC630(KGS) DG-43331
.Wiper Solenoid Cable Assy D-10
DG-41089 to MAIN J37
.DC Pump Assy D-52 DG-43329
D-5 D-5 .Maintenance Assy㧔1638㧕
Pump2

D-28 D-9
DG-43333
.Pump Motor Cable Assy (150mm˜4piece)
D-80
to D-83
D-81 DG-43031
D-66 .Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy
D-2
to Pump1
D-75 To JUNC(R side㧕
D-83
DG-41089 D-85 D-1 (23mm)
. Pump Assy
DC (130mm)
Pump1 A-340
D-76 to Pump2
D-83
(23mm)
to D-83
D-67
D-77 D-86 D-70
(170mm) D-70 㧔220㨙㨙㧕
D-79 㧔130㨙㨙㧕 L-29

D-74 D-72

D-84
D-73

D-4

D-68
D-74 D-6 L-28
D-73 D-69 To Waste Fluid Bottle
DF-47867
. Waste Fluid Bottle Assy

Maintenance
T

DG-41091
N
O

.Waste Fluid Level Switch㧔VJ16)

R
F

2012.3.27 Rev.B Model Name : VJ-1638

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-21P.11-p.Ex-21
　 　 Exploded View Cartridge R 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cartridge R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-91 E-134 E-136
E-131
INK ID Board Assy
.DF-43968
E-119
E-132
E-88
E-93

DF-46671 E-92 E-87 E-133

. ORing M6 E-114
E-122
E-123 E-94

E-117 E-90 E-130

E-128
E-105
E-89 E-140
E-136
E-124 E-111 㧔E-229)
E-113
E-129

E-110 E-106 E-97‫ޓ‬for K1 E-152

E-137 E-133
E-98‫ޓ‬for K2
E-99‫ޓ‬for C1
E-114 E-100 for C2
E-112
E-139 E-139㧔E-228)
E-140

E-119 E-146
E-114 E-86
E-116

E-109 E-145
E-146
E-101‫ޓ‬for K1
E-102‫ޓ‬for K2 E-150
E-145 E-149
E-103‫ޓ‬for C1
E-104‫ޓ‬for C2 E-147
(for K1)
Cartridge Holder Assy1
.DG-42997
(for K2)
Cartridge Holder Assy2
.DG-42998 E-84 E-155

Cartridge Holder Assy3

.
(for C1) DG-42999
E-159
Cartridge Holder Assy4
(for C2)
.DG-43000
E-149
E-155

E-125 E-134 E-155

DG-42722 E-150
. VJ tube 3-4(1m) E-155
E-70 RE
(40cm˜4 pieces)
AR
E-144

E-85
E-83 Cartridge R
Parts not directed are common in L and R 2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-22P.11-p.Ex-22
　 　 Exploded View Sub Tank R 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Sub Tank R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-68

E-64
E-70

E-144

E-69 E-62

DG-41092
.2 way Solenoid Assy(VJ16)
E-16 E-43
E-66
E-69
Details of Board section refer to JUNCTION board DF-46671 E-63 DG-43003
.O Ring M6 E-58
.Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy
E-67
E-65

E-59
E-19 E-60
E-18

E-30
E-78 E-31
DG-43396
E-79 .JUNCTION2 Board Assy E-53 E-17 E-27
‫ޓ‬㧔for R)
E-75 E-29 E-26
(for R)
E-44 E-29
DF-49471
E-158 E-156
DG-42722 E-30
E-24 .CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor
.VJ tube 3-4(1m) E-23
E-49

E-52 E-50

E-14 㪢㪈 㪉㪍㪺㫄 㪊㱢 E-32

E-158 㪢㪉 㪉㪊㪺㫄 㪊㱢 E-48
E-31
㪚㪈 㪉㪇㪺㫄 㪊㱢 DF-46671
㪚㪉 㪈㪎㪺㫄 㪊㱢 . O Ring M6
E-252 E-25
E-21 E-22

E-77 DG-41093 DF-49471

.Sub TankAssy .CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor
E-6
E-251 E-34
E-2 E-35
E-156 E-36
E-251
E-37
DG-43005
E-6
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 for K1
E-76
‫ޓ‬㧔for R) E-9 DG-43006
E-1
E-69
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 for K2
E-1 DG-43007
.
TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 for C1
E-6 DG-43008
E-8 .TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 for C2
DG-41096
E-77 .Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy
E-10
E-4
E-5
Sub Tank R
T
N
O

E-3
R
F

Parts not directed are common in L and R

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-23P.11-p.Ex-23
　 　 Exploded View Sub Tank L 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Sub Tank L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-68

E-64
E-70
E-245
E-233

6Q%CTVTKFIG

E-69 E-62

DG-41092
.2 way Solenoid Assy(VJ16)
E-16 E-43
E-66
E-69
DF-46671 E-63 DG-43003
. O Ring M6 E-58
.Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy
E-67
E-65

E-59
E-19 E-60
E-18

E-30
E-31

E-55 E-17 E-27

‫ޓ‬㧔for 㧸)
E-29 E-26
E-164
E-44 E-29
(for 㧸) DF-49471
E-24 .CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sesnor
E-77 DG-42722 E-30
.VJ tube 3-4(1m) E-49
E-23

E-50
E-54
E-14 㧔for L)
E-32
(9cm˜4pieces)
E-31
DF-46671
E-48
.O Ring M6
E-25
E-21 E-22
E-165
‫ޓ‬㧔for 㧸)
E-166 DG-41093 DF-49471
Details of Board section refer to JUNCTION board .Sub Tank Assy .CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sesnor

E-34
E-2 E-35
E-77 E-36
E-168
E-6 E-37

E-6 DG-43005
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 for Y2
E-251 E-9
E-1 DG-43006
.
TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 for Y1
E-6 E-167
DG-43007
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 for M2
DG-43008
E-8 .TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 forM1
E-166
DG-43396 E-10 DG-41096
E-4 .JUNCTION2 Board Assy .Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy
E-5

Sub Tank L
T

E-3
N
O
R
F

Parts not directed are common in L and R

2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-24P.11-p.Ex-24
　 　 Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View JUNCTION Board R,L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DG-43004 DG-43032
㧨R side only㧪 .CR Origin Sesnor Cable Assy 㧨R side only㧪.Exhaust
B-43 Fan Cable Assy
B-123
Origin Sensor
Exhaust Fan
DG-43031
DG-43396 .Waste FluidSensor Cable Assy
.JUNCTION2 Board Assy‫ޓ‬
Waste Fluid Sensor

㧨R side only㧪
A-340 DG-43003
Cartridge_K .Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy
E-78
(E-167) Cartridge_M
E-65
(E-65)
2 way solenoid

E-101
(E-190) E-37
(E-37)
DG-43008
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy4
E-103
(E-192)
Sub Tank_Y

Sub Tank_M
DG-43007
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy3
Sub Tank_C
E-100
(E-189) DG-43006
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy2
E-99
E-104 E-36 Sub Tank_K
(E-188)
(E-193) (E-36)
E-98 Cartridge_Y DG-43005
(E-187)
.TANK_H/L Cable Assy1
E-97 E-35
Cartridge_M (E-35)
(E-186)
A-250
㧨R side only㧪 E-34
Cartridge_C
(E-34)
Lever Sensor E-102 Cartridge_Y E-252
Cartridge_K (E-191) Cartridge_C
DG-43037
DG-43026 .JUNC_FFC Assy
.Lever Sesnor Cable Assy

E-255 (E-253)

DG-42965
R side DG-43009 .CR_FFC Assy
for R .JUNC_ID Cable Assy
r
ea
R

(E-256)

for L .
DG-43326 MAIN
R side㧦MAIN_J23
L side JUNC_ID Cable 2Assy (L side㧦MAIN_J24)
nt
ro
F

࡮E-xxx㧩R side,(E-xxx)=L side

JUNCTION Board R,L
࡮Maintenance Parts not directed are common in L and R 2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-25P.11-p.Ex-25
　 　 Exploded View Cover （Front) 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cover （Front)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DG-42956 DG-43033 DG-43032

F-192 .Cover Switch Assy .Cover L Cable Assy . Exhaust Fan Cable Assy
F-187
F-191 F-195
F-192
F-184
DG-40311
.Vacuum Fan Assy
F-182

To F-119 F-123 F-62

F-189 F-63
F-178

F-188

F-180
F-190
F-185 F-59
F-186

F-179 F-60
F-183
F-61
F-177 F-181

F-212
F-214

F-64 F-23
F-58 F-65

F-213 F-163 DG-42956

F-172 .Cover Switch Assy
F-22 F-171
DG-43034
.Cover R Cable Assy
F-150

F-167
F-64 F-162 F-160
F-164

F-153 F-196
F-169

F-4 F-6
F-212 To F-85
F-155
F-174
H-154 F-175
F-214 F-161
F-170
F-213 F-159

F-168

F-165
F-166
F-173 F-175

F-155

F-152
T
N
O

F-151
R
F

F-153
Cover㧔Front㧕
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-26P.11-p.Ex-26
　 　 Exploded View Cover (R) 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cover (R)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F-109
F-108 F-102
DG-42984
.Panel Unit Assy F-66

F-67
F-104

F-100 F-101

F-34 F-39 F-101

F-43 F-104
F-44 F-200 F-202
F-42 F-102
F-35
DG-42994 J-17 F-46 F-208
.Panel FFCAssy F-201
F-11 F-12

F-38
F-47 F-103
F-104
F-203
F-45 F-8
F-13

F-202 F-98
F-16 F-98
F-5
to Main J5 F-15
F-97
F-4
F-14
F-48
F-82
F-94
F-43 F-6
To MAIN J13 F-9
F-95 F-98
DG-42956
.Cover Switch Assy
F-83 to MAIN J18 F-9
F-93 DG-43034
. Cover R CableAssy
F-196
F-85
F-81 F-1

F-79

F-84 to F_Cover_R_Switch
F-91
F-106
F-72

F-92
F-89 F-88 F-75 F-78
F-71
F-107
F-73
T
N
O
R

F-89 F-74 F-76 F-2

F

Cover(R)
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-27P.11-p.Ex-27
　 　 Exploded View Cover (L) 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Cover (L)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F-146 F-139

F-145

F-143 F-141

F-137 F-138

F-39 F-137
F-29

F-115 F-133 F-138

F-38
F-144 F-141
F-139
F-25 F-134

F-140

F-114 F-33
F-29 F-141
F-28
F-32

F-115
F-54 F-134
F-51 F-52

F-33
F-50 F-67
F-205 F-35 F-135
F-53

F-51
F-30
F-31
F-66
F-208 F-34
F-55
F-207
F-130 F-124 F-23
F-207
F-131 F-118 F-206
F-208

F-129

to MAIN J19

F-120
F-121 F-125 F-22
F-127 DG-43033
.Cover L CableAssy
to F_Cover_L_Switch F-26
F-117
F-195
T
N
O
R
F

F-128
DG-42956
Cover㧔L㧕
.Cover Switch Assy F-119 2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-28P.11-p.Ex-28
　 　 Exploded View Other 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Other
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DG-43196 DG-43197 DG-43194 DG-43195

.Head Height Adjusting Jig .Steel belt Tension Attachment .Cutter Adjusting Jig . Colorimeter Bracket Adjusting Jig

DG-42725
VJ Tube 2-3(1m)

Solenoid Head Washing Kit㧔VJ Ink㧕 DG-43499

. DG-41787 Regular Manitenance Kit

DG-42724
VJ Tube 3-4(3m)

DG-42722
VJ Tube 3-4(1m)

L-11

L-10
T
N
O
R
F

Other
2012.3.8 Rev.B Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-29P.11-p.Ex-29
　 　 Exploded View Leg/ Accesory 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
　 Exploded View Leg/ Accesory
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H-30
DG-43031
H-1 .Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy
H-16

To JUNC
㧔R side㧕 J12
DG-41091
.Waste Fluid Lever Switch (VJ16) A-340

H-26

L-29
H-2

H-14
H-15

H-6 L-28
H-4

H-16 DF-47867
.Waste Fluid Bottle Assy

H-34

H-9
H-5
H-3 H-8 H-20

H-26
H-33

H-19
L-28
H-13
DG-42207
Caster Assy

H-11

H-12

H-10
T
N
O
R
F

Stand࡮Accesory
2011.9.30 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1638
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-30P.11-p.Ex-30
　 Exploded View Take Up 1 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Exploded View Take Up 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exploded View
M-219 M-100
M-36 M-116 DG-40479 M-100
A M-101 A
M-38 M-37
M-231 .VJ take-up SW board Assy M-99
M-107
M-98
M-35 M-39

DG-40473
M-113 to WIND CNT
.Holder roller M-40
DG-40483 JP1
to TAKE UP2 M-63
M-62 .DC Cable Assy M-100

to TAKE-UP P/S CN2

M-108
M-68 to WIND CNT
B M-64 B
JP3
M-66 M-227
M-61 DG-40482
M-115 .AC Cable Assy
M-213
DG-40472 M-91
M-6 M-109
.Drive roller M-95 M-110
M-71
DG-40478
.VJ take-up CNT board Assy
M-114 M-93 M-92
M-116
M-219
M-29
C M-69 DF-44506 C
M-28 M-25 M-94
M-26 .Power Supply (External Take Up)
M-46 M-103
M-84
DG-40471
M-70 M-48 M-10
M-66 .VJ take-up motor Assy
M-100
M-83 M-11
M-12
M-50 M-65 M-51
M-14
M-49 to WIND CNT
M-5 M-74 M-20
JP2
M-79
M-53
D M-24 D
M-81
M-75 M-16
M-237
M-80
M-2 M-5 M-241 M-236
M-3
M-238
M-240
M-103 M-66 M-46
M-213 M-48
DG-40481 M-41
M-52 M-226
M-175 .W_OFF sensor Relay Assy
M-54 M-17
E to WIND CNT M-18
JP5 M-227 E
M-213 M-106 M-225
M-82
to WIND CNT M-239 M-45
M-213 JP6
M-86 M-25

M-30
M-177 M-1 M-47

M-105 M-15
F M-85 DF-49471 M-84
M-86 F
.CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor M-87
M-26
M-80 M-31 6CMG72
T
N

DF-49471
O

DG-40480
R

.CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor M-5

F

.W_ON sensor Relay Assy 2011.8.25 Rev.A /QFGN0COG:VJ-16TUP30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-31P.11-p.Ex-31
　 Exploded View Take Up 2 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Exploded View Take Up 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exploded View
M-126 M-160
A DG-40474 M-158 A
M-124 .Holder roller L
M-125 M-151
M-148 M-157
M-213

M-127 M-156
M-123

M-128
B M-159 B
M-130 M-157
M-129
M-159
M-158

M-121 M-148

M-148

M-147
C M-160 C
M-150
M-171
DG-40477
VJ Take up Scroller 16

M-168
M-213
M-170 M-165

D M-201
M-151 D
M-172
M-144
M-172

M-141
M-170
to TAKE UP1
M-168 DG-40475 M-142
DG-42392
Power Supply Cable 15A(USA)
.Drive collar M-143

E M-171
M-203(A)
E
M-167

M-166

F F
6CMG7R2
T
N
O
R
F

2011.8.25 Rev.A /QFGN0COG:VJ-16TUP30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-32P.11-p.Ex-32
　 Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 1 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
O-162
O-163 O-140 DF-49471
O-134
DG-42053 O-18 .CR_HP Sensor.
O-142 . Feeding Sensor Plate Assy O-21 O-20 Lever Sensor (1piece)
O-161 O-16
O-154 O-17 O-19

O-141 O-21
O-143 O-133 O-144 O-70
O-20
O-135
O-3 O-1 O-19
O-69 O-2 O-15
DG-42057 O-46
O-4
O-161 .Flange㧔Return㧕Assy O-6
O-22
O-136 O-43 O-71
O-152 O-33 O-42 O-14
O-32
O-45
O-29 O-5
O-151
O-139
O-150 O-34 O-44
O-31 O-23 O-70
DG-42059 O-146 O-138 O-62
Roll Handle Assy O-137 O-58
O-30 O-47 O-57
O-147 DG-42058 O-56 O-11
O-148 .Roller O-137
O-64
O-65
O-69
O-160 O-61
O-149 O-10
O-38 O-60
DG-42058 O-39 O-59
O-153
.Roller O-63
O-37

O-57 O-11

O-9

O-170 O-63
O-169
O-39
O-58
O-62
O-170
O-53

DF-47876
O-182 O-173
.Winder Flange Assy
O-171 O-56
O-106
O-173 O-64
O-59
O-60
O-172 O-115 O-57 O-65
O-97 O-54
O-176
O-180 O-98
O-181 O-442 O-114 O-123
O-170
O-179
O-113 O-99 O-127

O-170 O-101
O-102
O-124
O-176 O-174 O-172 O-100
O-183 O-181 DG-42058 O-94
O-182 .Roller O-107
O-126
O-175 O-100
O-109 O-92
DG-42059 O-93 O-125
Roll Handle Assy O-90
O-105
O-110
O-89
O-172 O-171 O-95
O-112
DG-42058 O-91 O-88 O-96 DG-42149
O-181
.Roller O-85 . ROLL Motor Assy
O-111
O-179

O-180 O-86 O-83 O-103

O-116
O-104
O-181 DG-42056
.Feeding Center Gear Assy O-107
O-87 O-84
T

DF-47874
N
O

.Winder Motor Gear Assy

R

O-183
F

Large Size Take Up 1㧔Feeding Unit㧕

2012.3.15 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-16TUP80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-33P.11-p.Ex-33
　 Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 2 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
O-373
O-312 DF-47876
O-373 O-372 .Winder Flange Assy
O-307
O-337
O-308 DG-42058
O-350 O-310
O-333 .Roller O-335
O-362 O-352 O-309
O-358 O-371
O-357 O-303 O-327
O-237 O-364 O-316
O-232 O-361 O-311
O-351
DG-42058 O-310
O236 O-235
O-345
.Roller O-336
O-343 O-302
O-360 O-344 DG-42056 O-301
O-356
O-246
O-233
O-371 .Feeding Center Gear Assy O-300
O-348 O-299 O-315
DG-42059 O-349 O-298 O-334
O-249 Roll Handle Assy O-347 O-347
O-305
O-357 O-354 DG-42058 O-296 O-304 O-306
O-234 .Roller
O-245 O-370
O-358 O-313
DG-42058 O-295
O-359 .Roller O-346 O-334
O-250 O-248 O-363 O-293
O-353 O-317
O-247 DG-42057
.Flange(Return)Assy O-297
O-294
O-379
O-241 O-242 DF-47874 DG-42419
O-240 O-380
.Winding Motor Gear Assy .Roll Motor Assy

O-382 O-442 O-314

O-280 O-325
O-381 O-383
O-392 DF-49471
DG-42059 .CR_HP Sensor.Lever Sensor
O-392 O-324 㩥㨺㩣㩔㩧㩎㩨㩣Assy
O-386 O-219
O-279 O-323 (1 piece)
O-266 O-224
O-319 O-221
O-222
O-265 O-320
O-392 O-220
O-384 O-380
O-385 O-218 O-223
O-264 O-267
O-393
DG-42053
O-321
O-382 O-320
.Feeding
O-321 O-322 Sensor Board
O-262 O-391 O-225
Assy
O-381
O-260 O-326 O-209 O-204
O-217
O-261 O-389
O-259 O-263 O-393
O-258 O-390
O-206
O-205
O-265 O-265 O-271
O-208 O-212
O-256
O-207
O-391 O-276
O-226
O-214
O-266
O-258 O-272
O-259
O-264
O-261
T

O-274 O-214
N

DG-42054
O
R

O-213
F

O-260 O-262
DG-42055 .FSW Board Assy
.WSW Board Assy Large Size Take Up 2㧔Winding Unit㧕
O-275 Model Name:VJ-16TUP80
O-273 2012.3.15 Rev.B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-34P.11-p.Ex-34
　 Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 3 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Exploded View 　 Large Size Take Up 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
O-448
DF-46652
.AC Inlet O-454
O-437
DG-42042
. FW CONT Board Assy
O-449

O-424

O-449 O-419 DG-42044

.FW_DC Cable Assy
O-418 DG-42047
.F_Sensor Cable Assy
DF-49662
O-420
O-429 .5V/24V Power Board

O-432
O-417

DG-42051 O-425
O-436
. Cable Assy
FG
O-445 O-441

O-462

DG-42043 O-428
. FW_AC Switch Cable Assy
O-442
O-442

DG-42048
. W_Sensor Cable Assy
O-452
DG-42049
O-442
.F_Motor Cable Assy
O-433 O-442 O-416

O-453 O-415
O-434

O-462

O-430

DG-42045
.F_SW Cable Assy
O-431

DG-42046
.W_SW Cable Assy

O-435
T

DG-42050
N
O
R

.W Motor Cable Assy

F

Large Size Take Up 3㧔Power Supply Unit㧕

2012.3.15 Rev.B Model Unit:VJ-16TUP80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-35P.11-p.Ex-35
　 Head FFC Folding direction 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Head FFC Folding direction

(QNFKPIKPUVTWEVKQPU

γ(QNFVJG((%YKVJTGHGTGPEGVQTKIJVKNNWUVTCVKQPU
7PKVOO

δ/CTMQHԛYKVJDNCEMHGNVRGP
RQUKVKQPU න૏㧦OO

ε㧕((%KURKNGFWRKPQTFGTQHԘԙԚCPFԛHTQOVJG    
‫ޓޓ‬DQVVQOUQVJCVVJGHQNFKPINKPG#CTGCNKIPGF

OQWPVCKPHQNF Head side # 0162TKPVGF CR side

XCNNG[HQNF
Ԙ


  


# ԙ 2TKPVGF

     

# Ԛ 016RTKPVGF


       

# ԛ 2TKPVGF

#EGVCVG6CRGCPF(GTTKVG%QTG/GCPUQH#VVCEJOGPV ‫ޓ‬016'

γ
δ 9JGPCEGVCVGVCRGKUCVVCEJGF +PVJGHQNNQYKPIRCTVYJGTG &KUVCPEGQHGCEJ((%QHVJG

γ‫ޓ‬#VVCEJCEGVCVGVCRG
YKFVJOO㧕
OCMGUWTG((%UCTGPQV ((%ԚCPF((%ԛCTGRKNGFWR %4DQCTFEQPPGEVKQPUKFGKUOO
㨯VJGVWTPQHΣψΤ OKUCNKIPOGPV VJGPDGPFVJGO
‫ޓޓ‬㨯KVVYKUVTQWPF㧕

δ‫ޓ‬#VVCEJHGTTKVKEEQTGVQVJGRQUKVKQPQHδ㧚 㧟 㧠   

#EGVCVGVCRG Τ
(GTTKVGEQTG ࡮#HGTTKVGEQTGKUUGVVQ
࡮VCRGCEGVCVGVCRGCV
VJGDQVVQOGPFRQUKVKQP
CPCEGVCVGVCRGVQRGPF
OK
QHVJGOCTMKPI ࡮2WVQPGRKGEGQH((%VJTQWIJVJG
࡮KVVYKUVTQWPF HGTTKVGEQTGHTQOVJG%4$QCTF
Σ EQPPGEVKQPUKFG

࡮((%ԚCPF((%ԛNGPIVJGPCHQNF
QPEGCPFCVVCEJCHGTTKVGEQTG

NG

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-36P.11-p.Ex-36
　 CR FFC Folding direction 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
CR FFC Folding direction

γ /CTMVQVJGRTKPVGFUKFGQHRQUKVKQPUQHԘVQԜD[DNCEMHGNVRGP

δ(QNF((%UYKVJTGHGTGPEGVQVJGTKIJVKNNWUVTCVKQPU

ε㧕 7PKV㧦OO
((%KURKNGFWRKPQTFGTQHԘԙԚCPFԛHTQOVJGDQVVQOUQVJCVVJGHQNFKPINKPG#CTGCNKIPGF
/QWPVCKPHQNF
8CNNG[HQNF CR board side MAIN board side
/CTMVQVJGRTKPVGFUKFG

7PKVOO
   
TGKPHQTEGFRNCVG
YKFVJOO

J1 A 0162TKPVGF J7
TGKPHQTEGFRNCVG
YKFVJOO
7PKVOO
   

J2 A J8
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J3 A J9
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J4 A J10
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J5 A J11
0162TKPVGF

ᵈ⸥

5VCEM((%CHVGTDGPFKPIKVQPGD[QPG

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-37P.11-p.Ex-37
　 Panel FFC Folding direction 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
Panel FFC Folding direction

γ(QNFVJG((%YKVJTGHGTGPEGVQHQNNQYKPIKNNWUVTCVKQPU
න૏㧦OO
OQWPVCKPHQNF
XCNNG[HQNF

7PKVOO
   

Panel side NOT Printed

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO 

 

NOT Printed

NOT Printed

 

NOT Printed MAIN board side

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-38P.11-p.Ex-38
　 JUNC FFC Folding direction 　 　 　 　 VJ1638E-M-01
JUNC FFC Folding direction

γ(QNF((%UYKVJTGHGTGPEGVQVJGHQNNQYKPIKNNWUVTCVKQPU
න૏㧦OO
OQWPVCKPHQNF
XCNNG[HQNF

7PKVOO
  

㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪹㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 NOT Printed

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

 

NOT Printed MAIN board side

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-39P.11-p.Ex-39